JP3824540B2 - Structure with fold line, fold line forming mold, and fold line forming method - Google Patents

Structure with fold line, fold line forming mold, and fold line forming method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP3824540B2
JP3824540B2 JP2001578869A JP2001578869A JP3824540B2 JP 3824540 B2 JP3824540 B2 JP 3824540B2 JP 2001578869 A JP2001578869 A JP 2001578869A JP 2001578869 A JP2001578869 A JP 2001578869A JP 3824540 B2 JP3824540 B2 JP 3824540B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
fold line
fold
mountain
line
lines
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
JP2001578869A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JPWO2001081821A1 (en
Inventor
武敏 野島
Original Assignee
株式会社アートエクセル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社アートエクセル filed Critical 株式会社アートエクセル
Publication of JPWO2001081821A1 publication Critical patent/JPWO2001081821A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP3824540B2 publication Critical patent/JP3824540B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/08Biaxial stretching during blow-moulding
    • B29C49/10Biaxial stretching during blow-moulding using mechanical means for prestretching
    • B29C49/12Stretching rods
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/42Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
    • B29C49/48Moulds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B64AIRCRAFT; AVIATION; COSMONAUTICS
    • B64GCOSMONAUTICS; VEHICLES OR EQUIPMENT THEREFOR
    • B64G99/00Subject matter not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D1/00Rigid or semi-rigid containers having bodies formed in one piece, e.g. by casting metallic material, by moulding plastics, by blowing vitreous material, by throwing ceramic material, by moulding pulped fibrous material or by deep-drawing operations performed on sheet material
    • B65D1/02Bottles or similar containers with necks or like restricted apertures, designed for pouring contents
    • B65D1/0223Bottles or similar containers with necks or like restricted apertures, designed for pouring contents characterised by shape
    • B65D1/0292Foldable bottles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D1/00Rigid or semi-rigid containers having bodies formed in one piece, e.g. by casting metallic material, by moulding plastics, by blowing vitreous material, by throwing ceramic material, by moulding pulped fibrous material or by deep-drawing operations performed on sheet material
    • B65D1/12Cans, casks, barrels, or drums
    • B65D1/14Cans, casks, barrels, or drums characterised by shape
    • B65D1/16Cans, casks, barrels, or drums characterised by shape of curved cross-section, e.g. cylindrical
    • B65D1/165Cylindrical cans
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D21/00Nestable, stackable or joinable containers; Containers of variable capacity
    • B65D21/08Containers of variable capacity
    • B65D21/086Collapsible or telescopic containers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D5/00Rigid or semi-rigid containers of polygonal cross-section, e.g. boxes, cartons or trays, formed by folding or erecting one or more blanks made of paper
    • B65D5/36Rigid or semi-rigid containers of polygonal cross-section, e.g. boxes, cartons or trays, formed by folding or erecting one or more blanks made of paper specially constructed to allow collapsing and re-erecting without disengagement of side or bottom connections
    • B65D5/3607Rigid or semi-rigid containers of polygonal cross-section, e.g. boxes, cartons or trays, formed by folding or erecting one or more blanks made of paper specially constructed to allow collapsing and re-erecting without disengagement of side or bottom connections formed by folding or erecting a single blank
    • B65D5/3614Rigid or semi-rigid containers of polygonal cross-section, e.g. boxes, cartons or trays, formed by folding or erecting one or more blanks made of paper specially constructed to allow collapsing and re-erecting without disengagement of side or bottom connections formed by folding or erecting a single blank to form a tubular body, at least one of the ends of the body remaining connected
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D5/00Rigid or semi-rigid containers of polygonal cross-section, e.g. boxes, cartons or trays, formed by folding or erecting one or more blanks made of paper
    • B65D5/42Details of containers or of foldable or erectable container blanks
    • B65D5/4266Folding lines, score lines, crease lines
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D5/00Rigid or semi-rigid containers of polygonal cross-section, e.g. boxes, cartons or trays, formed by folding or erecting one or more blanks made of paper
    • B65D5/42Details of containers or of foldable or erectable container blanks
    • B65D5/44Integral, inserted or attached portions forming internal or external fittings
    • B65D5/48Partitions
    • B65D5/48024Partitions inserted
    • B65D5/48026Squaring or like elements, e.g. honeycomb element, i.e. at least four not aligned compartments
    • B65D5/48032Squaring or like elements, e.g. honeycomb element, i.e. at least four not aligned compartments made of paper, provided with an at least partial bottom
    • B65D5/48034Squaring or like elements, e.g. honeycomb element, i.e. at least four not aligned compartments made of paper, provided with an at least partial bottom by folding a single blank
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65DCONTAINERS FOR STORAGE OR TRANSPORT OF ARTICLES OR MATERIALS, e.g. BAGS, BARRELS, BOTTLES, BOXES, CANS, CARTONS, CRATES, DRUMS, JARS, TANKS, HOPPERS, FORWARDING CONTAINERS; ACCESSORIES, CLOSURES, OR FITTINGS THEREFOR; PACKAGING ELEMENTS; PACKAGES
    • B65D65/00Wrappers or flexible covers; Packaging materials of special type or form
    • B65D65/02Wrappers or flexible covers
    • B65D65/04Wrappers or flexible covers non-rectangular
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C2949/00Indexing scheme relating to blow-moulding
    • B29C2949/07Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration
    • B29C2949/0715Preforms or parisons characterised by their configuration the preform having one end closed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C49/00Blow-moulding, i.e. blowing a preform or parison to a desired shape within a mould; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C49/02Combined blow-moulding and manufacture of the preform or the parison
    • B29C49/06Injection blow-moulding
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C53/00Shaping by bending, folding, twisting, straightening or flattening; Apparatus therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C53/00Shaping by bending, folding, twisting, straightening or flattening; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C53/02Bending or folding
    • B29C53/04Bending or folding of plates or sheets
    • B29C53/06Forming folding lines by pressing or scoring
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29KINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
    • B29K2067/00Use of polyesters or derivatives thereof, as moulding material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29LINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
    • B29L2031/00Other particular articles
    • B29L2031/22Hinges, pivots

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • Containers Having Bodies Formed In One Piece (AREA)
  • Aerials With Secondary Devices (AREA)
  • Details Of Aerials (AREA)
  • Instructional Devices (AREA)

Description

技術分野
本発明は、外形が小さくなる折畳み状態と、外形が大きくなる展開状態との間で変形するように折畳み可能な折り線付構造物、折り線形成用型、および折り線形成方法に関し、特に、板状、円筒状または円錐壁状の構造物を多数の折り線により3角形または4角形等の多角形のパーツ(平板壁)に分割し、分割した各パーツ(平板壁)の境界部分の折り線を折り畳み可能にした、折り線付の折り畳み構造物に関する。
本発明は、折り線付の板状物体ならびに、軸方向に折り畳み可能な折り線付の円筒状物体および円錐状物体に適用可能であり、例えば、剛性を有する床や底壁等の板状部材、ペットボトル等の円筒壁を有する種々の容器、ランプのシェードのような円錐壁を有する物体、宇宙空間構造物、および建築用構造物等に使用可能である。
背景技術
折りたたみ・展開構造の開発に関する研究は、工学的には宇宙空間で展開するためのアンテナや太陽電池用の構造物の構築、あるいは逆に折りたたみ法を用いた塑性座屈の研究に関連して発展した。また、これらの研究は、昆虫等の羽や木の葉の折りたたみの機構等、生物の成長や運動機能の解明を目的とした研究にも適用されるようになってきた。
折り畳み可能な折り線を有する平面状折畳み構造物および円筒状折畳み構造物が従来公知(下記の(J01),(J02)参照)であるが、折り畳み可能な折り線を有する円錐状折畳み構造物は従来知られていない。
従来の折り畳み可能な折り線付構造物としては、主として宇宙用構造物の展開用に考案されており、次の技術(J01),(J02)が知られている。
(J01)平面状折畳み構造物
平面状折畳み構造物としては、折り紙の折り線を利用したMiura ori(展開宇宙構造物の発想〔三浦公亮著、日本機械学会誌、第90巻、第828号、昭和62年11月発行、P1394〜1400〕参照)が従来公知である。Miura oriは平面状構造物を、折り線により形成される多数の平行四辺形に分割し、折り線を伸ばした展開状態では外形が拡大した平板状であり、折り畳み状態では外形が縮小し且つ厚みの増加した凹凸の有る平板状となる。
(J02)円筒状折り畳み構造物
従来の円筒状折り畳み構造物としては3角形の折り線を有する折り畳み円筒体が次の文献に記載されている。
(a)The Folding of Triangulated Cylinders, Part I: Geometric Considerations(S.D.Guest, S.Pellegrio, Journal of Applied Mechanics, DECEMBER 1994,Vol.61/773〜777)
(b)The Folding of Triangulated Cylinders, Part II: The Folding Process(S.D.Guest, S.Pellegrio, Journal of Applied Mechanics, DECEMBER 1994,Vol.61/778〜783)
(c)The Folding of Triangulated Cylinders, Part III: Experiments(S.D.Guest, S.Pellegrio, Journal of Applied Mechanics, MARCH 1996,Vol.63/77〜83)
前記S.D.Guest, S.Pellegrio等による前記文献(a)〜(c)には、螺旋に沿って形成した折り線を含む多数の折り線により、円筒壁を多数の3角形の平板壁に分割し、各3角形の平板壁の境界部分を折り畳み可能に連結することにより、折り畳み可能な円筒壁を形成できることが記載されている。また前記文献には、折り畳み構造物の折り畳みを行うことが可能な3角形の辺の長さが数値計算により示されている。前記数値計算により示された3角形の辺の長さから判断すると、折り畳み可能な3角形の形状は、底角が約30°の2等辺3角形に近似した3角形のようである。
前記文献(a)〜(c)に記載された円筒状折畳み構造物は、折り線を伸ばした展開状態では円筒となり、折り畳み状態では軸方向に収縮した筒体となる。
(従来技術の問題点)
前記従来の平面状折畳み構造物および円筒状折り畳み構造物は、折り畳み可能となる折り線の条件が分かっていないため、使用されている折り線は、経験的に分かっている範囲で使用されている。すなわち、使用されている折り線により形成される平板壁は、平面状折畳み構造物では平行四辺形に限られており、円筒状折り畳み構造物では3角形に限られている。
また、前記従来の折り畳み可能な円筒状折り畳み構造物は、螺旋に沿った折り線を有することが前提となっており、且つ、折り線により形成される平板壁の形状は底角が約30°の2等辺3角形に類似の3角形のみである。
このような経験的に分かっている狭い範囲で、前記平面状折畳み構造物および円筒状折り畳み構造物等のような折り畳み構造物の利用の研究を行っても、折り畳み構造物の新たな折り線の発見および新たな折り線を使用した折り畳み構造物等を見出すことは容易でないと思われる。
本発明者は折り線を形成した折り畳み構造物の、折り畳み可能な折り線の条件が明らかになれば、折り畳み構造物の新たな折り畳み方法の発見および新たな折り畳み構造物の発明および利用が容易になると考えた。
そこで本発明者は、予め折り線を付けた折り畳み構造物(折り線付構造物)の、折り畳み可能な折り線の条件を見つけるための研究(折り畳み方法の研究)を行った。
また、従来の折り線により折り畳みが可能な折畳み構造物の研究は、折り紙を使用した折り紙モデルを用いて行われることが多いが、折畳み可能な折り線は複雑である。このため、折り畳み可能な折り線を形成するのには時間が掛かる。特に折り紙よりも剛性の大きなシートに折り線を形成するのには時間がかかる。
そこで、本発明者は紙、金属箔、プラスチックシート等のシート状部材に容易に折り線を形成する方法の研究を行った。
前述の折り畳み方法および折り線形成方法の研究で分かったことを次に説明する。
(折り畳み方法および折り線形成方法の研究結果)
本発明者は、折り畳み構造物の折り畳み方法およびシート状部材の折り線形成方法の研究の結果、次のことが分かった。
(A)平面壁と、多数の分割平面壁により形成される擬似的な円筒壁および円錐壁とは、直線状の多数の折り線により分割した多数の所定形状の分割平面壁により形成することができる。その場合、前記平面壁、円筒壁、および、円錐壁は、前記折り線が所定の折畳み条件を満たすときに折畳み可能である。
(B)本発明者は、前記平面壁、円筒壁、および、円錐壁の折畳み条件を全て明らかにした。その折り畳み条件によれば、平面壁または円筒壁を折り線により分割した多数の所定形状の分割平面壁の形状は、従来研究されていた形状(平面壁の場合の平行四辺形または円筒壁の場合の2等辺3角形および等脚台形)以外の種々の形状が可能である。
(C)折り畳み可能な同じ折り線を有する2枚の折り線付きプレートによりシート状部材を挟んだ状態で折り線付きプレートを半折りまたは完全に折り畳むことにより、シート状部材に容易に折り線を形成することが可能である。
次に、研究結果の詳細を説明する。
ここでは、折り畳みの可能性を幾何的観点から明らかにすることを主眼にし、最初に、折紙モデルを用いた折り畳み法の一般的な議論を行い、次に折り畳み可能な円筒状の構造モデルについて記述した後、高分子シートを用いて製作した円筒の折り畳み性能について述べる。
また、これまで報告が見られない折りたたみ可能な円錐状の構造物を製作するためのモデルを、折紙の考えを用いて幾何的な求めた後、等角螺旋の組合せで、これらのモデルの展開図が表されることを解析的に明らかにする。
(1)折り線付き平面状折畳み構造物
1.折り畳み方法
図1は折り紙や折り畳み構造物の折りたたまれる直線である折り線と複数の折り線の交点である節点との代表例を示す折り線説明図である。
図1において、山折りによる折り線を実線(M1,M2,M3)、谷折り線を破線(V1))で表し、節点に合流する山折り、谷折り線の数を各々NM、NVとする。節点におけるNMとNV間には次式が成立つことはよく知られている。
│NM−NV│=2 ……(1)
全折り線数をNTと置くとNT=NM+NVとなる。式(1)を、例えばNM−NV=2とするとNT=2(1+NV)となり、節点を構成する折り線の数は“偶数”になることが分かる。全折り線数NTはNT≧4で、NT=4が節点を構成するための最小の折り線数である。
図1のようにX軸を山折り線(M3)に一致させ、山折り(M1)と(M2)を行なうと、谷折り(V1)が生じる。山折り(M1)、(M2)とX軸とのなす角を各々α、βとすると折り線(V1)と(M2)のなす角γは、
γ=α ……(2)
で与えられる。式(2)は、Y軸方向に折り線(M1)、(M2)、(M3)、(V1)で、完全に折りたたんだ時の角度の関係式である。
この操作によって、帯状の紙は半折りされ、節点右方の軸方向は2α(α<βの時)、あるいは2β(α>βの時)だけ折り曲げられる。
α=βの場合には軸方向はY軸方向に折り曲げられることはない。この時、山折りと谷折りを交互に行うと帯状の紙はジグザグに折り曲がり、山折り(または谷折り)だけを連続的に行うと、筒状になることが容易に推察される。
本明細書では、このように平面紙をジグザグに折り曲げ、新たな平面に折りたたむことを“平面折り”、同方向に折り曲げてY軸方向に折り畳み得る円筒状の構造を製作する折り方を“円筒おり”と大別する。
2 平面折り
2.1 Miura ori(従来公知技術)
構造物の構成の可能性を考察するため、“1節点4折り線”の最も簡単な場合を考える。
図2は三浦によって宇宙用構造物の展開用に考案された、いわゆる“Miura ori”とよばれる折り畳み構造の説明図である。
図2において、折り畳み構造物の折り線は、3本の水平な折り線((1)〜(3))と3本のジグザグの折り線(各々、山、谷、山折り線、(4)〜(6))を有している。折り線(1)〜(3)は式(1)が満たされるよう山折り、谷折りが交互になされ、折り線(4)〜(6)の各々は折り線(1)〜(3)の全てに対して“対称”である。それ故、各節点(黒丸点)では、図中の任意の角度αについて、式(2)の折り畳み条件が自動的に満たされ、図のY軸方向に完全に折りたたむことができる。
この時、角度αに依存してX軸方向にも収縮し、その収縮量は折り畳み角αが大きい程大きくなる。また、図2から分かるように、水平の折り線は節の左右で、山折りから谷折り、谷折りから山折りに交互に変わる。この4折り線法の特性が平面紙を周期的にY=+∞から−∞まで折りたためることを可能にしている。
図3は前記図2に示す水平の折り線を等角でジグザグにした図である。
図2においては各節点で、折り線(4)〜(6)は水平の折り線(1)〜(3)に対して対称であるが、水平の折りを図3のように等角でジグザグに行っても、式(2)のY軸方向の折り畳み条件が満たされ、図3の平面紙が新たな形で完全に折りたたまれる。この折り畳みを半たたみの状態にすると平面紙を3次元化、すなわち“見掛け上”厚みを持った状態に出来、高剛性で軽量な平板を製作し得る可能性があることが分かる。
2.2 平面折りの一般化
前記図3でジグザグに設けた水平方向の折り線を同じ方向に連続させると扇形あるいは円板を半径方向に折りたたむことができる。
図4は頂角2Θの6個の扇型要素により形成される円板の一部(扇形部分)の折り畳み可能な折り線の例を示す図である。
図4中、円周方向の折り線(1)〜(5)は2Θずつ折れ曲がっている。半径方向の折り線(7)(8)(9)…は角度Θ内でジグザグに設けられ、外辺のA、B、C…で外辺と角度α0をなすものとする。
この時、図4中の角度βはこれらの折り線群の周期性からα0+Θとなるから、円周方向の折り線(1)と半径方向の折り線のなす角α1をα0−Θと採ると折り畳み条件式、式(2)が満たされる。すなわち、半径方向の折り線と円周方向の折り線の角度を図に示されるように随時α0−Θ、α0−2Θ…と選ぶと、全ての節点で折り畳み条件が満たされ、扇型状の板を半径方向に折り畳むことができる展開図を作図することができる。
なお、前記扇型状の板と同様に円板も半径方向に折り畳み可能な展開図を作図することができる。
図5は前記図2に示す水平の折り線群を任意の傾きに取った図で、折り線(1)〜(6)に対して折り線(7)〜(9)を全ての節点で等角・対称に作図した図である。
図5に示すように、折り線(1)〜(6)に対して折り線(7)〜(9)を全ての節点で等角・対称に作図すると、各節点で折り畳み条件が満たされ、Y軸方向に折りたたむことができる。
ここで、α1、β1(初期値)は自由に選ぶことができる。
図6は前記図5の折り畳み法の周期性を考慮に入れた折り線の例を示す図である。
図6において、水平方向の折り線(1)〜(6)が水平方向と交互に微小角±θを有する折り線群を示す。垂直方向の折り線群(7)、(8)、…のジグザグは下に行く程顕著になる。
図7は1節点4折り線法および1節点6折り線法による平面折りを示す図で本発明者が考えた折り畳み方法の1例を示す図である。
図7において、水平の折り線に対して、対称な折り線の6折り線法と4折り線法を組合わせても図2に示すMiura oriと同様に平面紙をジグザグにして折りたたむことができる。
図8は前記図7に示す節点のうちの6本の折り線が交わる1つの節点とその周囲の6本の折り線(1節点6折り線)の折り畳み条件を示す図である。
図8に示されるように、1節点6折り線の時には、2本の谷折り線が山折り線4本の対称位置に挿入される組合わせがある。これは、本明細書で多用する折り線法で折り畳み条件を満たす角度関係を以下に示す。
山折り線を(M1)、(M2)、(M3)、(M4)、谷折り線を(V1)、(V2)とし、折り線(V1)の延長線をX軸とする。折り線(M1)と(V1)、(M2)と(V1)のなす角度をα、β、(M3)と(V2)、(M4)と(V2)のなす角度をγ、δとし、(V2)とX軸とがなす角度をθとおくと、折り畳み条件は次式(3)で表される。
β−α=δ−γ+θ ……(3)
前記式(3)が成立することは、後述の式(4)使用して次のように証明される。
図8に示された6折り線法の場合に節点AでY軸方向に折りたたまれる条件を導く。節点Aを原点としてX−Y軸を図のようにとる。折り線(M1)、(V1)、(M2)とX軸への垂直線(P)のなす角をp1、p2、p3、垂直線(Q)と折り線(M4)、(V2)、(M3)のなす角をq1,q2,q3とすると、p1=π/2−α、p2=π/2、p3=π/2+β、q1=π/2+δ+θ、q2=π/2+θ、q3=π/2−γ+θとなる。
山折り(M1)、(M2)、及び谷折り(V1)によってX<0の領域のX軸の対称位置(点A、B)を基点にする同方向を向くベクトルは式(4)を用いると、折り畳み後PL=(−α+β+π/2)の角度をなす。
また、X>0の領域では、山折り(M3)、(M4)、及び谷折り(V2)によって点C、Dを基点にする同方向のベクトルは折り畳み後、QR=(δ−θ−γ+π/2)の角度をなす。点A、C及び点B、Dは各々同一平面上にあり、これらのベクトルは同方向を向くから、PL=QRと置くと、式(3)を得る。
(V2)とX軸とが一致する場合にはθ=0として、次式(3’)が成立つ。
β−α=δ−γ ……(3’)
6折り線法の場合には、中央の節点の両側で常に山折り(あるいは谷折り)となる。この折り方を繰り返して行うと、同じ方向に折り曲げられ、自動的に平面紙は筒状になる。一方、6折り線法を用いて平面的なジグザグ折りを行うにはこの折り線法と先の4折り線法(図2参照)を組合わせることが不可欠である(図7参照)。
(2)折り線付き円筒状折畳み構造物
等角の山折りを連続的に行うと垂直方向に折り畳みが可能な円筒を製作することができることは容易に推察される。以下このような操作によって折り畳み可能な円筒を製作することを考える。
1.円筒を展開した帯板
図9は帯板を折り線に沿って折りたたんだときに帯板の両端部が接合されて円筒となる条件を説明する図であり、図9Aは帯板と折り線および折り線の角度を示す図、図9Bは図9Aに示す折り線に沿って折りたたんだときの基準軸の向きを変化を示す図である。
図9Aのように帯板を山折り、谷折りを交互、あるいは同方向にN回折る場合を考える(N:偶数)。N個の折り線(1),(2),…とX軸とのなす角をθ1、θ2、…、θnとし、折られた後の軸方向を各々X1、X2…とする。1つ目の折りの操作(折り線(1))によって、(1)の右側部分は裏面となる。
この操作によって新しい軸(X1)はX0軸と2θ1=Θ2の角度をなす(図9B参照)。折り線(2)で第2番目の折りを行うと、X2軸は基準軸X0と角度Θ2=2θ1−2θ2をなす。折り(3)によってX3軸はX0とΘ3=2(θ1−θ2+θ3)の角度となる。これら一連の折りの操作によって、表裏面交互に現われ、N回の折りの操作によって、XN軸が基準軸となす角ΘN(N=偶数の場合)は次式で表される。
ΘN=2〔θ1−θ2+θ3−…−θN〕 ……(4)
この帯板が折りたたまれた時、帯板の左右端が隙間なく接合される(閉じる)ための条件は、nを0以外の整数としたとき次式(5)で与えられる。
ΘN/2π=n ……(5)
次に図10〜図12により、前記式(5)を満たすように折り畳まれた帯板の左右端が隙間無く接合される例を説明する。
図10は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が同一方向(山折りまたは谷折りのいずれか一方)の折り線により正4角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図10Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1),(2),(3),(4)を示す図、図10Bは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図10Cは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図10Aにおいて基準軸であるX軸方向に延びる帯板の同一方向(山折りまたは谷折りのいずれか一方)に折られる折り線(1),(2),(3),(4)はそれぞれX軸に対して角度θ1,θ2,θ3,θ4をなしており、θ1=θ3=135°、θ2=θ4=45°である。すなわち、折り線(1),(2),(3),(4)はX軸に対して45°(=π/4)でジグザグに形成されている。また、X軸の折り線(1)より左側部分をX0軸とし、n=1,2,3,4とした場合の各折り線(n)の右側のX軸部分をXn軸(n=1〜4)とする。
図10Cにおいて軸X2が軸X0となす角度Θ2はΘ2=2(θ1−θ2)=2(135°−45°)=2×90°=180°=πである。
また、軸X4が軸X0となす角度Θ4はΘ4=2(θ1−θ2+θ3−θ4)=2(135°−45°+135°−45°)=2πである。したがって、前記式(5)のnは、n=(Θ4/2π)=1となり、軸X4は軸X0と重なる。この場合、帯板の両端は隙間無く接合される。
図11は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が同一方向(山折りまたは谷折りのいずれか一方)の折り線により正6角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図11Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6)を示す図、図11Bは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図11Cは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図11Aにおいて基準軸であるX軸方向に延びる帯板の同一方向に折られる折り線(1)〜(6)はそれぞれX軸に対して角度θ1〜θ6をなしており、θ1=θ3=θ5=150°、θ2=θ4=θ6=30°である。すなわち、折り線(1)〜(6)はX軸に対して30°(=π/6)でジグザグに形成されている。
図11において軸X6が軸X0となす角度Θ6はΘ6=2(θ1−θ2+θ3−θ4+θ5−θ6)=2(150°−30°+150°−30°+150°−30°)=2×2πである。したがって、前記式(5)のnは、n=(Θ6/2π)=2となり、軸X6は軸X0と重なる。この場合、帯板の両端は隙間無く接合される。
図12は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が同一方向の折り線により正8角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図12Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1),(2),…(8)を示す図、図12Bは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図12Cは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図12Aにおいて基準軸であるX軸方向に延びる帯板の同一方向に折られる折り線(1)〜(8)はそれぞれX軸に対して角度θ1〜θ8をなしており、θ1=θ3=θ5=θ7=157.5°、θ2=θ4=θ6=θ8=22.5°である。すなわち、折り線(1)〜(8)はX軸に対して22.5°(=π/8)でジグザグに形成されている。
図12において軸X8が軸X0となす角度Θ8はΘ8=2(θ1−θ2+θ3−θ4+θ5−θ6+θ7−θ8)=2(157.5°−22.5°+…+157.5°−22.5°)=3×2πである。したがって、前記式(5)のnは、n=(Θ8/2π)=3となり、軸X8は軸X0と重なる。この場合、帯板の両端は隙間無く接合される。
前記図10〜図12の説明から、折り畳み方向が同一方向(山折りまたは谷折りのいずれか一方)の折り線により帯板を同じ方向に折り曲げて正N角形(Nは偶数)に折り畳む場合、基準軸Xに対して角度θ=π/Nの折り線(1),(2)…,(N)を等間隔でジグザグに形成すればよいことが分かる。
図13は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が交互に反転する(山折り方向と谷折り方向とに反転する)折り線により正6角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図13Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1)〜(12)を示す図、図13B〜図13Fは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図13Gは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図13Aにおいて基準軸であるX軸方向に延びる帯板の同一方向(例えば山折り方向)に折られる実線で示した折り線(1),(3),…,(11)はそれぞれX軸に対して角度θ1,θ3,…,θ11をなしており、θ1=θ3=…=θ11=60°である。また、前記折り線(1),(3),…,(11)とは逆方向(例えば谷折り方向)に折られる点線で示す折り線(2),(4),…,(12)はそれぞれX軸に対して角度θ2,θ4,…,θ12をなしており、θ2=θ4=…=θ12=30°である。
なお、図13に示す仮想線(13)は帯板を折り畳んだときに折り線(1)と重なる線である。
図13において実線で軸X12が軸X0となす角度Θ12はΘ12=2(θ1−θ2+θ3−…+θ11−θ12)=2(60°−30°+60°−…+60°−30°)=2×πである。したがって、前記式(5)のnは、n=(Θ12/2π)=1となり、軸X12は軸X0と重なる。この場合、帯板の両端は隙間無く接合される。
2.主折り線が水平の折り線群からなる折り線付き円筒
帯状の紙(図9A)の上下端を水平の折り線と考え、Y軸方向にこれ等の何段かを想定する。平行な水平の折り線(群)を主折り線と名付ける。
4折り線法、6折り線法を用いた主折り線が水平の折り線群からなる、Y軸方向に折り畳みが可能な円筒を製作するためのモデルの展開図を図14〜図16に示す。
1節点4折り線法で正N角形断面形状で折りたたまれる円筒を製作する場合、周知のように(図9A、図9Bの説明から分かるように)帯状の板をπ・(N−2)/Nだけ等間隔に同方向に折り曲げると正N角形を形成することができる。なお、前記π・(N−2)/Nは、正N角形の内角の大きさである。
図14は前記図9Aに示す帯状の板をπ・(N−2)/Nだけ等間隔に同方向に折り曲げて正N角形を構成する場合で且つN=6の場合の代表的な展開図を示す図である。
ここでは、前記式(4)で折り角度θの時、2θだけ曲げられることを考慮して水平の折り線と角度π/6をなす6本のジグザグの山折り線(1)〜(6)を等間隔に導入している。各々の山折り線で、π/3ずつ折曲げられ、最終的に6角形断面形状で折りたたまれる円筒構造物が製作される。
図15は前記図14の山折り線と水平の折線の角度の2倍(π/3)をα=2π/9とβ=π/9のように分解して不等辺の台形要素で構成される疑似円筒の展開図である。
正6角形に折り畳む場合には前記角度の分割はその合計がπ/3になる限り、任意に選択することができる。
図16は前記図14のY軸方向の山折り線をα=π/3の山折り線Iとβ=π/6の谷折り線IIに分解した折り線の組を6個導入することによって製作される円筒の説明図で、図16Aは展開図、図16Bは前記図16Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図、図16Cは前記図16Bと同じものの異なる方向から見た斜視図である。
図16Aにおいて、ここでα−β=π/6である限りα、βの値は自由に選択できる。
図17は前記図14の点AとBを合致させ、水平の折り線から山折り部分をなくした図で、水平方向に底角π/6の2等辺三角形からなるダイヤモンド模様((1)〜(3))の展開図である。
このとき、水平の折り線部での断面形状は正三角形になり、これは薄肉円筒の塑性座屈におけるdiamond座屈のモデルに対応する。
図18は不等辺三角形要素で構成される変形ダイヤモンド模様による展開図である。
図19は水平の折り線に対して1つ飛びに対称で且つ折り畳みが可能な展開図を有する疑似円筒体の説明図で、図19Aは展開図、図19Bは前記図19の展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図、図19Cは前記図19Bと同じものを異なる方向から見た図である。前記図14〜図17で示された5種の展開図は水平の全ての折り線に関して対象であるが、図19に示す展開図でも折り畳み可能である。
図19中、A点ではその対称性から折り畳み条件式、式(3)が満たされていることは勿論であるが点Bにおいても同式(3)が成立する。
図20は前記図19の点Bと同様の折り線だけで構成した折り畳みの展開図の例を示す図である。
図21は折り畳み線により形成された複数の形状の多角形のパーツ(平板壁)を有する折り畳み可能な円筒壁の展開図である。
図21の展開図を有する円筒壁は、複数の形状の多角形パーツを有する折り畳み可能な円筒体を作成することができる。
3.主折り線が傾斜を持つ場合(螺旋型)の折り線付き円筒
前記図14〜図21の水平の折り線に傾斜を持たせた場合を考える。
前述の文献(a)〜(c)において、Guest等は3角形状の分割平板で形成される円筒を考え、円筒状折り畳み構造物の製作が可能であるか、およびこの円筒を折り畳むための前記3角形の適切な形状を数値計算によって検討した。
図22はGuest等が検討した3角形状の分割平板で作られた分割平板の連結部が螺旋状になり、それ等が一周する毎に螺旋(1)が1段上昇する時の円筒構造物を本発明者が展開図で表したものである。彼等は図22の展開図で表される円筒折り畳み時にどのような特性を示すかを、螺旋間の角度(α、β)を変数として解析したが、完全な折り畳み条件を示すことはできなかった。
図23は前記図17の全体をψ=π/6だけ傾斜させたものに対応し、斜め方向の3個のダイヤモンド模様が構成されており、折り畳み可能な円筒状構造物の展開図である。
図24は前記図23と等価の展開図を有する疑似円筒体の説明図で、図24Aは展開図、図24Bは前記図23、図24Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
図23〜図24Bに示す例では、展開図の左端Lと右端Rを接合して円筒を製作すると折り線のなす模様が連続する。
図25は前記図14をπ/6傾斜させた展開図を有する疑似円筒体の説明図で、図25Aは展開図、図25Bは前記図25Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
図25Aは、前記図14を水平線とπ/6傾斜する直線GHで切断しし、その切断線を水平な下端とした図に対応する。
図26は前記図15をπ/6傾斜させた展開図を有する疑似円筒体の説明図で、図26Aは展開図、図26Bは前記図26Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
図27は前記図16をπ/6傾斜させた展開図である。
図25〜図27に示す例では、展開図の左端Lと右端Rを接合して円筒を製作すると折り線のなす模様は一般的には連続しない。展開図の連続性の詳細については後述する。
図28は図19の螺旋型であり、図19中の点A,Dを結ぶ直線で切断して得たものである。図28中に記載の角(〜0.193π)はこの切断線と水平線のなす角を示し、この場合には三角形要素の形状が与えられているため谷折り線の角度は限定されたものになる。
図29は前記図24を一般化した折り線を有する螺旋型の折り畳み円筒体の説明図で、図29Aは展開図、図29Bは前記図29Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
折り畳み条件は図29A中のβの値に依存しない(後述)。
図30は前記図29Aの6段の展開図を3段にしαを30°として1段毎にβの値を変えた場合の展開図である。
図30に示すように、βの値は1段毎に独立して設定しても折り畳み条件を満足することができる。
図31は図29Aの螺旋状の山折り線および谷折り線を1段毎に逆転させて得られる反復螺旋型の展開図である。この展開図はまた図16の点AとBを一致させることによっても得られる。
図32は、前記図21に示す円筒体の展開図の平行な2本の直線AB′、C′Dにより切り取られた部分を示す図であり、AとB′およびDとC′が重なるように図32の左右の両端縁を接続することにより折り畳み可能な円筒体となるものの展開図である。
図32に示す展開図を有する円筒壁は、複数の形状の多角形パーツを有する折り畳み可能な円筒体を作成することができる。
図33は任意形状の4角形要素(パーツ)を有するり畳み可能な円筒体の展開図である。
図33において、AFを延長した直線をAEとした場合、折り畳み条件は∠BAE=∠DAC=αである。αの値は、α=180°/N(Nは正の整数)として任意に定めることができる。例えばN=8のときには、α=180°/8=22.5°となる。したがって、∠BAE=∠DAC=α=22.5°として、AEの長さを適当な任意の値とすることにより、任意形状のパーツを有する折り畳み可能な円筒体を作成することができる。
4.螺旋型展開図の折り線の連続性
先に述べたように螺旋型展開図の左右端を接合したとき、展開図の両端で折り線の連続性が満たされるとは限らない。図25〜図27の場合のように、台形要素で展開図が与えられる場合には、図14の台形の上底長さLuを適正に選ぶことで連続性を保つことができる。
図34は展開図の両端を接合したときの連続性を保つ方法の説明図である。
図34において、原点Oを基点に台形要素を主折り線(角度ψ)方向にN個描き、点Aを定める。台形の高さをhとすると、正N角形のとき、長さOA=N{(h/tanθ)+Lu}となる。N個目の大径要素の下方にm(偶数)個の要素を描き、点Bを図のように定める。展開図が任意のψについて連続であるためには点BがX軸上にくることが必要である。AB=mhであるから、tanψ=AB/OAより次式(6)を得る。
Lu={2N−m・tanψ/tanθ}h/tanψ ……(6)
すなわち、式(6)でLuを適正に決めると、これ等の場合の展開図の左右端の連続性が得られる。
5.折り線付円筒の折り畳み条件の検証
上述した折り線を持つ円筒を折りたたんだ時、円周方向に閉じる条件(式(5)参照)が満たされるか否かを代表的な例で検証する。
図25で与えられる円筒においては、この展開図の最下端の帯板部分(微小幅D)の折り線を考える。ここには18本の折り線があり、左側から6本毎に同じ傾きの折り線が繰り返し現れるので、それらは6本の折り線からなる3つの組で構成されている。式(4)を用いると、これらの折り線による軸線の回転角は、ψ=(=π/6)を傾斜角として、
ΘN=2{(α+ψ)−ψ+ψ−ψ+(α+ψ)−ψ}×3=12 ……(7)
となる。α=π/6としたから、式(4)のΘN=2πとなって前記式(5)を満たすので、折り畳み後、閉じる条件を満たすことが分かる。
図29Aの場合には最下端の6つの平行四辺形部分の折り線による回転角を考えると次式を得る。
ΘT=2{(α+β)−β}×6=12α ……(8)
α=π/6を用いるとΘT=2πとなって閉じる条件(式(5)参照)が満たされる。式(8)から分かるように、ΘTはβ値に依存しないことが分かる。
すなわち、図29〜図31のモデルで、正N角形形状に折りたたむための条件はα=π/Nで、図中の角度βは自由に選ぶことができる。
前述の図23〜図31の螺旋型のモデルでは、図28を除いて(6角形形状の折り畳みを考え)谷折り線の傾斜角ψを全てπ/Nとした。しかしながら、図25の例に見られるように、展開図の左右の連続性を満たすように出来れば、主折り線の傾斜角ψはπ/Nに限定されるものではない。
6.折り畳み可能な疑似円筒の製作
本発明者は、上述した展開図に従い、軸方向への折り畳み特性を厚さ0.2mmのポリプロピレンシートで製作した疑似円筒で調べ、それが可能であることを確認した。図25と図27とで示される螺旋型の折り畳みモデルを材料試験機で押したたむと、下部が停止した状態で円筒の上部が回転しながら折りたたまれる。
これらの折り畳みの進展の様子を観察した結果は提案したモデルで良好な折り畳みが可能であることが示されるとともに、完全に折りたたむために要する荷重は20〜40Nの極めて低い値であることを示した(折り畳み前の円筒の直径;約100mm)。
7.折り線付き円筒体の研究のまとめ
前述の説明ではN=6(一部N=3,8)を例にして、展開図を三角要素や台形要素あるいは任意形状の4角形で分割し、正N角形形状で折りたたむ疑似円筒の製造法を説明した。展開図の左右端の連続性を満たすことが困難な主折り線が水平で奇数個の台形要素で構成される場合を除くと、一つの節点での折り角度を(N−2)/N・πとすることで、任意のN値(N≧3、整数)について折り畳み構造の製作が可能である。
また、式(5)を満たすように折り線の角度を選び、折り線の長さを適正に選択すると、正N角形形状でない折り畳み構造の製作も可能である。
円筒を薄い高分子シートで製作する場合には、図16B、図24Bのような形状に成型加工することは容易であると思われる。それゆえこのような形状で成型加工を行えば、折り畳み可能なPETボトルのような容器の製作が可能であると考えられる。
谷折り線が、螺旋型をなす場合には、水平型のそれに比べて軸方向の伸縮が一般に容易であった。このことは、折り畳みの構造を改良して行く上で考慮すべきであると思われる。
(3)折り線付き円錐状折畳み構造物
1.折りたたみのための基礎関係式
折り畳み可能な折り線付き円錐状折畳み構造物を構成する円錐壁が1接点6折り線及び1節点4折り線の場合に、この節点で折りたたまれるための折り線間の角度関係を図35〜図37に示す。
図35は1節点6折り線の場合で谷折り線が対称に挿入される場合の折り畳み条件を満たす折り線間の角度関係を示す図で、後述の図50〜図52の場合の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
挿入された谷折り線のなす線をθ、角α〜δを図35のように定めると、次式(3)が成立つ。
β−α=δ−γ+θ ……(3)
図36は山折り線(M1)、(M2)、(M3)間に谷折り線(V1)、(V2)が交互に挿入される場合の折り畳み条件を満たす折り線間の角度関係を示す図で、後述の図56B、図57の場合の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
図36において、山折り線(M4)の延長線であるX軸と(M1)及び(M3)がなす角を各々α、βとし、各折り線間の角度をθ〜θとする。節点Oを原点としてX−Y軸を、図36のようにとる。
節点OでY軸方向に折りたたまれる条件を前述と同様にして導く。X<0の領域では、X軸の対称位置(点B、C)にある同方向を向くベクトルは、山折り(M4)により折りたたみ後には、角π(=Q)だけ回転し反対方向を向く。
次にX>0の領域の点D、Eのベクトルを考える。X軸への垂線(Q)と折り線(M1),(V1),(M2),(V2),(M3)のなす角を図36のごとくq〜qとすると、
=π/2+α
=π/2+α−θ
=π/2+α−(θ+θ),
=π/2−β+θ
=π/2−β
となる。この折りたたみによるこれらのベクトルのなす角Qは、次式(9)で与えられる。
/2
=q−q+q−q+q
=π/2+α−(θ+θ) ……(9)
折りたたみ後も点B、Dは同一平面上にあり、この点でのベクトルは同方向を向くから、Q値と負の領域のQ=πを等置すると、
α=θ+θ
を得る。
α+β=θ+…+θ
を用いると、
β=θ+θ
となるから、この場合の折りたたみ条件は次式(10)で表される。
α=θ+θ、β=θ+θ ……(10)
図37は1節点4折り線の場合を示す。折りたたみ条件式は上と同様の手順で求められる。
/2=q−q+q=π/2+α−γ
となるから、
=Q=π
と置くと、
α=γとなる。
すなわち、山折り線(M1)〜(M3)を与えると(M3)の延長線であるX軸と(M1)のなす角αと等しいγ値の位置で谷折り(V1)が生じる。
2.主折り線が展開図の外辺に平行な折り線付円錐壁
図38は主折り線が展開図の外辺に平行な円錐における展開図が頂角2ΘのN個の二等辺三角形で構成される場合の展開図の要部拡大図である。
図38中の谷折り線(破線)を主折り線と呼ぶ。頂点を0、外辺の点をA,B,C,Dとし、これらの点から外辺と角αをなす直線を作図し、各々の交点をE,F,Gとする。
点E,F,Gから上と同様に線分EF,FGと角度αをなす線を描き、それらの交点をH,Iとする。この作図によって展開図は2種類の二等辺三角形要素によって分割される。対称性からO,H,B及びO,I,Cは直線をなし、直線OFの左右に対称なダイヤモンド模様を得る。直線OFは外辺BCと直角をなす。節点Fを構成する折り線は図35のそれに対応する。
∠CFG=∠BFE=βとし、節点Fにおける対称性を考慮して図35のδをα、γをβと置く。谷折り線EFとFGのなす角は2Θであるから、θ=2Θと置くと式(10)は
β−α=Θ ……(11)
となる。ΔOFEとΔOFGは頂角2Θの二等辺三角形(底角π/2Θ)であるから、∠HFI=γ¥t*¥tとおくと、次式(12)を得る。
γ+2α=π−2Θ ……(12)
節点Fで折りたたむと、谷折り線EF、FGのなす角はγ−2αとなる。正N角形形状で折りたたむとすると、谷折り線がなす角は(N−2)/N・πになるから、次式(13)が成立つ。
γ−2α=(N−2)/N・π ……(13)
前記式(11)〜(13)より折りたたみ条件を満たすαとβ値は次式(14)で与えられる。
α=π/2N−Θ/2、β=α+Θ=π/2N+Θ/2 ……(14)
N=3、2Θ=π/6の場合を考えると、式(14)より、α=π/8、β=5π/24を得る。
図39は式(14)で得られる値を用いて求めた折り線付疑似円錐壁の展開図を有する疑似円錐壁の説明図で、図39Aは展開図、図39Bは前記図39Aの展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁の半折り状態の斜視図である。
図40は折り線により不等辺三角形要素に分割される場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図の要部拡大図である。
図40において、外辺の点をA,B,C,D…とし、各点で外辺と角αをなす線分を右上方に、角δをなす線分を左上方に作図し、交点をE,F,Gとする(∠BOF=θ)。これらの点から線分EF、FGと角度αで左上方に、角度δで右上方に直線を作図し、それらの交点をH,Iとする。
点O,H,B及びO,I,Cは直線をなす。直線OFの左右に非対称ダイヤモンド模様を得る。∠BFE=β、∠CFG=γとし、EFとBCの交点をJとする。ΔOBCとΔOCD、ΔOEFとΔOFGは各々頂角2Θの二等辺三角形で、∠DCJ=∠GFJ=2Θとなり、∠OFJ=∠OCJを得る。
すなわち、点O,F,C,Jは同一円上にあり、∠CJF=∠FOC=2Θ−θとなる。ΔBFJに注目すると次式を得る。
β−α=2Θ−θ ……(15)
点F周りの角度関係より得られる∠CFJ=γ−2ΘをΔCFJの角度関係から得られるδ=∠CFJ+(2Θ−θ)に用いると次式(16)が得られる。
δ−γ=−θ ……(16)
式(16)のθを式(15)に代入して、谷折り線EF、FGのなす角が2Θであることを考慮すると、次に示す折りたたみ条件式(17′)が成立つ。
β−α=δ−γ+2Θ ……(17′)
先と同様に∠HFI=γとおくと、節点Fで折りたたんだ時の谷折り線線EF、FGのなす角はγ−(α+δ)となる。正N角形の折りたたみを考え、この値と(N−2)/N・πを等置して、幾何学的な関係より得られるγ+(α+δ)=π−2Θを用いると次に示す折りたたみ条件式(17)が得られる。
(α+δ)=π/N−Θ ……(17)
式(17)を満たすα、δを選ぶと不等辺三角形要素からなる折りたたみ可能な展開図が得られる。
図41は折り線により不等辺三角形要素に分割される場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図で、N=3、2Θ=π/9、α=π/9、δ=π/6とした時の展開図(θ=約0.0688π)である。
図42は前記図40の点Fで右上方に角度α、左上方に角度δを取った折り線により不等辺三角形要素に分割される場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図で、Θ,α,δ値を図41と同じ値とした場合の展開図である。
前記図40の点Fで右上方に角度α、左上方に角度δを取っても折りたたみが可能な展開図が得られる。ここで得られた矩形はひしゃげた平行四辺形で、点F,1,…は中心周りに角度θで回転する。節点での折りたたみ条件は、図41と同様に成立する。
図43は前記図38の二等辺三角形要素による分割の代わりに、台形要素により分割した場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図の要部拡大図である。
図43において、外辺上の点A,BからABと角度αをなす2本の直線(AC,BD)を直線OIに対称に引き、頂角φとなるよう点C、Dを決める。
∠DCE=Γとおき、∠DCE=∠DCO+∠OCEで、∠DCO=π/2−φ/2、∠OCE=(π/2−Θ)−αを用いるとΓは次式(18)で表される。
Γ=π−(φ/2+Θ+α) ……(18)
線分CFが谷折り線であるから、節点Cでの折りたたみによって、折りたたみ後の山折りDCと谷折りCFのなす角は、Γ−αで与えられ、この値は前記式(18)を用いると次式(19)で表せる。
Γ−α=π−(φ/2+Θ+2α) ……(19)
正N角形で折りたたむ場合を考えると、(Γ−α)と{(N−2)/N}・πを等値して、次式(20−1)を得る。
α=π/N−(φ/2+Θ)/2 ……(20−1)
∠HCF=Θ+φ/2であり、ABとCDは平行であるから、∠ACH=αとなり、β=∠ACFは次式(20−2)で表される。
β=α+φ/2+Θ
=π/N+(φ/2+Θ) ……(20−2)
点Cにおいて、∠ACH=∠ECF=αであるから、前記折りたたみの条件式(17)は満たされている。
図44は折り線により等脚台形に分割され且つ正N角錐に折り畳まれる折り線付円錐壁の、N=6、前記図43のφ=π/36、2Θ=π/12の場合の展開図を有する疑似円錐壁の説明図で、図44Aは展開図、図44Bは前記図44Aの展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
3.主折り線が螺旋で構成される折り線付円錐壁
前記2.節では円錐を構成すると、谷折り線が底面に平行になる展開図について説明した。ここでは、主折り線とした谷折り線が螺旋型になる場合の折りたたみについて考える。
図45は二等辺三角形要素(頂角2Θ)がN個からなる折り線付円錐壁の展開図を考え、その一段だけを湾曲した帯状部分として書き出した図である。
ここで、山折りと谷折りが周期的に導入されるとし、折り線が外辺AB,…となす角をζ,ηとする(0≦(ζ,η)≦π/2)。
この帯板をこれらの折り線で折り曲げるとφ=2(ζ−η)Nだけ円周方向に折り曲がる。元々、この帯板は角度ψ=2NΘ曲がっていたから、折りたたみ後、この帯板の両端を隙間なく接合するためにはφ+ψ=2πが成立つことが必要である。これは、円周方向の折りたたみ条件に対応し、この条件は次式(21)で表される。
φ+ψ=2(ζ−η+Θ)N=2π ……(21)
図46は3個の二等辺三角形要素からなる簡単な、螺旋型の展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁の展開図である。図47は前記図46の展開図を折りたたんだ時の上面図である。
図46において、3本の放射線((1)〜(3))および外辺と平行な線群((4),(5)…)が山折り線である。谷折り線は外辺と角αをなすもとのする。図46中の角β〜δは、二等辺三角形要素(頂角2Θ)であることを考慮すると次式が成り立つ。
β=π/2+Θ−α
γ=π/2+Θ+α
δ=π/2−Θ−α
螺旋を形成する谷折り線は1つの三角形要素を経る毎に2Θずつ折れ曲がる。折りたたみ条件式(17)でθ=2Θと置きα〜δを代入すると、任意のαについて式(17)が成立つことが分かる。
α値は折りたたみ後円周方向に閉じる条件で求められ、正N角形形状で折りたたむ場合には、式(21)にζ=α,η=π/2−Θを用いて、次式(22)が得られる。
α={(N−2)/2N}・π ……(22)
図47において、点A,F,Gから出る3本の螺旋(1)〜(3)は前記図46の放射状の山折り線からなる。
このモデルは、典型的な螺旋模様を与えるが、図46の中心部にまで隙間なく折りたたまれる為、厚みを有する薄板や膜等の折りたたみ法として、工学的に実用に供することは困難である。
図48は前記図45および図46で説明したモデルを変形した実用的モデルの説明図で、図48Aは変形方法の説明図、図48Bは図48Aの要部拡大図である。
図48Aにおいて、点C,Dを円周上を中心O周りに角2θだけ回転させ、各々点E,Fに移動させる。そして、∠CAE=∠DBF=…=ψと置く。
この操作により、合同な矩形ABFE,BGHF…が周期的に同一の円周上に描かれる。
図48Bにおいて、谷折り線をAFとし、角α〜δ及びp,qを図のように与える。
∠OAB=∠OBA=π/2−Θ
を考慮すると次式を得る。
p=π/2−Θ+ψ,β=π/2+Θ−γ−ψ
δ=π/2−Θ−(γ+ψ) ……(23)
∠ACE=π/2+θであるからΔAECに注目して、∠AEC=π/2−θ−ψを得る。ΔOCEとΔOEFが二等辺三角形であることを考慮し、点E周りの角度関係より得られる∠AEF=q=2π−(∠OEC+∠OEF+∠AEC)を用いると次式(24)を得る。
q=π/2+2θ+ψ+Θ,α=γ−20 ……(24)
図49は前記図48Aの折り線により形成される図形ABGHFEを折り線AF,BFで順次折り畳んだときの様子を示す図で、図49AはAFを谷折りしたた後の矩形ABFEとBGHFの状態を示す(ハッチング部;裏面)図、図49Bは前記図49Aの状態で更にB’F(元の線分BF)で山折りを行った後の状態を示す図である。
図49Bのように各点を定めると、∠AFB′=β,∠FB′H″=δである。1つのブロックにおける谷折りAFと山折りBFによって、これら2つのブロックは図49Bの直線AFとB′H″のなす角だけ折り曲げられる。この角度を図に示されるようにψとすると、ψ=π−(β+δ)となる。式(23)より得られるβ+δ=π−2(γ+ψ)を用いると、次式(25)を得る。
ψ=2(γ+ψ) ……(25)
正N角形形状での折りたたみを考えると、その一つの内角は(N−2)π/Nであるから、この値とψを等置すると、
(γ+ψ)=(N−2)π/2N ……(26)
を得る。
図50は図48Aに示す1段目の帯板に相当する部分および2段目に相当する部分を示す図である。
図50において、前記図48において行ったと同様の手順で新たに点E,F,Hを基点に2段目の作図を行うことができる。2段目の矩形群は1段目のそれらと相似である。
次に図50の点Fを例にとり折りたたみ条件を調べる。式(23)と(24)より、β−α=π/2+Θ−ψ+2θ−2γおよびδ−γ=π/2−Θ−ψ−2γを得る。すなわち次式(27)を得る。
β−α=δ−γ+2(Θ+θ) ……(27)
図50の谷折り線(1)と(2)のなす角は周期性より2Θ、同様に折り線(2)と(3)のなす角は2θである。すなわち、(1)と(3)は2(Θ+θ)の角度をなすことを考慮すると、式(27)は節点Fで折りたたみの条件式が成立つことを示す。
図51は前記図48〜図50に示す折り線を有する折り線付円錐壁においてN=6、γ+ψ=π/3、ψ=π/6、γ=π/6とした場合の展開図(2Θ=π/18)を有する疑似円錐壁の説明図で、図51Aは展開図、図51Bは前記図51の展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
図52は前記図48〜図50に示す折り線を有する折り線付円錐壁においてN=6、γ+ψ=π/3、ψ=π/4,γ=π/12とした場合の展開図(2Θ=π/6)である。
図53は前記図51Aの展開図の段数を少なくして1段毎にψの値を大きくした場合の展開図である。
図53において、円錐壁の場合、ψ+γ=60°である。ψ+γ=60°のもとでψとγとを分割している。各段毎にψおよびγの値に任意に分割することができる。等角螺旋では中心に向かう程規模が小さくなるので、それを回避するため、ψを小さくしている。
図54は前記図53の展開図を有する折り畳み円錐壁と同じ円錐壁を形成する展開図である。
図54は前記図53と同一形状の円錐壁の展開図である。図54は前記図53に比較して両側縁の接合が容易である。
図55は前記図50で2段目の谷折り線を1段目のそれと角度γで逆方向に取った場合の図である。
この谷折り線とOA(O;中心)の交点をKとすると、∠KEOはψとなり、新しく得られた矩形EFIKは1段目のそれと相似である。点Fでの折り線の様子は図36に対応する。図36の山折り線(M4)を山折り線FHに対応させると図36のθ〜θはθ=δ,θ=γ,θ=α,θ=βとなる。
図55の線分FHとFEは角度2Θをなすから、図36のαとβは図55上では、
α=δ+γ+2Θ,β=α+β−2Θ ……(28−1)
となる。
式(23),(24)を用いると上式のα,βは、
α=π/2−ψ+Θ=β+γ
β=π/2−ψ−Θ−2θ=α+δ ……(28−2)
となる。これらの式にθ=δ,θ=γ,θ=α,θ=βを用いると式(10)を得、折りたたみ条件が成立つ。
このように一段毎に逆方向に谷折り線を描くと、反復型の、螺旋模様による折りたたみ構造が作られる。
図56は前記図51を反復螺旋型にした展開図を有する疑似円錐体の説明図で、図56Aは展開図、図56Bは前記図56の展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
図57は2Θ=π/6,ψ=π/6,γ=π/6として得た反復螺旋型の展開図(N=6)である。
4.等角螺旋を用いた解析的な検討
上述した展開図の折り線がなす2種の模様は相似で、かつ中心に向かう程小さくなる。
図58は等角螺旋に沿った折り線を有する折り畳み可能な折り線付円錐壁の展開図の説明図で、図58Aは全体説明図、図58Bは前記図58Aの要部拡大図である。
図39Aや図42で示された展開図は、先の幾何学的取扱いと同様に、一つの模様が中心Oに対して張る角を2Θとして、一般的に図58Aのような形で表される。この図58Aは、以下のように描かれる。最初、点A,Iを起点に中心Oからの放射線OA,OIと角度ψをなすよう右上方向に線分(1),(2)を引く。
次に点A,Mから放射線OA,OMと角度φをなすよう左上方向に線分(4),(5)を引く(ψとφ値は図40、図42のα,δと、ψ=π/2−Θ−α,φ=π/2−Θ−δの関係にある)。(1)と(5),(2)と(4)の交点を各々F,Bとすると、点B,Fは同心円上に来る。
同様に上の操作を点B,Fで行うと点C,J,Gが定められ、順次点D,K,Hが定められる。すなわち、点Aから右上方向に取られた点の列F,G,H…は常に半径方向と角度ψを、また点列A,B,C,D,Eは、半径方向と角度φをなすよう描かれる。点A.F,G,Hを結ぶ線を新たに曲線(1)、点A,B,C,Dを結ぶ線を新たに曲線(4)とすると、これら2つの曲線は、半径方向と等角をなしながら中心に向かう線となる。
すなわち、これらの各々の点は中心Oから出る等角螺旋上にある。図58A中の(1),(2),(3)は反時計周りの螺旋、(4),(5),(6)は時計周りの螺旋になる。
図58Aのように、線分AB,BC,…が中心角に対して張る角を2Θ′と置くと、線分AF,FG,GHが張る角は2(Θ−Θ′)である。点Fの左右の2つの矩形の拡大図(図58B)を用いて折りたたみ条件を調べる。これらの矩形は合同であり、線分BF,FGは角2Θをなす。ψ,φおよびα〜δの角度関係は図のようになる。図58AのΔOBFは頂角2Θの二等辺三角形であるから、α+φ=π/2−Θとδ+ψ=π/2−Θとなり、
α+δ=π−(φ+ψ)−2Θ ……(29)
を得る。ΔABFあるいはΔMFNの内角関係より、
β+γ=π−(φ+ψ) ……(30)
を得る。式(23)、(24)より次式が成立つ。
β−α=δ−γ+2Θ ……(31)
線分BFとFNが角2Θをなすことを考慮すると、前記式(3)が成立つ。
すなわち、等角螺旋で折り線を描くと折りたたみ条件が自動的に成立つことが分かる。
φ=ψが図39A、φ≠ψの時は図42が対応する。点B,Fの半径Rは展開図の半径をRとして正弦法則を用いて次式で与えられる。
/R=sin{2(Θ−Θ′)+ψ}=p ……(32)
外周より2段目の点(C,F,G…)および3段目の点(D,K,H…)の半径は順次p,p…で与えられる。
図59は前記図58の螺旋を反転させる場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図の説明図である。
図59において、前記図58と同様に点Aから右上がりに半径方向と角ψを、左上がりに角φを取る。これらを各々(1),(2)とする。点Jから(1)と同様に(3)、点Kから(2)と同様に(4)を描き、(1)と(4)の交点を点C、(2)と(3)の交点を点Bとする。この時、線分BCの張る角を2Θとする。
次に、点B,Cから各々同様の角度ψとφで逆方向に線分BDとCDを描く。交点Dは半径OA上に来る。これを繰り返すとジグザグの折り線ACDFGI…、ABDEGH…を得る。ΔOBCが頂角2Θの二等辺三角形であるから、
∠DBC=δ=π/2−Θ−φ、∠DCB=απ/2−Θ−ψ ……(33)
が得られる。ΔOBAとΔOACの外角関係を各々用いると次式(34)が導かれる。
∠CBA=γ=π/2+Θ−(φ+2Θ−θ),
∠BCA=β=π/2+Θ−(ψ+θ) ……(34)
式(33)、(34)より式(15)と(16)が得られ、全ての節点での折りたたみ条件が成立つ。
図41がこの場合に対応し、図39はこの形で表すこともできる。
図60は前記図44Aの展開図の描き方の説明図である。
図60において、点A,Gから同じ角φで線分(1)と(2)を引き、ΔOAGの底辺AGに点Oから引いた垂線に対して対称に取った線分OB,OHとの交点をB,Hとする。
点B,Hから反対方向にφを取り、OA,OGとの交点をC,Iとする。このような操作で、ジグザグの折り線ABCDE…とGHLJK…を得る。各節点での折りたたみ条件は前記図43の説明で明らかにされている。
また、図51Aの展開図は図50の説明より等角螺旋であることは簡単に分かる。
図61は前記図44を等角螺旋型にした展開図を有する疑似円錐体の説明図で、図61Aは展開図、図61Bは前記図61Aの展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
図61、図61Bに示すように折り線が螺旋に沿って配置した等脚台形を形成する展開図も、折り畳み可能な円錐壁を形成することが可能である。
図62は図51Aの円周方向の螺旋を右端で1段上昇するようにした折り線付きの折り畳み円錐壁の展開図である。
前記図62の展開図を円錐壁とする場合には、右端の点A,B,C,…と、左端の点D,E,F,Dとが重なるように、右側縁および左側縁を接続する。
上述のように、等角螺旋あるいは反転型の等角螺旋を組合わせると節点での折りたたみ条件が自動的に成立つが、円周方向の折りたたみ条件は、各点での折りたたみ角の周方向の合計が2πになるように、図45あるいは先の幾何学的考察を用いて設定しなければならない。
また、これらの展開図上の節点は、先のp値を求めて、半径p,p¥t2¥t,p¥t3¥t…の同心円と半径の交点より決定できる。
5.製作された折りたたみ式円錐殻とその特性
厚さ0.2mmのポリプロピレンシートを用い、図51Aで示された展開図で製作した図51Bの円錐殻および図56Aで示された展開図で製作した図56Bの円錐殻の折りたたみの様子を観察した。その結果、折り紙モデルで予測した通り、良好な折りたたみが可能であることが分かった。
6.考察
主にN=6の場合を想定し、軸方向の折りたたみが可能な円錐状の構造物の創製を、折紙モデルを用いて幾何学的に検討し、これが可能であることを示した。ここで、これらの円錐殻は折り線で構成されるため、擬似的な円錐状になるとともに、扇形の展開図を接合して得られる円錐形まで伸直させることは困難なものである。
これらの構造は、三角形や台形要素に加工された薄い金属板等をジョイント等で連結することにより、製作し得ると考えられ、低弾性の薄い高分子材料では成型加工によって生活用品等を加工し得ると思われる。
また、ここで示された折りたたみの機構は、折りたたみ可能なドーム屋根等の大型構造やテント構造の基本モデルになるとも考えられる。これらの実現には、克服すべき問題も多いと考えられるが、提案された折りたたみモデルに別の創意が加われば、新しい形の加工法や製品の誕生をもたらすように思われる。
7.まとめ
これまで報告のなかった軸方向に折りたたむことができる円錐状の殻構造を創製することを目的として、数種の展開図を新たに提案し、幾何学的に折りたたみ条件を検証して、それらが等角螺旋の組合せで表されることを示した。折紙や薄い高分子板を用いて折りたたみ特性を調べた結果、提案したモデルの全てで予測通り、折りたたみが可能であることが確認された。
(4)折り線付き円板状折畳み構造物
Archimedesの螺旋とBernoulliの螺旋(等角螺旋)を用いた折り線を形成することにより、半径方向または円周方向に折り畳み可能な折り線付き円板状折畳み構造物を創製することができる。
1.基本関係
図63は折り紙における最も簡単な折りたたみ法の説明図である。
図63において、1つの接点(黒丸点)が4本の折り線で構成される場合である。山折りを(1),(2),(3)、谷折りを(4)とすると、(1)の延長線(5)と(2)がなす角αと折り線(3)と(4)がなす角が等しい時、折りたたむことができる。
この折りたたみ条件は、以下のようにも解釈される。山折り線(2)(3)のなす角を2等分する線分を(A)とし、これに垂直な線分を(B)とする。谷折り線(4)と(1)の延長線(5)のなす角は(A)によって(角度βで)2等分される。この時(1)と(A)のなす角もβとなる。(B)を鏡面と考えると、(2),(3)を各々入射光、(4)を反射光とみなすことができる。
すなわち、鏡面と考える直交する2本の直線の交点を節点とし、この点で2本のzig/zagの折り線を各々等角で入射、反射するようにして交叉させると、この点で折りたたみ条件が満たされる。これを4折り線法の「鏡面則」と名付ける。
2.半径/円周方向への折りたたみ方法
図64は折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の説明図で、図64Aは折り畳み条件を説明するための要部拡大図、図64Bは全体図である。
図64Aに示されるように、中心方向に向かうzig/zagの折り線(1)と円周方向の(2)を組合わせて中心方向に折りたたむ方法を考える。
頂角2Θの二等辺三角形要素(ΔOAB,ΔOBC…)N個で半径Rの円形膜を置き換える(2ΘN=2π、底角=π/2−Θ)。ΔOAB,ΔOBC…を構成する主放射線OA,OB,OC…から中心角で2Θだけ回転させた別の副放射線OF,OG,OH…を描く。外辺の点A,B,C…から主放射線と角φをなすよう直線を引き、副放射線との交点をF,G,H…とし、中心点Oからの半径をRとする。
また、同心円(半径R)上にある点I,J,K…を元の放射線OA,OB,OC上に取る。このような手順で、半径方向にzig/zagの折り線を描く。円周方向の折り線、FG,GH…やIJ,JKは、対称性から角度2Θで中心周りに回転する。
線分OGの延長線と外周円の交点を点Eとすると、ΔOBEは頂角2θの二等辺三角形となり、∠OBE=(π/2)−θとなる。
∠OBC=(π/2)−Θであるから次式(35)を得る。
∠CBE=Θ−θ ……(35)
p≡∠BGEとして、∠OBG=φを用い、ΔOBGの外角関係を考えると、次式(36)を得る。
p=φ+2θ ……(36)
∠GBC=(π/2)−Θ−φ≡α
を定義し、前式(36)を用いると次式(37)を得る。
p=(π/2)−(α+Θ)+2θ ……(37)
次に点Gでの折りたたみ条件を考える。
線分GHの延長線と線分GBがなす角をζとすると、点Gでの折りたたみ条件は、
ζ=∠FGJ
で与えられる。
ζ=π−∠EGH−p=π−(π/2+Θ)−p=α−2θ
であるから、点Gでの折りたたみ条件は、β∠∠FGJとして、次式(38)で表される。
β=α−2θ ……(38)
∠JGO∠pを定義すると、
q+β=(π/2)−Θ
より次式(39)を得る。
q=(π/2−Θ)−(α−2θ)
=π/2−(α+Θ)+2θ ……(39)
式(37)、(39)よりp=qとなる(この関係は点Gで、放射線OEを鏡面とする鏡面則の成立に対応)。
次にΔOJGで、∠BJG∠rと置くと、r=q+2θを得る。点Jでの折りたたみ条件は、線分OBを鏡面と考え、r=sで与えられる(∠OJP∠s)。∠OJK=π/2−Θ=∠OJP+∠PJKであるから、∠PJK=γと置くと、γは次式(40)で与えられる。
γ=(π/2−Θ)−s
=(π/2−Θ)−(q+2θ)
=π/2−Θ−2θ−{π/2−(α+Θ)+2θ}=α−4θ ……(40)
半径方向のzig/zagの折り線の「振り角度」を2θにとると、半径方向の折り線BGJP…は外辺上の点Bでの角度をαとして、β=α−2θ、γ=α−4θのように2θずつ角度を減じた値となる。
また、2本の主、副の放射線(OBおよびOG)を鏡面と考えた際の入射角、反射角の関係は
p=q=π/2−(α+Θ)+2θ=φ+2θ、
r=s=π/2−(α+Θ)+4θ=φ+4θ ……(41)
のようになり、2θずつ角度を増加させたものになる。
円板の半径OB=R、線分OG,OJ,OPの長さをR,R,Rとして、
ΔOBG,ΔOGJ…に正弦定理を用いると次式(42)を得る。
/R=sinφ/sin(φ+2θ)、
/R=sinφ/sin(φ+4θ)、
/R=sinφ/sin(φ+6θ) ……(42)
中心から主、副の放射線群を得た後、φを与えて半径R/R、R/R…の同心円群を描き、これらの交点を節点とすれば、全ての節点で折りたたみ条件を満たす展開図を得る。
図65は前記図64Bに示す折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の拡大図である。
図66は前記図65の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が少ない状態の斜視図である。
図67は前記図65の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が多い状態の斜視図である。
図68は前記図65の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物を完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図65〜図68に示す折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、図65に示す展開図では中心に円形孔Saが形成されている。円形孔Saは、図65の展開状態から順次、図66、図67、および図68と折り畳まれるに従って内径が小さくなる。
図65において、折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sには半折り状態のときの上面が凸となる多数の山折り線Mおよび凹となる多数の谷折り線Vが形成されている。
前記山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vの交点である節点では、3本の山折り線Mと1本の谷折り線Vの合計4本の折り線が交わっている。そして、各節点で交わる山折り線Mの数=3、谷折り線Vの数=1でありその差は2(=3−1)である。すなわち、この折り畳み可能な円形の色付シートの折り線パターンは1節点4折り線である。また、折り線は、円形シートの折り畳み条件を満たすように複数の等角螺旋に沿って形成されている。
図65〜図68に示す折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、折り畳み可能な色彩を施した色付シート等により構成した場合、折り畳み量に応じた美しい形状となり、その形状に応じて目に見える色彩も変化する。この折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、サイズの大きなものは室内装飾品として使用可能であり、サイズの小さいものはブローチ等の身体装飾品として使用可能である。
図69は半径方向のzig/zagの折り線の振り角を中心に近づく程大きくした場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の説明図で、図69Aは折り畳み条件を説明するための要部拡大図、図69Bは全体図である。
同一の振り角でzig/zagの折り線を描くと中心に近付く程、折り線の間隔が急激に小さくなるため、振り角を徐々に大きくすることを考える(図69A)。
最初の振り角度2θで折り線BG,GJを描くと、p=qでr=p+2θになる。次に点Jからs=rとして、振り角を例えば4θにとると、図69中の角tはs+4θになる。点Pで鏡面則を基に角度t=uとして、線分PQを描き、点Qを定める。順次折り線を鏡面則に従って求めると、振り角が2θ,4θ,6θの時の角度関係は次式(43)で与えられる。
p=q=π/2−(α+Θ)+2θ=φ+2θ、
r=s=φ+4θ、t=u=φ+8θ ……(43)
で与えられる。線分OG=R、線分OJ=R…は式(42)を求めたのと同様の手順で定式化できる。
図70は半径方向のzig/zagの折り線の振り角を中心に近づく程大きくし且つ円周方向の折り線もzig/zagにした場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の説明図で、図70Aは折り畳み条件を説明するための要部拡大図、図70Bは全体図である。
図70Aにおいて、半径RおよびR (R>R )の主放射線OA,OB…を交互に描き、これらと2θだけずらせた副放射線OF,OG…を描く。ここで、F,G,Hは、点A,B,Cから主放射線と角度φをなすように引かれた線分と副放射線の交点である。このように、鏡面則に従い作図すると全ての節点で折りたたみ条件が満たされる。
図64Bについては、N=36(2Θ=100)、図69B、図70Bについては、N=18に分割した。外周より8段目までは折り線法に従った。中央部分は、中心に迎う山折り、谷折り線を交互に設けて、中央部の空白域を回避した。
3.アルキメデスの螺旋による巻取り法と半径方向の折りたたみ法を組合わせた折りたたみ
図71は螺旋状の折り線の交点がアルキメデスの螺旋上にある従来公知の巻取り法の説明図である。
前記図64Aで、半径方向の折り線zig/zagをなくすことを考える。
図71において、中央部の空白域を正N角形で示す。正N角形の頂点Bから辺ABに垂線を引き、垂線と折り線AF((1))との交点をCとする。折り線(1)に対称になるよう線分CDを引く(∠ACD=2π/N)。
このように、折り線と交叉する毎に対称になるように正N角形の頂点からN本の折り線を描くと、等間隔の螺旋模様が得られる。半径方向の折り線と、この螺旋状の折り線の交点は、中心を基点とするアルキメデスの螺旋上にあることは容易に分かる。
これは、Guest等によって提案された折りたたみ(巻取り)法の基本形である。
図72は本発明者の考えた新しい折り線を示す図で、図72Aは前記図71において、半径方向の折り線(1)が1つの屈曲点を持ち、この屈曲点で螺旋が反転する折り線を示す図、図72Bは、前記図72Aの屈曲点の外側を半径方向に折りたたむ方法で置き換えた図である。
図72Aのように屈曲点を、半径方向の折り線に多数導入すると、前記図64Bの展開図にアルキメデスの螺旋が複合された、新しい折りたたみ(巻取り)構造が作られる。
図72A、図72Bの場合でNを大きな値にすると(N>20)、折り線の間隔が微細になるため、巻取り時に、折り角度が極めて小さくなり、実用上、これを弾性変形で置き換えることが可能になる。弾性率の小さな高分子材料膜や織物の巻取りのためには、主の折り線のみで充分であり、アルキメデスの螺旋の導入は実際上形式的なものになる。
4.等角螺旋様式による折りたたみ方法
等角螺旋様式による折りたたみ法は、等角螺旋に沿って形成された直線状折り線を有する折り畳み方法を意味する。
ここでは、等角螺旋を用いた円形膜の折りたたみ法について説明する。
4.1 基礎関係式
図73は円形膜、または部分円形膜(扇形膜)等を半径方向および円周方向に折り畳む折り線を等角螺旋に沿って形成する際の折り線の説明図である。
図73のように円形膜をN本の中心からの半径方向の放射線で等角度で分割し、これを頂角2Θの二等辺三角形要素(ΔOAM,ΔOMN…)N個で置き換える(2Θ・N=2π)。各点を図のように定める。外辺上の点Aから、放射線と各φをなす直線を引き、中心角で2Θ回転した放射線(OM)との交点を点Bとして定める。
点Aを起点とし、放射線OAとφをなす直線を引き、2Θ回転した放射線OMとの交点をBとする。次に、放射線OMと角χをなす直線を引き、2Θ回転した放射線ONとの交点Cを決める。次に同様の手順で角φ,χを交互に取って、点D,E…を定める。このジグザグ線を(1)とする。ここで、線分ABと2等辺3角形の底辺となす角をβと定義する。すなわち、β∠90°−Θ−φである。また、線分BCとMNとのなす角(すなわち、BからMNに平行に引いた線分BB′と線分BCとのなす角)をγとする。γ=(90°−Θ)−χで定義する。前記γの値は、Cが線分BB′に対して中心Oと同じ側にあるときには正、中心Oと反対側にあるときには負とする。γ=0のとき線分BCとMNは平行になる。
円形板の半径をRとして、正弦定理をΔOABに用いると、点Bの半径の長さ(OB)∠Rは次式(44)で与えられる。
/R={sinφ/sin(φ+2Θ)}∠p ……(44)
また、点Cの半径の長さ(OC)をRとして、正弦定理をΔOBCに用いると、R/Rは次式(45)で表される。
/R=sinχ/sin(χ+2Θ)∠q ……(45)
すなわち、R/Rは式(44)、(45)を用いると次式(46)となる。
p・q=R/R
=sinφ・sinχ/{sin(φ+2Θ)・sin(χ+2Θ)} ……(46)
すなわち、点D,E,F…の円形膜の半径Rで無次元化した半径pq,p,p…のようにp,qを交互に掛けた値で与えられる。
今、ジグザグ線(1)の下限を与える点A,C,E,G,…を結ぶ線(2)とすると、これら各点の無次元半径は、各々1,pq,(pq),(pq),…で与えられるから、これらの各点は等角螺旋と4Θ毎に引かれた放射線の交点で与えられる。ジグザグ線の上限を与える点B,D,F,H…を結ぶ(3)も同様に等角螺旋と放射線の交点で与えられる。
図74は円形膜、または部分円形膜(扇形膜)等を中心軸まわりに巻取りながら円周方向に折り畳む折り線を等角螺旋に沿って形成する際の折り線の基本説明図である。
次に図74に示すように、折り線(1)のスタート点Aから2Θの奇数倍(後述)の角度だけ時計周りに進んだ点P,Qを定め、これらの点より(1)と全く同様に、ジグザグの折り線(4)および(5)を描く。
このとき、折り線(1)と(5)を山折り線、折り線(4)を谷折り線と交互に定める。
折り線(1)上の点をI,J,K、折り線(4)上の点をR,S,T、折り線(5)上の点をQ,U,Vと図のように名付け、2Θずつ反時計周りにずれた放射線上の点Q,R,IおよびU,S,Jの各点を直線で結び、これらをもう一つの折り線群(6),(7),(8)とする。
図74のように、二等辺三角形要素を5つ経る毎に点P,Q…を取った場合には、ジグザグの回数n(ジグザグ1回でn=1)は、n=2のときにはジグザグを2回繰り返すから、5個分の2等辺3角形を左回りに進む(例えば、図74で点Pから折り線(4)に沿ってジグザグを2回繰り返すとR点に到達し、点Qから出た折り線(6)と交わる。折り線(6)の通る2等辺3角形を含めると、5個分の2等辺3角形を左回りに進んだことになる。)
点Q,R,I…の無次元半径は1,(pq),(pq)となり、図中のΔOQRとΔORIが相似形をなす。
すなわち、新たな折り線群(6)〜(8)も中心Oに向かう等角螺旋になる。折り線(6)のQR、折り線(9)のPEが放射線となす角をψとすると、図のαは、α=(90°−Θ)−ψとなる。外辺(二等辺三角形要素の底辺)となす角をαとする。
ジグザグの折り線(4)はn回ジグザグを繰り返して図中点Rに至る(図74ではn=2)。このとき、点Rの半径は(p・q)で与えられる。
一方、外辺の点Qから出る螺旋(6)が放射線となす角はψであるから、点Rを与える無次元半径の値はsinψ/sin(ψ+2Θ)で表される。この値と式(46)が等しいとして等置すると、次式(47)を得る。

=[sinφsinχ/{sin(φ+2Θ)sin(χ+2Θ)}]
=sinψ/sin(ψ+2Θ) ……(47)
前記式(47)は時計回りに回りながら中心に向かう螺旋(1),(4),(5)とこれらに交叉して反時計回りに回る螺旋(6)〜(8)の満たすべき角度関係を与えている。
4.2 折りたたみ条件
上で述べたように2Θを経る毎に等角螺旋を折り曲げる場合を考える。谷折り線3、山折り線1からなる図74の点S、山折り線1からなる点Uを代表点として、これらの点での折りたたみの条件を考える。
図75は前記図74の要部拡大図である。
点SとU付近の図74の拡大図を図75に示す。点Sでは、∠OSJ=ψであるから、∠SJR=ψ+2Θである。∠ORS=φであるから、ΔJSRを考えると、∠JSR=π−(ψ+2Θ)−φとなる。線分RSの延長線をSS′とすると、∠S′SJ=π−∠JSR=ψ+2Θ+φとなる。
∠USQ=ψ+2Θを用いると∠TSU=π−χ−∠USQ=π−χ−ψ−2Θとなる。折りたたみ条件に従って、∠S′SJ=∠TSUと置くと、点Rでの折りたたみ条件として次式(48)を得る。
2ψ+φ+χ=π−4Θ ……(48)
図75より明らかなように点Uについても、角度関係は点Sと同じであるから式(48)が折りたたみ条件になる。すなわち、式(48)が成り立つと、全ての節点で折りたたみ条件が成り立つ。
図76は円形膜、または部分円形膜(扇形膜)等を中心軸回りに巻き取りながら折り畳む折り線を等角螺旋に沿って形成する際の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
なお、式(48)の関係式は図76に示されるように、χ値がπ/2−Θより大きい場合、すなわち、点B,D…で折り線を上向きにとっても式(48)で折りたたみ条件が与えられる。
4.3 円周方向の螺旋群の連続性
上では、折りたたみの条件を求めたが、これらの螺旋群が中心軸周り等分配され、螺旋の連続性が保たれるための条件を導く。二等辺三角形要素をn個経る毎にzig/zagの螺旋(折り線(1))が外周点上からm本スタートする場合を考える。
このとき、これらのstart点は中心周りに(2n+1)・(2Θ)回転する(n;整数)。すなわち、二等辺三角形要素数Nとこれらの値の関係は(2n+1)m=Nで与えられる。円形膜の場合には、中心角2πを(2n+1)m等分することが必要である。
すなわち、連続性を満たすための分割角度(二等辺三角形要素の頂角;2Θ)は次式(49)で与えられる。
2Θ=2π/{(2n+1)・m} ……(49)
このように円形膜を分割することによってのみ、m本の螺旋群の連続性が膜の全領域で満たされる条件が達成される。
式(48)より得られるφ=π−2ψ−χ−4Θを式(47)に用いると次式(50)を得る。
(pq)
=[sin(2ψ+χ+4Θ)・sinχ/{sin(2ψ+χ+2Θ)sin(χ+2Θ)}]
=sinψ/sin(ψ+2Θ) ……(50)
式(49)を満たすよう分割した2Θとχ値を与えると、式(50)を満たすψが数値計算によって算出できる。また、式(48)によりφ値も得られ、全ての節点で折りたたみ条件を満たす螺旋型の折り線による展開図が描かれる。
4.4 副折り線を任意の回転角で折り曲げる場合(φ=χの場合)
上では、円形膜を頂角2Θの二等辺三角形要素N個で等分し、これらの要素を経る毎に折り線を折り曲げて構成された展開図を求めた。図76の場合で、m本の螺旋を常に等角で上方に折り曲げる特別の場合には(φ=χ)、別の折りたたみの展開図の構成が可能になる。
図77は主折り線が放射線に対して等角で折り曲げられる場合の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
円の外周上の点A,B,CとA′,B′を図77のように定める。右上がりの折り線(1)を点Aから、左上がりの折り線(2)を点Bから描く。(1)は中心角で2θ(弦AA′の張る角)、(2)は中心角で2θ(弦A′Bの張る角)だけ進展し、点Dで交わるものとし、折り線(1)は中心からの放射線と角度ψ(外辺AIとなす角α)、折り線(2)は放射線と角度φ(外辺BIとなす角β)をなすものとする。
点Dでの折りたたみ条件を以下に考える。
∠ADA′=φ+2θ、∠BDA′=ψ+2θ
となる。BDの延長点をIとすると、
∠ADI=π−{(φ+ψ)+2(θ+θ)}
となる。
∠FDO=φ、∠GDO=ψであるから、
∠FDG=φ+ψ
となる。
折り線(2),(1),(3)を山折りとした時、GD((4))が谷折り線として、点Dで折りたたみ条件は∠ADIと∠FDGを等置すると次式(51)を得る。
φ+ψ=π/2−Θ、あるいは(α+β)=π/2 ……(51)
ODをRとすると、ΔOADに正弦定理を用いると、次式(52)を得る。
/R=sinψ/sin(ψ+2θ) ……(52)
一方ΔOBDについては次式(53)が得られる。
/R=sinφ/sin(φ+2θ) ……(53)
これらの値は、ともに点Dの半径を与えるから、これを等置して、先のψ=π/2−φ−Θを用いると、次式(54)を得る。
sin(β−θ)/sin(β+θ
=sin(π/2−θ−β)/sin(π/2+θ−β) ……(54)
θ,θを与えると数値計算で式(53)を満たすφが決まる。式(51)よりψが求められ、これらの値を用いると、全節点で折りたたみ条件を満たす展開図を得る。
4.5 円錐殻の製作への応用
図74でジグザグの螺旋(折り線(1))がm本からなるとし、その外辺上の出発点がなす角度を(2n+1)・(2Θ)とする。円板の場合には(2n+1)・m・(2Θ)=2πとしたが、この(2n+1)・m・(2Θ)値が2πより小さいと円錐の展開図になり、この場合も同様に折りたたみが可能である。
5. 折りたたみ製品例
上で述べた理論によって得られる展開図とその折りたたみ例を図78〜図80に示す。
図78は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=4、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=18、γ=20°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図79は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=4、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=18、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例で前記図78とは放射線に対する折り線の角度が異なる例を示す図である。
図80は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=10、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=42、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図78〜図80について各々2Θ=20°,20°および180°/21であり、これらの値と、χ(γ=χ−90°+Θ)により定まるγ値を各々、γ=π/9,0および0とを与え、式(50)を満たすψ値を数値計算によって求めた。このψ値を式(48)に代入すると、φが決まる。
α+ψ=90°−Θ,β+φ=90°−Θより、図78〜図80のαとβの値は求まる。例えば、図78については、α=69.763…°、β=20.474…°である。
図78〜図80の例では、主折り線が2本の螺旋からなる円形膜は新たな平面に折りたたまれる。図78、図79の折りたたみ後の側面の様子では、γ値が大きくなると、中心部が上方に突き出した形状で折りたたまれる。これは、構造物の折りたたみ/展開の操作時に有利である。図79と図80とを比較すると、分割数が多くなると、より小さく折りたたまれる。
図81は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=4、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=18、γ=0°の場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の例を示す図である。
図82は前記図81の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が少ない状態の斜視図である。
図83は前記図81の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が多い状態の斜視図である。
図84は前記図81の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物を完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
この図81〜図84に示す折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、図81のように展開された円形シート(折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物)を前記折り線M,Vにより折り畳むと、折り畳み量が小さい半折り状態では,図82に示すようになり、折り畳み量を大きくすると図83の状態となる。図84は殆ど折り畳んだ状態で、完全に折り畳むと平面上に折り畳まれる。
図81〜図84の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、折り線M,Vの形状が前記図65〜図68と異なっているので、折り畳み可能な色彩を施した色付シート等により構成した場合、前記図65〜図68とは異なる形状変化および色彩変化が得られる。
この折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sも前記折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sと同様に、サイズの大きなものは室内装飾品として使用可能であり、サイズの小さいものはブローチ等の身体装飾品として使用可能である。
図85〜図87に3本螺旋、4本螺旋および1本螺旋の場合の展開図を示す。
図85は4本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=4)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=7、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=60、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図86は3本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=3)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=8、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=51、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図87は1本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=1)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=10、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=21、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図85の主折り線が4本螺旋の場合は四角形形状に巻き付く形で折りたたまれ、図86の主折り線の螺旋が3本の場合は三角形形状に巻き付く形で折りたたまれる。図87の螺旋が1本の場合は、中心軸回りに巻き付く形で折りたたまれている。
γ=0°としてα,β値を前述と同様に求めるとつぎのようになる。
図85ではγ=0°、α=75.432…°、β=29.132…°。
図86ではγ=0°、α=76.233…°、β=27.533…°。
図87ではγ=0°、α=76.714…°、β=26.572…°。
図88は4本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=4)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=7、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=60、γ=0°の場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の例を示す図である。
図89は前記図88の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が少ない状態の斜視図である。
図90は前記図88の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が多い状態の斜視図である。
図91は前記図88の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物を完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図88〜図91に示す折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、図88に示す展開図では中心に円形孔Saが形成されている。円形孔Saは、図88の展開状態から順次、図89、図90、および図91と折り畳まれるに従って内径が小さくなる。
この図88〜図91に示す折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、図88のように展開された円形シート(折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物)を前記折り線M,Vにより折り畳むと、折り畳み量が小さい半折り状態では、図89に示すようになり、折り畳み量を大きくすると図90の状態となる。完全に折り畳んだ全折り状態では図91の状態となる。
図88〜図91の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、折り線M,Vの形状が前記図65〜図68および図81〜図84と異なっているので、折り畳み可能な色付シート等により構成した場合、前記図65〜図68および図81〜図84とは異なる形状変化および色彩変化が得られる。
図92は、主折り線とする螺旋を多数(m=12)にした場合の展開図である。
図92では、m=12、n=1であり、円板を36等分した場合である。γ=25°を与え、前述と同様にしてα,βを求めると次のようになる。
α=55.270…°、β=44.46…°。
この折りたたみで、中心角の分割数を2倍にすると、折りたたみ効率は半減するが、折り線数が多くなり、工学的には不向きになる。これは、寧ろ造形的観点からの興味が大きい。
図93は前記図77に基づいて、2種の等角の螺旋で構成された展開図である。分割数N=12,θ=π/180,θ=29π/180であり、φは、およそπ/18である。図93の展開図を折り畳むと、上下対称に中心回りに良好に巻取られる。図93のものは、副折り線が微細であるため巻取時にこれ等の折り線が弾性変形で置き換えられることを示唆する。
前記図93の展開図をもとに、円形のステンレス薄板(厚さt=0.05mm、半径R=140mm)を主折り線で12個に切断し、これを透明のクラフトフィルムで接合したものを製作した。これは前記図93のものと同様に巻き取り可能であり、微細な副折り線を導入しなくても、主折り線のみで収納できることが分かった。
図94は山折り線と谷折り線とを交互に設けた折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図である。
図94において、折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、その外周をN(Nは正の整数でN≧4)等分した点から中心に向かう等角螺旋に沿って山折り線Mが形成され、前記等分した外周をさらに2等分した点から中心に向かう等角螺旋に沿って谷折り線Vが形成されている。
図94に示す展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、簡単な折り線により折り畳み展開可能であり、且つ、弾性変形で展開するので、自己展開が可能である。中心部は折り線群が微細になるため、柔軟で薄い布やゴム等を除くと、前記Guest等の折り畳み法と組み合わせること等が工学的に必要となる。
図95は山折り線と谷折り線とを交互に設け且つ谷折り線とその左右両側の山折り線との円周方向の長さが左右で異なる折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図である。
図95において、折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sは、その外周をN(Nは正の整数でN≧4)等分した点から中心に向かう等角螺旋に沿って山折り線Mが形成され、前記等分した外周をさらに適当な分割比で2分した点から等角螺旋に沿って谷折り線Vが形成されている。図95の等角螺旋は中心から外周に向かって反時計方向に巻かれており、谷折り線Vとその右隣の山折り線Mとのなす角度をβ、左隣の山折り線Mとのなす角度をαとすると、α>βとされている。
この場合、折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物Sの折り線に沿って折り畳むと、外周部は軸方向の下方きにずれながら折り畳まれる。
図96は前記図95の隣接する山折り線の間の扇形部分を除去した図である。
図96の円周方向の両端の外側縁を重なるように接続すると円錐壁が形成される。この円錐壁も山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折り畳み可能である。この円錐壁も外周部は軸方向の下方にずれながら折り畳まれる。
(5)折り線付き折畳み構造物の応用
前述の平板や円筒等の折りたたみ法に関する結果を基に、それらの工学的実用化を目指した基礎的な研究の結果について説明する。ここでは主に、次の点について述べる。
(a)平板をジグザグに折り曲げ3次元化することによって、高剛性、高強度のコア材料を創製するための折りたたみ法のモデル化およびその加工方法。
(b)円筒の軸方向への折りたたみ特性を基に考案した簡素な機構の筒状の展開構造モデル。
前者においては、航空宇宙用の高強度部材の創製のみならず、古紙等の再利用化の実現等、また後者については、シューター等民生用への利用も考慮している。
1.折りたたみ条件と非折りたたみ条件
図97はシート状部材の折り畳み条件の説明図で、図97Aは折り畳む前の展開図、図97Bは図97Aの折り線で折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図97Aに示す円形の薄い平面紙を考え、その中心をOとし、線分OA,OC,ODを山折り、OBを谷折りとする。これらの線分のなす角を図97Aのように、α〜δと置く。
今、OBを谷折りし、図97Bのように座標軸を定め、線分OAをX軸上にとると、点B,C,Dの座標は各々(−cosβ,sinβ,O)、(x,y,z)、(−cosα,sinα,O)で表される。
線分OBとOCのなす角がγ、線分ODとOCのなす角がδであることと、α+β+γ+δ=2π、x+y+z=1を用いると、点Cのz座標は次式(55)で与えられる。
(1−z)sin(α−β)
=cosγ+cosδ−2cosγcosδcos(α−β) ……(55)
式(55)により点Cの座標が決まるから、平面OBCが底面(x−y面)となす角が求められる。式(55)でz=0とすると、折りたたみの条件になる。
z=0とし、右辺よりδを消去して左辺と比較すると、次式(56)が得られる。
cos(α+β+γ)+cosγ=cosα+cosβ,
cos(α+β+γ)・cosγ=cosαcosβ ……(56)
この2つの式(55),(56)を満たす関係は次式(57),(58)で与えられる。
α+γ=π ……(57)
β+γ=π ……(58)
式(58)は円形の平面を2つ折りにする条件であるから、折りたたみ条件として、ここでは式(57)を採用する。
折りたたみ条件を満たした状態で作られた構造体は安定性が低く、折りたたみ条件を満たさない場合の構造は構造体として一般に安定度が高い傾向にある。それゆえ、本報告では前記(a)については、主に折りたたまれない条件を、(b)については折りたたみ条件を用いる。
2. コア材料のモデル化
2.1 折り紙モデル
折り紙モデルを用いたコア材料の創製については、既に三浦によりその概念が提案されている。その代表的なものは、平板の折りたたみ法(miura ori)に基づくduouble corrugated core(DCC)である。
図98は、DCC(duouble corrugated core)の説明図で、DCCを展開した図である。
図99は、前記図98の垂直の折り線群をzig/zagにしたものを示す図である。
これらは節点が4折り線で構成され、全ての節点で折りたたみ条件が満たされている。そのため、面圧を受けると、これらのコアは元の平面に押し広げられる構造体であり、不安定なものである。
これを避けるためには、コアの上下面を表面材にしっかりと接合することが必須であるが、接合部が面でないため、接着技術がこの構造の成否を支配すると考えられる。
図100は新たに考案した接合部のあるコアのモデルの説明図で、図100Aは展開図、図100Bは図100Aの展開図を半折り状態にしたものの平面図、図100Cは図100Aの展開図を折り畳んで3次元化したものの外観図である。
図101は新たに考案した接合部のあるコアの別のモデルの説明図で、図101Aは展開図、図101Bは図101Aの展開図を半折り状態にしたものの平面図、図101Cは図101Aの展開図を折り畳んで3次元化したものの外観図である。
これらはA部が上面、B部が下面になり、大きな接合部を持つことが分かる。ここで、節点は4あるいは5本の折り線で構成されている。
図102は本発明者が考案した接合部のあるコアの別の折りたたみ条件を満たさないモデルの説明図で、図102Aは展開図、図102Bは図102Aの要部拡大図である。
図103は前記図102Aの展開図を折り畳んで作成するコアの説明図で、図103Aは折り畳んだコアの斜視図、図103Bは前記図103Aのコアの下面にシートを接着したものの斜視図である。
図102Aに示す折り線は、折りたたみ条件を満たさず、平板を3次元化した時、折り線が升目状になるように配慮されている。図102Bにおいて、縦折り線AC,DF,A′C′,D′F′に対して、斜め折り線DB,EC,A′E′,B′F′等は45°である。
谷折り線D−Bを折るとA−E部が接触し、ΔABDとΔEDBが接合する。その接合部分S1およびS2と同様の接合部分は全てS1およびS2で示す。
また、谷折り線A′−E′を折るとB′−D′部材が接触し、ΔD′A′E′とΔB′A′E′が接合する。その接合部分S3およびS4と同様の接合部分は全てS3およびS4で示す。
前記接合部分S1およびS2を接着し、前記接合部分S3およびS4を接着すると升目状の折り線で構成される構造的に安定なコア材料(図103A)が創製される。このコアの下面にシートを接着した図103Bに示すものは大きな圧縮力に耐えることができる。
図104は本発明者が考案した接合部のあるコアの別の折りたたみ条件を満たさないモデルの説明図で、図104Aは展開図、図104Bは図104Aの要部拡大図である。
図104Aに示す折り線は、折りたたみ条件を満たさず、平板を3次元化した時、折り線が升目状になるように配慮されている。図104Bにおいて、縦折り線AD,CBに対して、CD,BE等は60°である。谷折り線C−Dを折るとA−B部が接触し、ΔACEとΔBCEが接合する。その接合部分を接着すると升目状の折り線で構成される構造的に安定なコア材料(図104A)が創製される。
3.2 ハニカムコアのモデル
ハニカムコアは軽量構造の代表的なものである。
図105は1枚の板からハニカムコアを製造する方法の説明図で、図105Aは展開図、図105Bは前記図105Aの展開図を有する板から製造したハニカムコアの図である。
図105Aにおいて、点線は谷折り線で、破線で示す山折り線は切れ目(切断部)Cを有している。図105Aの谷折り線の両側の接合部A−Bを、谷折り線の一本置きに接着して両側に広げると、図105Bに示す網目状のハニカムコアを製作することができる。なお、この製作法を用いると、円筒形状のハニカムコアにもなる特性を有する。
4. コア材料の製作
4.1 コア材料の製作法
前記図101〜図102に示された折り線で0.2〜0.3mmの燐精銅板や鋼鈑を切断し、これらをクラフトフィルムで上下を接合、あるいは蝶番で接合した金型を2個製作し、これらの間に薄い被加工紙やアルミニュウム合金板(〜0.08mm)を挿入し、折り曲げ加工を行うと図101B〜図102Bに示されたような製品を瞬時に製作することができる。
前記図102Bの接合領域S1およびS2のみを接着し、S3,S4は接着せずに、その一側面に薄い膜に接着したもの(またはそれとは逆に接着したもの)を円筒状に巻くことにより、軽量の高剛性のパイプを製作することが可能となる。
図106は前記図103Aに示すコア材料を製造する折線形成装置を示す図である。
図106において、折り線により分離された多数の正方形のパーツ(金属薄板)P1および平行四辺形のパーツP2の両面にクラフトフィルムFを接着して折線形成用型Kが構成されている。折り線形成用型Kは、中央の軸線Lに対して線対称に構成された折り畳み可能な一対のflexible金型K1,K2を有している。前記各flexible金型(折畳み金型)K1,K2を製作して、山折り線および谷折り線として折り癖を一度付けると、次回からは容易に山折りおよび谷折り可能となる。したがって、開閉軸線Lの一方側のflexible金型K2の表面に紙または樹脂シート等を置いた状態で、前記開閉軸線Lでflexible金型K1を折り畳むと、前記紙または樹脂シート等は一対のflexible金型K1,K2により挟まれる。その状態(flexible金型K1,K2が重なった状態)でflexible金型K1,K2を折り線により同時に折り畳むと紙または樹脂シート等に折り線が形成される。
4.2 製作されたコア材料
実用化が最も近いと思われる図102のモデルで、上述の折り畳み金型を用いて紙製のコアとアルミニュウムコアを製作した。紙製のコアは前記図103Aに示されている。
図107は製作したアルミニュウムコアの説明図で、図107Aは斜視図、図107Bは展開図で前記図103Aに示す紙の展開図と同じ形状ある。
これらの製品の圧縮強度は紙製品で、およそ0.4〜0.8Mpa(比重;80〜120Kg/m)、アルミ製品でおよそ1〜1.5MPa(約100Kg/m)であった(升目寸法10〜11mm、試料寸法〜50×50mm)。
5. 折りたたみ/展開構造のモデル
前述の「(2)折り線付き円筒状折畳み構造物」の欄では、円筒の軸方向への折りたたみ法の複数例について説明した。これらの代表的なものの展開図とそれらを利用した新たな構造物の例を、図108〜図109に示す。
図108は円筒状折り線付構造物の応用例の説明図で、図108Aは展開図である。
図108の谷折り線(点線)を切断し、AとBとを接合してものから筒体を製作すると、6角形の部材からなる構造になる。その6角形の部材部分を狭い板で置き換えると、軸方向に伸縮可能なトラス構造を製作することができる。
図109は螺旋型の円筒状折り線付構造物の応用例の説明図で、図109Aは展開図、図109Bは前記図109Aを基に構成された伸縮可能なinflatable構造を示す図である。
本発明は前述の研究結果に鑑み、下記(1)の記載内容を課題とする。
(1)壁状の構造物を多数の折り線により多角形の平板壁に分割し、分割した各平板壁の境界部分の折り線を折り畳み可能にした、折り線付構造物の新規な折り線を提供し、前記新規な折り線を使用した折り畳み可能な新規な折り線付構造物、新規な折り畳み方法、並びに、新規な折り線形成用型および折り線形成方法を提供すること。
発明の開示
次に、前記課題を解決した本発明を説明するが、本発明の要素には、後述の実施例の要素との対応を容易にするため、実施例の要素の符号をカッコで囲んだものを付記する。
なお、本発明を後述の実施例の符号と対応させて説明する理由は、本発明の理解を容易にするためであり、本発明の範囲を実施例に限定するためではない。
(第1発明)
前記課題を解決するため、第1発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(A01)〜(A05)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(A01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線(M,V)が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線(M,V)は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(A02)前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線(M)の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)、
(A03)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A04)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)または第2山折り線(M2)のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をγとした場合に、α=γとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A05)平行四辺形以外の四辺形の前記パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有する前記折り線付構造物。
(第1発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第1発明の折り線付構造物では、前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)または第2山折り線(M2)のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をγとした場合に、α=γとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)により、複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を折り畳むことができる。このため、折り線付構造物を外形が小さな折り畳み状態から外形の大きな伸長状態に変化させることができる。
また、前記折り線付構造物は、従来の形状とは異なる形状の(平行四辺形以外の四辺形の)パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来と異なる形状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第1発明の実施の形態1)
第1発明の実施の形態1の折り線付構造物は、前記第1発明において下記の構成要件(A06)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(A06)前記パーツと前記折り線が設けられた前記パーツ接続部とが別部材により構成された前記折り線付構造物。
(第1発明の実施の形態1の作用)
前記構成を備えた第1発明の実施の形態1の折り線付構造物は、前記パーツと前記折り線が設けられた前記パーツ接続部とが別部材により構成されているので、例えば、パーツを金属板等の剛性薄板により構成し、パーツ接続部をヒンジ部材により構成することができる。したがって、堅牢な折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第1発明の実施の形態2)
第1発明の実施の形態2の折り線付構造物は、前記第1発明において下記の構成要件(A07)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(A07)折り線付の一体成形品により構成された前記折り線付構造物。
(第1発明の実施の形態2の作用)
前記構成を備えた第1発明の実施の形態2の折り線付構造物は、折り線付の一体成形品により構成されているので、一体成形により容易に折り線付構造物を製作することができる。前記折り線は成形時に同時に形成することも可能であるが、折り線付構造物がシート状の部材である場合には、一体成形した製作したシート状の部材に折り線を形成することも可能である。
(第2発明)
第2発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(A01)〜(A04),(A08)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(A01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(A02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)、
(A03)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A04)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)または第2山折り線(M2)のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をγとした場合に、α=γとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A08)前記四辺形および3角形の前記パーツ(P;P1,P2)を有する前記折り線付構造物。
(第2発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第2発明の折り線付構造物は、四辺形および3角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来と異なる形状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第3発明)
第3発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(A01)〜(A05),(A09)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(A01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(A02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A03)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(A04)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)または第2山折り線(M2)のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をγとした場合に、α=γとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A05)平行四辺形以外の四辺形の前記パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有する前記折り線付構造物。
(A09)前記折り線を延ばした状態では平板状になり、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小し且つ表面に凹凸の有る平板状となり、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では、前記外形が更に縮小した立体構造物となるように、平板状に折り畳みおよび伸長可能な前記折り線付構造物。
(第3発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第3発明の折り線付構造物は、平行四辺形以外の四辺形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来の平板状の折り線付構造物と異なる形状の平板状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第4発明)
第4発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(A01)〜(A04),(A010),(A011)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(A01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(A02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A03)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A04)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)または第2山折り線(M2)のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をγとした場合に、α=γとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A010)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円筒壁または円錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁または錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁または錐壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(A011)前記筒壁または錐壁の軸に垂直な面内で連続する複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)を有する前記折り線付構造物。
(第4発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第4発明の折り線付構造物は、前記筒壁または錐壁の軸に垂直な面内で連続する複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来の折り線付構造物と異なる形状の円筒状または円錐状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第5発明)
第5発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(A01)〜(A04),(A012),(A013)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(A01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(A02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A03)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A04)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)または第2山折り線(M2)のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をγとした場合に、α=γとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(A012)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円筒壁または円錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁または錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁または錐壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(A013)前記パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)が4角形以上の多角形の形状を有する前記折り線付構造物。
(第5発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第5発明の折り線付構造物は、4角形以上の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来の折り線付構造物と異なる形状の円筒状または円錐状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第6発明)
第6発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(B01)〜(B04)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(B01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(B02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)、
(B03)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)、第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に形成され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)と、前記第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)の間に配置され且つ前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)とは反対側に配置された第2谷折り線とを有し、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第4山折り線(M4)が隣接し且つ第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)が隣接して配置された1節点6折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)、
(B04)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第1谷折り線(V1)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をそれぞれαおよびβとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)が前記第2谷折り線となす角をそれぞれγおよびδとし、X軸と第2谷折り線とのなす角をθとした場合に、β−α=δ−γ+θとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)。
(第6発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第6発明の折り線付構造物では、前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第1谷折り線(V1)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をそれぞれαおよびβとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)が前記第2谷折り線となす角をそれぞれγおよびδとし、X軸と第2谷折り線とのなす角をθとした場合に、β−α=δ−γ+θとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)により、従来と異なる形状のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を使用することができ、且つ各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を折り畳むことができる。このため、折り線付構造物を外形が小さな折り畳み状態から外形の大きな伸長状態に変化させることができる。
また、前記折り畳み状態および伸長状態において、従来と異なる形状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第6発明の実施の形態1)
第6発明の実施の形態1の折り線付構造物は、前記第6発明において、下記の構成要件(B05)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(B05)前記折り線を延ばした状態では平板状になり、前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線に沿って折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小し且つ表面に凹凸の有る平板状となり、前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では、前記外形が更に縮小した立体構造物となるように、平板状に折り畳みおよび伸長可能な前記折り線付構造物。
(第6発明の実施の形態1の作用)
前記構成を備えた第6発明の実施の形態1の折り線付構造物では、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来と異なる形状の平板状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第6発明の実施の形態2)
第6発明の実施の形態2の折り線付構造物は、前記第6発明において、下記の構成要件(B06)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(B06)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円筒壁または円錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線(M)および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁または錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁または錐壁を形成するように折り畳みおよび伸長可能な前記折り線付構造物。
(第6発明の実施の形態2の作用)
前記構成を備えた第6発明の実施の形態2の折り線付構造物では、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来と異なる形状の円筒状または円錐状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第7発明)
第7発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(C01)〜(C04)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(C01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(C02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)、
(C03)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円筒壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(C04)前記筒壁の軸に垂直な平面に沿って連続し且つ閉じた多角形を形成する折り線を有する前記折り線付構造物。
(第7発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第7発明の折り線付構造物は、前記筒壁の軸に垂直な面内で連続する複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来の折り線付構造物と異なる形状の円筒状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第8発明)
第8発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(C01)〜(C03),(C05)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(C01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(C02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)、
(C03)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円筒壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(C05)前記パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)が4角形以上の多角形の形状を有する前記折り線付構造物。
(第8発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第8発明の折り線付構造物は、前記パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)が4角形以上の多角形の形状を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来の3角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有する円筒状の折り線付構造物と異なる形状の円筒状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第9発明)
第9発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(C01)〜(C03),(C06),(C07)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(C01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(C02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)、
(C03)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円筒壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(C06)前記折り線は全て螺旋に沿って形成され、前記パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)は平行四辺形を対角線により2分割して形成された鈍角3角形のみである前記折り線付構造物、
(C07)底角の1つが35°以上の前記鈍角3角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有する前記構成を備えた折り線付構造物。
(第9発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第9発明の折り線付構造物は、前記折り線は全て螺旋に沿って形成され、前記パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)は平行四辺形を対角線により2分割して形成された鈍角3角形のみである従来の折り線付構造物において、底角の1つが35°以上の前記鈍角3角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を使用したので、従来の底角が約30°の鈍角3角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)を有する円筒状の折り線付構造物と異なる形状の円筒状の折り線付構造物を製作することができる。
(第10発明)
第10発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(D01)〜(D03)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(D01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)の外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(D02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)、
(D03)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る錐壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物。
(第10発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第10発明の折り線付構造物は、前記折り線を延ばした状態では円錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る錐壁を形成する。
すなわち、第10発明は従来知られていない、折り畳み可能な円錐状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第10発明の実施の形態1)
第10発明の実施の形態1の折り線付構造物は前記第10発明において、下記の構成要件(D04),(D05)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(D04)第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)、
(D05)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)または第2山折り線(M2)のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をγとした場合に、α=γとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M3,V1)。
(第10発明の実施の形態1の作用)
前記構成を備えた第10発明の実施の形態1の折り線付構造物では、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来知られていない円錐状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第10発明の実施の形態2)
第10発明の実施の形態2の折り線付構造物は前記第10発明において、下記の構成要件(D06),(D07)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(D06)第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)、第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に形成され且つ前記第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線(V1)と、前記第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)の間に配置され且つ前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)とは反対側に配置された第2谷折り線(V2)とを有し、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第4山折り線(M4)が隣接し且つ第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)が隣接して配置された1節点6折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)、
(D07)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第1谷折り線(V1)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をそれぞれαおよびβとし、前記第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)が前記第2谷折り線(V2)となす角をそれぞれγおよびδとし、前記X軸と第2谷折り線(V2)とのなす角をθとした場合に、β−α=δ−γ+θとなるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)。
(第10発明の実施の形態2の作用)
前記構成を備えた第10発明の実施の形態2の折り線付構造物では、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来知られていない円錐状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第10発明の実施の形態3)
第10発明の実施の形態3の折り線付構造物は前記第10発明において、下記の構成要件(D08),(D09)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(D08)第1山折り線(M1)、第2山折り線(M2)、第3山折り線(M3)および第4山折り線(M4)と、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)の間に形成された第1谷折り線(V1)と、前記第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)の間に配置された第2谷折り線(V2)とを有し、前記第4山折り線(M4)は前記第1山折り線(M1)および第3山折り線(M3)の間であって前記第2山折り線(M2)とは反対側に配置された1節点6折り線を有する前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)、
(D09)前記節点を原点Oとし、前記第4山折り線(M4)の延長線方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線(M1)および第2山折り線(M2)が前記第1谷折り線(V1)となす角をそれぞれθ1およびθ2とし、前記第2山折り線(M2)および第3山折り線(M3)が前記第2谷折り線(V2)となす角をそれぞれθ3およびθ4とし、前記X軸と第1山折り線(M1)とのなす角をαとし、前記X軸と第3山折り線(M3)とのなす角をβとした場合に、α=θ2+θ4、β=θ1+θ3となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M1〜M4,V1,V2)。
(第10発明の実施の形態3の作用)
第10発明の実施の形態3の折り線付構造物では、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来知られていない円錐状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
(第11発明)
第11発明の折り線付構造物は、下記の構成要件(E01)〜(E04)を備えたことを特徴とする、
(E01)複数の多角形のパーツ(P;P1,P2;P1〜P5)と、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線(M,V)が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線(M,V)は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線(V)とを有する前記折り線付構造物(A;B;C;、
(E02)前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線(M)の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)、
(E03)螺旋に沿った折り線が形成されたシート状部材により構成された前記折り線付構造物
(E04)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円形シート状であり、前記折り線の山折り線(M)および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する円板状であり、前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形が更に縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る形状となる前記折り線付構造物。
(第11発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた本発明の折り線付構造物は、前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線(M)の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)を有するので、外形が小さな折り畳み状態および外形の大きな伸長状態において、従来知られていない、折り畳み可能な円形シート状の折り線付構造物を提供することができる。
本発明の折り線形成用型は、下記の構成要件(F01),(F02)を備えることができる。
(F01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた一対の折り線形成部材であって、前記折り線は折り線形成型の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有し、前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され且つ1つの節点で交わる山折り線(M)の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)を有する一対の折り線形成部材、
(F02)前記一対の折り線形成部材を重ね合わせ状態と開いた状態との間で移動可能に支持または連結する折り線形成型連結部材。
前記構成を備えた本発明の折り線形成用型では、一対の折り線形成部材の間にシート状の部材を挟んだ状態で、一対の折り線形成部材を同時に折り畳むことにより、シート状の部材に必要な山折り線(M)および谷折り線を形成することができる。
本発明の折り線形成方法は、下記の構成要件(G01),(G02)を備えることができる。
(G01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線(M)と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有し、前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され且つ1つの節点で交わる山折り線(M)の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線(M,V)を有する一対の折り線形成部材の間に、折り畳み可能な一体構造のシート状部材を挟むシート状部材挟持工程、
(G02)前記シート状部材を挟んだ前記一対の折り線形成部材を前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線に沿って同時に折り畳んで前記シート状部材に折り線を形成する折り線形成工程。
(第13発明の作用)
前記構成を備えた第13発明の折り線形成方法では、シート状部材挟持工程において、前記複数の折り線(M,V)を有する一対の折り線形成部材の間に折り畳み可能な一体構造のシート状部材を挟む。
次に、折り線形成工程において、前記シート状部材を挟んだ前記一対の折り線形成部材を前記山折り線(M)および谷折り線に沿って同時に折り畳んで前記シート状部材に折り線を形成する。
【図面の簡単な説明】
図1は折り紙や折り畳み構造物の折りたたまれる直線である折り線と複数の折り線の交点である節点との代表例を示す折り線説明図である。
図2は三浦によって宇宙用構造物の展開用に考案された、いわゆる“Miura oil”とよばれる折り畳み構造の説明図である。
図3は前記図2に示す水平の折り線を等角でジグザグにした図である。
図4は頂角2Θの6個の扇型要素により形成される円板の一部(扇形部分)の折り畳み可能な折り線の例を示す図である。
図5は前記図2に示す水平の折り線群を任意の傾きに取った図で、折り線(1)〜(6)に対して折り線(7)〜(9)を全ての節点で等角・対称に作図した図である。
図6は前記図5の折り畳み法の周期性を考慮に入れた折り線の例を示す図である。
図7は1節点4折り線法および1節点6折り線法による平面折りを示す図で本発明者が考えた折り畳み方法の1例を示す図である。
図8は前記図7に示す節点のうちの6本の折り線が交わる1つの節点とその周囲の6本の折り線(1節点6折り線)の折り畳み条件を示す図である。
図9は帯板を折り線に沿って折りたたんだときに帯板の両端部が接合されて円筒となる条件を説明する図であり、図9Aは帯板と折り線および折り線の角度を示す図、図9Bは図9Aに示す折り線に沿って折りたたんだときの基準軸の向きを変化を示す図である。
図10は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が同一方向(山折りまたは谷折りのいずれか一方)の折り線により正4角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図10Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1),(2),(3),(4)を示す図、図10Bは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図10Cは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図11は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が同一方向(山折りまたは谷折りのいずれか一方)の折り線により正6角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図11Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6)を示す図、図11Bは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図11Cは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図12は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が同一方向の折り線により正8角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図12Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1),(2),…,(8)を示す図、図12Bは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図12Cは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図13は前記式(5)を満たし且つ折り畳み方向が交互に反転する(山折り方向と谷折り方向とに反転する)折り線により正6角形に折り畳む例の説明図で、図13Aは展開された状態の帯板の折り線(1)〜(12)を示す図、図13B〜図13Fは折り畳み途中の状態を示す図、図13Gは折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図14は前記図9Aに示す帯状の板をπ・(N−2)/Nだけ等間隔に同方向に折り曲げて正N角形を構成する場合で且つN=6の場合の代表的な展開図を示す図である。
図15は前記図14の山折り線と水平の折線の角度の2倍(π/3)をα=2π/9とβ=π/9のように分解して不等辺の台形要素で構成される疑似円筒の展開図である。
図16は前記図14のY軸方向の山折り線をα=π/3の山折り線Iとβ=π/6の谷折り線IIに分解した折り線の組を6個導入することによって製作される円筒の説明図で、図16Aは展開図、図16Bは前記図16Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図、図16Cは前記図16Bと同じものの異なる方向から見た斜視図である。
図17は前記図14の点AとBを合致させ、水平の折り線から山折り部分をなくした図で、水平方向に底角π/6の2等辺三角形からなるダイヤモンド模様((1)〜(3))の展開図である。
図18は不等辺三角形要素で構成される変形ダイヤモンド模様による展開図である。
図19は水平の折り線に対して1つ飛びに対称で且つ折り畳みが可能な展開図を有する疑似円筒体の説明図で、図19Aは展開図、図19Bは前記図19の展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図、図19Cは前記図19Bと同じものを異なる方向から見た図である。
図20は前記図19の点Bと同様の折り線だけで構成した折り畳みの展開図の例を示す図である。
図21は折り畳み線により形成された複数の形状の多角形のパーツ(平板壁)を有する折り畳み可能な円筒壁の展開図である。
図22はGuest等が検討した3角形状の分割平板で作られた分割平板の連結部が螺旋状になり、それ等が一周する毎に螺旋(1)が1段上昇する時の円筒構造物を本発明者が展開図で表したものである。
図23は図17の全体をψ=π/6だけ傾斜させたものに対応し、斜め方向の3個のダイヤモンド模様が構成されている。
図24は前記図23と等価の展開図を有する疑似円筒体の説明図で、図24Aは展開図、図24Bは前記図23、図24Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
図25は前記図14をπ/6傾斜させた展開図を有する疑似円筒体k説明図で、図25Aは展開図、図25Bは前記図25Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
図26は前記図15をπ/6傾斜させた展開図を有する疑似円筒体の説明図で、図26Aは展開図、図26Bは前記図26Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
図27は前記図16をπ/6傾斜させた展開図である。
図28は図19の螺旋型であり、図19中の点A,Dを結ぶ直線で切断して得たものである。図28中に記載の角(〜0.193π)はこの切断線と水平線のなす角を示し、この場合には三角形要素の形状が与えられているため谷折り線の角度は限定されたものになる。
図29は前記図24を一般化した折り線を有する螺旋型の折り畳み円筒体の説明図で、図29Aは展開図、図29Bは前記図29Aの展開図の両端を接合したときに製作される折り畳み円筒の半折り状態を示す図である。
図30は前記図29の6段の展開図を3段して1段毎にβの値を変えた場合の展開図である。
図31は図29の螺旋状の山折り線および谷折り線を1段毎に逆転させて得られる反復螺旋型の展開図である。この展開図はまた図16の点AとBを一致させることによっても得られる。
図32は、前記図21に示す円筒体の展開図の平行な2本の直線AB′、C′Dにより切り取られた部分を示す図であり、AとB′およびDとC′が重なるように図32の左右の両端縁を接続することにより折り畳み可能な円筒体となるものの展開図である。
図33は任意形状の4角形要素(パーツ)を有するり畳み可能な円筒体の展開図である。
図34は展開図の両端を接合したときの連続性を保つ方法の説明図である。
図35は1節点6折り線の場合で谷折り線が対称に挿入される場合の折り畳み条件を満たす折り線間の角度関係を示す図で、後述の図50〜図52の場合の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
図36は山折り線(M1)、(M2)、(M3)間に谷折り線(V1)、(V2)が交互に挿入される場合の折り畳み条件を満たす折り線間の角度関係を示す図で、後述の図56B、図57の場合の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
図37は1節点4折り線の場合を示す。折りたたみ条件式を上と同様の手順で求められる。
図38は主折り線が展開図の外辺に平行な円錐における展開図が頂角2ΘのN個の二等辺三角形で構成される場合の展開図の要部拡大図である。
図39は式(14)で得られる値を用いて求めた折り線付疑似円錐壁の展開図を有する疑似円錐壁の説明図で、図39Aは展開図、図39Bは前記図39Aの展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁の半折り状態の斜視図である。
図40は折り線により不等辺三角形要素に分割される場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図の要部拡大図である。
図41は折り線により不等辺三角形要素に分割される場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図で、N=3、2Θ=π/9、α=π/9、δ=π/6とした時の展開図(θ=約0.0688π)である。
図42は前記図40の点Fで右上方に角度α、左上方に角度δを取った折り線により不等辺三角形要素に分割される場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図で、Θ,α,δ値を図41と同じ値とした場合の展開図である。
図43は前記図38の二等辺三角形要素による分割の代わりに、台形要素により分割した場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図の要部拡大図である。
図44は折り線により等脚台形に分割され且つ正N角錐に折り畳まれる折り線付円錐壁の、N=6、前記図43のφ=π/36、2Θ=π/12の場合の展開図を有する疑似円錐壁の説明図で、図44Aは展開図、図44Bは前記図44Aの展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
図45は二等辺三角形要素(頂角2Θ)がN個からなる折り線付円錐壁の展開図を考え、その一段だけを湾曲した帯状部分として書き出した図である。
図46は3個の二等辺三角形要素からなる簡単な、螺旋型の展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁の展開図である。
図47は前記図46の展開図を折りたたんだ時の上面図である。
図48は前記図45および図46で説明したモデルを変形した実用的モデルの説明図で、図48Aは変形方法の説明図、図48Bは図48Aの要部拡大図である。
図49は前記図48Aの折り線により形成される図形ABGHFEを折り線AF,BFで順次折り畳んだときの様子を示す図で、図49AはAFを谷折りした後の矩形ABFEとBGHFの状態を示す(ハッチング部;裏面)図、図49Bは前記図49Aの状態で更にB’F(元の線分BF)で山折りを行った後の状態を示す図である。
図50は図48Aで示す1段目の帯板に相当する部分および2段目に相当する部分を示す図である。
図51は前記図48〜図50に示す折り線を有する折り線付円錐壁においてN=6、γ+ψ=π/3、ψ=π/6、γ=π/6とした場合の展開図(2Θ=π/18)を有する疑似円錐壁の説明図で、図51Aは展開図、図51Bは前記図51の展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
図52は前記図48〜図50に示す折り線を有する折り線付円錐壁においてN=6、γ+ψ=π/3、ψ=π/4、γ=π/12とした場合の展開図(2Θ=π/6)である。
図53は前記図51Aの展開図の段数を少なくして1段毎にψの値を大きくした場合の展開図である。
図54は前記図53の展開図を有する折り畳み円錐壁と同じ円錐壁を形成する展開図である。
図55は前記図50で2段目の谷折り線を1段目のそれと角度γで逆方向に取った場合の図である。
図56は前記図51を反復螺旋型にした展開図を有する疑似円錐体の説明図で、図56Aは展開図、図56Bは前記図56の展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
図57は2Θ=π/6,ψ¥t*¥t=π/6,γ=π/6として得た反復螺旋型の展開図(N=6)である。
図58は等角螺旋に沿った折り線を有する折り畳み可能な折り線付円錐壁の展開図の説明図で、図58Aは全体説明図、図58Bは前記図58Aの要部拡大図である。
図59は前記図58の螺旋を反転させる場合の折り線付円錐壁の展開図の説明図である。
図60は前記図44Aの展開図の描き方の説明図である。
図61は前記図44を等角螺旋型にした展開図を有する疑似円錐体の説明図で、図61Aは展開図、図61Bは前記図61Aの展開図を有する折り線付円錐壁を半折りにした状態の斜視図である。
図62は図51Aの円周方向の螺旋を右端で1段上昇するようにした折り線付きの折り畳み円錐壁の展開図である。
図63は折り紙における最も簡単な折りたたみ法の説明図である。
図64は折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の説明図で、図64Aは折り畳み条件を説明するための要部拡大図、図64Bは全体図である。
図65は前記図64Bに示す折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の拡大図である。
図66は前記図65の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が少ない状態の斜視図である。
図67は前記図65の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が多い状態の斜視図である。
図68は前記図65の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物を完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図69は半径方向のZig/Zagの折り線の振り角を中心に近づく程大きくした場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の説明図で、図69Aは折り畳み条件を説明するための要部拡大図、図69Bは全体図である。
図70は半径方向のZig/Zagの折り線の振り角を中心に近づく程大きくし且つ円周方向の折り線もZig/Zagにした場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の説明図で、図70Aは折り畳み条件を説明するための要部拡大図、図70Bは全体図である。
図71は螺旋状の折り線の交点がアルキメデスの螺旋上にある従来公知の巻取り法の説明図である。
図72は本発明者の考えた新しい折り線を示す図で、図72Aは前記図71において、半径方向の折り線(1)が1つの屈曲点を持ち、この屈曲点で螺旋が反転する折り線を示す図、図72Bは、前記図72Aの屈曲点の外側を半径方向に折りたたむ方法で置き換えた図である。
図73は円形膜、または部分円形膜(扇形膜)等を半径方向および円周方向に折り畳む折り線を等角螺旋に沿って形成する際の折り線の説明図である。
図74は円形膜、または部分円形膜(扇形膜)等を中心軸回りに巻き取りながら円周方向に折り畳む折り線を等角螺旋に沿って形成する際の折り線の説明図である。
図75は前記図74の要部拡大図である。
図76は円形膜、または部分円形膜(扇形膜)等を中心軸回りに巻き取りながら折り畳む折り線を等角螺旋に沿って形成する際の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
図77は主折り線が放射線に対して等角で折り曲げられる場合の折り畳み条件の説明図である。
図78は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=4、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=18、γ=20°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図79は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=4、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=18、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例で前記図78とは放射線に対する折り線の角度が異なる例を示す図である。
図80は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=10、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2N+1)m=42、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図81は2本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=2)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=4、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=18、γ=0°の場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の例を示す図である。
図82は前記図81の展開図を有する折り線円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が少ない状態の斜視図である。
図83は前記図81の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が多い状態の斜視図である。
図84は前記図81の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物を完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図85は4本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=4)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=7、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=60、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図86は3本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=3)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=8、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=51、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図87は1本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=1)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=10、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=21、γ=0°の場合の折り畳み展開図の例を示す図である。
図88は4本のジグザグ状の螺旋(m=4)を折り線として、中心回りに折りたたむ例を示したもので、n=7、2等辺3角形要素数N=(2n+1)m=61、γ=0°の場合の折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図の例を示す図である。
図89は前記図88の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が少ない状態の斜視図である。
図90は前記図88の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の半折り状態で且つ折り畳み量が多い状態の斜視図である。
図91は前記図88の展開図を有する折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物を完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図92は、主折り線とする螺旋を多数(m=12)にした場合の展開図である。
図93は前記図77に基づいて、2種の等角の螺旋で構成された展開図である。分割数N=12,θ=π/180,θ=29π/180であり、φは、およそπ/18である。図93の展開図を折り畳むと、上下対称に中心回りに良好に巻取られる。図93のものは、副折り線が微細であるため巻取時にこれ等の折り線が弾性変形で置き換えられることを示唆する。
図94は山折り線と谷折り線とを交互に設けた折り線付円板状折りたたみ構造物の展開図である。
図95は山折り線と谷折り線とを交互に設け且つ谷折り線とその左右両側の山折り線との円周方向の長さが左右で異なる折り線付円板状折り畳み構造物の展開図である。
図96は前記図95の隣接する山折り線の間の扇形部分を除去した図である。
図97はシート状部材の折り畳み条件の説明図で、図97Aは折り畳む前の展開図、図97Bは図97Aの折り線で折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図98はDCC(duouble corrugated core)の説明図で、図98AはDCCの展開図、図98Bはその半たたみ状態の外観図である。
図99は前記図98の垂直の折り線群をzig/zagにしたものを示す説明図である。
図100は新たに考案した接合部のあるコアのモデルの説明図で、図100Aは展開図、図100Bは図100Aの展開図を半折り状態にしたものの平面図、図100Cは図100Aの展開図を折り畳んで3次元化したものの外観図である。
図101は新たに考案した接合部のあるコアの別のモデルの説明図で、図101Aは展開図、図101Bは図101Aの展開図を半折り状態にしたものの平面図、図101Cは図101Aの展開図を折り畳んで3次元化したものの外観図である。
図102は本発明者が考案した接合部のあるコアの別の折りたたみ条件を満たさないモデルの説明図で、図102Aは展開図、図102Bは図102Aの要部拡大図である。
図103は前記図102Aの展開図を折り畳んで作成するコアの説明図で、図103Aは折り畳んだコアの斜視図、図103Bは前記図103Aのコアの下面にシートを接着したものの斜視図である。
図104は本発明者が考案した接合部のあるコアの別の折りたたみ条件を満たさないモデルの説明図で、図104Aは展開図、図104Bは図104Aの要部拡大図である。
図105は1枚の板からハニカムコアを製造する方法の説明図で、図105Aは展開図、図105Bは前記図105Aの展開図を有する板から製造したハニカムコアの図である。
図106は前記図103Aに示すコア材料を製造する折畳み金型を示す図である。
図107は製作したアルミニュウムコアの説明図で、図107Aは斜視図、図107Bは展開図で前記図103Aに示す紙の展開図と同じ形状ある。
図108は円筒状折り線付構造物の応用例の説明図で、図108Aは展開図である。
図109は螺旋型の円筒状折り線付構造物の応用例の説明図で、図109Aは展開図、図109Bは前記図109Aを基に構成された伸縮可能なin flatable構造を示す図である。
図110は本発明の実施例1の折り線形成用型の平面図である。
図111は折り線が形成された紙または樹脂シートの斜視図である。
図112は本発明の実施例2の折り線形成用型の説明図であり、折り線を形成するシート状部材の両面を挟むための一対のフレキシブル金型のうちの一方のフレキシブル金型の斜視図である。
図113は本発明の実施例3の折り線形成用型の平面図である。
図114は前記図113の折り線形成用型の使用状態の説明図で、図114Aは折り線形成用型を2つ折りにした状態を示す図、図114Bは前記図114Aに示す2つ折りにした折り線形成用型を折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図115は前記図113、図114に示す折り線形成用型を使用して折り線を形成したシート状部材の説明図で、図115Aは半折り状態のシート状部材の平面図、図115Bは完全に折り畳んだ状態の平面図である。
図116は前記図115Bに示す折り畳んだシート状部材の説明図で、図116Aは斜視図、図116Bは前記図116Aに示す折り畳んだシート状部材の1面(下面)に平面状のシート状部材を接着したものの斜視図である。
図117は本発明の実施例4の折り線付構造物としてのペットボトルの側面図である。
図118は同実施例4のペットボトルの側断面図である。
図119は前記図117のペットボトルを軸方向に圧縮した状態(半折り畳み状態)の説明図で、図119Aは半折り畳み状態を示す図、図119Bはほぼ完全に折り畳んだ状態で開口部に蓋をした状態の側面図である。
図120は前記ペットボトルAの製造方法の説明図で、金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)が開いた状態を示す図である。
図121は前記ペットボトルAの製造方法の説明図で、金型が閉じ且つ管状または袋状の素管(パリソン)を金型内で延伸させた状態を示す図である。
図122は前記図121の素管内部に圧搾空気を吹き込んで膨張させる状態を示す図である。
図123は本発明の折り線付構造物の実施例5としてのペットボトルの説明図で、螺旋に沿って形成された折り線付構造物(ペットボトル)を示す図である。
図124は本発明の折り線付構造物の実施例6としてのペットボトルの説明図で、螺旋に沿って形成された円筒壁を有する折り線付構造物(ペットボトル)を示す図である。
図125は本発明の実施例7の折り線付構造物としてのコーヒー缶の側面図である。
図126は同実施例7のコーヒー缶の側断面図である。
図127は前記図126のコーヒー缶を軸方向に圧縮した状態(半折り畳み状態)の説明図で、図127Aは半折り畳み状態の側面図、図127Bはほぼ完全に折り畳んだ状態の側面図である。
図128は前記コーヒー缶Aの製造方法の説明図で、円筒部材の内面に配置する内側金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)の説明図で、図128Aは対向して配置された一対の内側第1金型が円筒部材内部に挿入された平断面図、図128Bは前記図128Aの一対の内側第1金型の間に一対の内側第2金型が挿入された平断面図、図128Cは前記図128Bの内側第1および第2金型の中央部にカムロッドを挿入した状態の平断面図、図128Dは前記図128Cのカムロッドを回転させて内側第2金型を外方に押し出すことにより内側第1および第2金型を外方に押し出した状態を示す図である。
図129は前記コーヒー缶Aの製造方法の説明図で、図129Aは円筒部材の内面に内側金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)をセットした状態で外側金型K2を型締めする前の状態を示す図、図129Bは前記図129Aの状態から型締めした状態を示す図である。
図130は本発明の折り線付構造物の実施例8としてのコーヒー缶の説明図で、螺旋に沿って形成された円筒壁を有する折り線付構造物(コーヒー缶)を示す図である。
図131は、前記コーヒー缶Aの製造方法の他の実施例の説明図である。
図132は本発明の実施例9の折り線付構造物としての小型容器の説明図で、図132Aは小型容器の蓋の斜視図、図132Bは小型容器の伸長した状態の斜視図である。
図133は同実施例9の小型容器の説明図で、図133Aは小型容器を折り畳んだ状態の斜視図、図133Bは前記図133Aの133B−133B線断面図、図133Cは前記図133Bの小型容器に蓋をした状態の断面図である。
図134は前記小型容器Bの製造方法の説明図で、金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)が閉じた状態を示す図である。
図135は本発明の実施例10の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図136は前記図135の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図137は前記図136の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図138は前記図135〜図137に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図139は本発明の実施例11の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図140は前記図139の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図141は前記図140の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図142は前記図139〜図141に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図143は本発明の実施例12の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図144は前記図143の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図145は前記図144の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図146は前記図143〜図145に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図147は本発明の実施例13の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図148前記図147の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図149は前記図148の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図150は前記図147〜図149に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図151は本発明の実施例14の折り線付構造物としてのポンプの説明図である。
図152は本発明の実施例15の折り線付構造物としてのごみ箱の説明図で、図152Aは側面図、図152Bは側断面図である。
図153は本発明の実施例16の折り線付構造物としての鉛筆立ての説明図で、図153Aは側面図、図153Bは側断面図である。
図154は本発明の実施例17の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図155は前記図154のゲスの斜視図である。
図156は前記図155のゲスの展開図である。
図157は本発明の実施例18の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、紙箱内から取り出されたゲスの斜視図である。
図158は前記図157のゲスの展開図である。
図159は本発明の実施例19の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図160は前記図159のゲスの斜視図である。
図161は前記図159のゲスの展開図である。
図162は本発明の実施例20の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図163は前記図162のゲスの斜視図である。
図164は前記図163のゲスの展開図である。
図165は本発明の実施例21の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図166は前記図165のゲスの斜視図である。
図167は前記図166のゲスの展開図である。
図168は折り畳み式通路カバーの説明図で、図168Aは半折り状態の斜視図、図168Bは完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図169は本発明の実施例22の折り線付構造物としての折り畳み式通路カバー展開図である。
図170は本発明の実施例23の折線付構造物としての折り畳み式通路カバーの説明図で、図170Aは半折り状態の斜視図、図170Bは完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図171は前記図170の折り畳み式通路カバーの展開図である。
図172は本発明の実施例24の折り線付構造物としてのランプシェードの説明図で、図172Aはランプシェードを製作する素材であるシート状部材の展開図、図172Bは前記図172Aのシート状部材の左右の両側辺を接合して疑似円錐を製作して構成したランプシェードを半折り状態にしたものの斜視図である。
図173は本発明の実施例25の折り線付構造物としてのクリスマスカードの説明図で、図173Aはクリスマスカードを折り畳んだ状態の平面図、図173Bは前記図173Aを開いた状態の平面図、図173Cは前記図173Bの矢印173Cの斜め上方から見た図である。
図174は本発明の実施例26の折り線付構造物としての帽子の説明図で、図174Aは帽子の斜視図、図174Bは前記図174Aの174B−174B線断面図、図174Cは前記図174Bの矢印174Cから見た図である。
図175は同実施例26の帽子の説明図で、図175Aは帽子を折り畳んだ状態の平面図、図175Bは前記図175Aの矢印175Bから見た図である。
図176は本発明の実施例27の折り線付構造物としての帽子の説明図で、図176Aは帽子の斜視図、図176Bは前記図176Aの176B−174B線断面図、図176Cは前記図176Bの矢印176Cから見た図である。
図177は同実施例27の帽子の説明図で、図177Aは帽子を折り畳んだ状態の平面図、図177Bは前記図177Aの矢印177Bから見た図である。
図178は本発明の実施例28の折り線付構造物としての巻取式の帽子の斜視図である。
図179は前記図178の巻取式の帽子の折り畳み途中の状態の斜視図である。
図180は前記図179の状態から更に折り畳んだ状態の巻取式の帽子の斜視図である。
図181は前記図178〜図180に示す巻取式の帽子の製造方法の説明図で、図181Aは図178鍔部Aの展開図、図181Bは側頭部Bの展開図、図181Cは頭頂部Cの展開図である。
図182は前記図178〜図181に示す巻取式の帽子の他の製造方法の説明図である。
図183は本発明の実施例29の折り線付構造物としての巻取式のテントの斜視図である。
図184は前記図183の巻取式のテントの折り畳み途中の状態の斜視図である。
図185は前記図183の状態から更に折り畳んだ状態のテントの斜視図である。
図186は前記図183〜図185に示す巻取式のテントの製造方法の説明図で、図186Aは伸長状態で放物曲面状のドーム型となる巻取式テントを、円周方向に分割したときに形成されるパーツの1つを展開した図、図186Bは前記図186Aのパーツの端部ABとCDとを接続したときに形成されるた円錐壁を示す図である。
図187は前記図183〜図185に示す巻取式のテントの製造方法の説明図で、図187は伸長状態で半径r1のドーム型となる巻取式テントを、ドーム型の中心位置の座標をr=0、j=1,2,…,10として、半径方向に10等分した位置の座標rj(rj=r1×(11−j)/10)を半径とする円により10分割したときに形成されるパーツ(円錐壁)(j)の形状を示す図である。
図188は前記図187のパーツ番号(j)と、母線の形状および長さLjと、傾きθjとを示す図である。
図189は前記図187、図188に示すパーツ(1),(2),…,(10)の展開図を円周方向に16分割したときの分割パーツ(J:J=1,2,…,10)の形状の説明図で、図189Aは各パーツ(j)がそれぞれ16個の分割パーツ(J)により構成されることを示す図、図189Bは分割パーツ(J)を半径方向に接続したものを示す図である。
図190は本発明の実施例30の折り線付構造物としての巻取式のテントの斜視図である。
図191は前記図190の巻取式のテントの折り畳み途中の状態の斜視図である。
図192は前記図190の状態から更に折り畳んだ状態のテントの斜視図である。
発明を実施するための最良の形態
次に図面を参照しながら、本発明の実施の形態の具体例(実施例)を説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。
(実施例1)
図110は本発明の実施例1の折り線形成用型の平面図である。
図110において、折り線形成用型1は、開閉軸線Lに対して軸対称に配置された一対の折り畳み可能な折り線形成部材としての一対のflexible金型2,2を有している。flexible金型2は複数の菱形のパーツPと、前記複数の各パーツPの外側辺が互いに隣接した状態で各パーツPの両面に接着されたクラフトフィルム3とを有している。前記各パーツPの隣接する外側辺は前記クラフトフィルム3により接続されており、その接続部(パーツ接続部)のクラフトフィルム3により折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が形成される。
複数の前記折り線が交わる交点である節点は所定の間隔で配置されており、1個の節点では、合計4本の折り線が交わっている。前記折り線は、flexible金型(折り線成形部材)2の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる山折り線と谷折りとなる谷折り線とを有し、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成されている。本実施例1では、1個の節点で交わる折り線は4であり、各節点においては、3本の山折り線と1本の谷折り線とが交わるか、または、3本の山折り線と1本の谷折り線とが交わっている。
前記開閉軸線Lに沿って折り畳んで重ねた状態のflexible金型2,2の山折り線および谷折り線は重なるように形成されている。
前記各パーツ(各部品、すなわち、各金属薄板)Pの両面にクラフトフィルムを接着して構成したflexible金型は、山折り線および谷折り線に折り癖を一度付けると、次回からは容易に山折りおよび谷折り可能となる。したがって、開閉軸線Lの一方側のflexible金型の表面に紙または樹脂シート等を置いた状態で、前記開閉軸線Lで折畳み金型を折り畳むと、前記紙または樹脂シート等は一対のflexible金型により挟まれる。その状態でflexible金型を折り線により折り畳むと紙または樹脂シート等のシート状部材Sに折り線が形成される。
図111は折り線が形成された紙または樹脂シートの斜視図である。
図111から分かるように、前記図110に示す折り線形成用型1を使用することにより、紙または樹脂シート等のシート状部材Sに容易に折り線を形成することができる。
(実施例2)
図112は本発明の実施例2の折り線形成用型の説明図であり、折り線を形成するシート状部材の両面を挟むための一対のフレキシブル金型のうちの一方のフレキシブル金型の斜視図である。
図112において、本発明の実施例2の折り線形成用型1を形成するフレキシブル金型2は、複数の菱形のパーツPにより形成されており、各パーツPは、各パーツの側縁に形成されたヒンジPaにより回転可能に連結されている。
各パーツPのヒンジPaは、各パーツの同一面側に配置されており、ヒンジPaの設けられた面とは反対側の面によりシート状部材が挟持される。
その他の構成は前記実施例1と同様に構成されている。
(実施例3)
図113は本発明の実施例3の折り線形成用型の平面図である。
図114は前記図113の折り線形成用型の使用状態の説明図で、図114Aは折り線形成用型を2つ折りにした状態を示す図、図114Bは前記図114Aに示す2つ折りにした折り線形成用型を折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図113において、折り線形成用型1は、開閉軸線Lに対して軸対称に配置された一対の折り畳み可能な折り線形成部材としての一対のflexible金型2,2を有している。flexible金型2は複数の正方形のパーツP1と平行四辺形のパーツP2と、前記複数の各パーツP1,P2の外側辺が互いに隣接した状態で各パーツP1,P2の両面に接着されたクラフトフィルム3とを有している。
前記平行四辺形の内角のうちの小さいほうの角度は60°である。
開閉軸線Lの一方側のflexible金型2の表面に紙または樹脂シート等のシート状部材を置いた状態で、前記開閉軸線Lで折り線形成用型1を折り畳むと、前記紙または樹脂シート等は一対のflexible金型2,2により挟まれる。その状態で一対の重なりあったflexible金型2,2を折り線により、図114Aの状態に折り畳み、さらに図114Bの状態に折り畳むと、紙または樹脂シート等のシート状部材Sに容易に折り線を形成することができる。
図115は前記図113、図114に示す折り線形成用型を使用して折り線を形成したシート状部材の説明図で、図115Aは半折り状態のシート状部材の平面図、図115Bは完全に折り畳んだ状態の平面図である。
図116は前記図115Bに示す折り畳んだシート状部材の説明図で、図116Aは斜視図、図116Bは前記図116Aに示す折り畳んだシート状部材の1面(下面)に平面状のシート状部材を接着したものの斜視図である。
図115Aに示す半折り状態のシート状部材Sの領域S1とS2、およびS3とS4は、図115Bまたは図116に示す全折り状態では接合する。したがって、折り畳むときに前記接合部S1とS2のいずれか、およびS3とS4のいずれかに接着剤を塗布することにより、強固なコア部材を形成することができる。図116Aに示す折り畳んだシート状部材Sの片面(下面)または両面に接着剤によりシートS′(図116参照)を接着することにより耐圧縮応力の大きな板状部材を製作することができる。
なお、前記実施例1、実施例3で説明した折り線形成用型は、シート部材を挟むための一対の折り線形成部材(flexible金型)を使用したが、折り線形成用型は1枚の折り線形成部材(flexible金型)を使用して、シート状部材に折り線を形成することが可能である。その場合、前記折り線形成部材の各パーツに小さな吸引口を形成し、折り線形成部材の一面側を負圧にして、他面側にシート部材を吸着させた状態で前記折り線成部材(flexible金型)を折り畳むことによりシート部材に折り線を形成することが可能である。
また、一対の折り線形成部材を別々の支持部材に支持させるとともに、一方の折り線形成部材に対して他方の折り線形成部材を機械的に密着位置に移動させたり、離脱させたりさせる構成を採用することが可能である。
(実施例4)
図117は本発明の実施例4の折り線付構造物としてのペットボトルの側面図である。
図118は同実施例4のペットボトルの側断面図である。
図119は前記図117のペットボトルを軸方向に圧縮した状態(半折り畳み状態)の説明図で、図119Aは半折り畳み状態を示す図、図119Bはほぼ完全に折り畳んだ状態で開口部に蓋をした状態の側面図である。
図117、図118において、ペットボトルAは底壁部A0、円筒壁A1、円錐壁A2、および開口部A3を有している。前記円筒壁A1には、図117、図118に示すように、外側面が凸となる多数の山折り線M(図117実線参照)および凹となる多数の谷折り線V(図117の1点線参照)が形成されている。
図117、図118において、この実施例4のペットボトルAは、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分であるパーツPは合形(四角形)に形成されている。前記山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vの交点である節点では、3本の山折り線Mと1本の谷折り線Vの合計4本の折り線が交わっている。そして、節点で交わる山折り線Mの数=3、谷折り線Vの数=1でありその差は2(=3−1)である。
この実施例4のペットボトルAの円筒壁A1は、軸方向に圧縮されると、折り線M,Vにより折り畳まれて、図119Aの状態を経て図119Bの状態に折り畳まれる。折り畳んだペットボトルは弾性により元の形状(伸長した形状)に戻ろうとするが、前記図119Bの状態に折り畳まれたときに開口部A3に蓋(キャップ)Cをして、ペットボトルA内部にエアが流入しないようにすると、ペットボトルAは折り畳まれた状態(図122Bの状態)に保持される。この折り畳まれた状態では円筒壁A1を収容するのに必要なスペースは、図117、図118に示す状態の1/3以下に縮小可能である。
したがって、使用済のペットボトルAの円筒壁A1をリサイクル処理するまでの保管に必要なスペースを小さくすることができる。
図120は前記ペットボトルAの製造方法の説明図で、金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)が開いた状態を示す図である。
図121は前記ペットボトルAの製造方法の説明図で、金型が閉じ且つ管状または袋状の素管(パリソン)を金型内で延伸させた状態を示す図である。
図122は前記図121の素管内部に圧搾空気を吹き込んで膨張させる状態を示す図である。
図120において、金型Kは、円形状の底部金型K1と、円筒を2分割した中間金型K2a,K2aと、前記中間金型K2a,K2aの上端部を型締めする上部第1金型K3aと、その上面に支持された上部第2金型K3bとを有している。図120に示すように、エア供給管Bの先端部を被覆する状態で素管Cを配置し、図121のように型締めし且つの素管Cを金型内で延伸させる。次に図122に示すように、エア供給管Bからエアを吹き出すと、ペットボトルAが製造される。前記図122のペットボトルAを冷却することにより金型空洞の形状がペットボトルAの外壁に転写される。したがって、前記金型内面に凹部または凸部を形成しておくことにより、ペットボトルAの外壁に山折り線Mまたは谷折り線Vを形成することができる。
(実施例5)
図123は本発明の折り線付構造物の実施例5としてのペットボトルの説明図で、螺旋に沿って形成された折り線付構造物(ペットボトル)を示す図である。
なお、この実施例5の説明において、前記実施例4の構成要素に対応する構成要素には同一の符号を付して、その詳細な説明を省略する。
この実施例5は、下記の点で前記実施例4と相違しているが、他の点では前記実施例4と同様に構成されている。
図123において、この実施例5のペットボトルAは、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分であるパーツPの形状が前記実施例4と異なっている。すなわち、実施例5のパーツPの形状は実施例4と同様に台形であるが、台形の高さが実施例4よりも低く形成されている。また、本実施例5の折り線M,Vは、螺旋に沿って形成された折り線を有している。
この実施例5のように螺旋に沿った折り線を有する円筒壁(円筒状折り線付構造物)A1は、捩じりながら軸方向に圧縮すると折り畳まれて外形が小さくなり、捩じりながら軸方向に引つ張ると伸長して外形が拡大する。
(実施例6)
図124は本発明の折り線付構造物の実施例6としてのペットボトルの説明図で、螺旋に沿って形成された円筒壁を有する折り線付構造物(ペットボトル)を示す図である。
なお、この実施例6の説明において、前記実施例5の構成要素に対応する構成要素には同一の符号を付して、その詳細な説明を省略する。
この実施例6は、下記の点で前記実施例5と相違しているが、他の点では前記実施例5と同様に構成されている。
図124において、この実施例6のペットボトルAは、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分であるパーツPの形状が前記実施例4と異なっている。すなわち、実施例6のパーツPの形状は実施例5と同様に台形であるが、台形の高さが実施例4よりも高く形成されている。また、本実施例6の折り線M,Vは、前記実施例5と同様に螺旋に沿って形成された折り線を有しているが、前記螺旋の傾斜が実施例よりも大きくなっており、傾斜角は約45°である。
この実施例6のように傾斜角の大きな螺旋に沿った折り線を有する円筒壁(円筒状折り線付構造物)A1は、捩じりながら軸方向に圧縮すると折り畳まれて外形が小さくなるのは前記実施例5と同じであるが、折り畳む際に実施例5よりも少し大きな力が必要となる。そして、一旦折り畳むとペットボトルの円筒壁A1が塑性変形するので、円筒壁A1は元の形状に弾性により自動的に復帰することがない。このため、ペットボトルを使用済みのときに捩じりながら軸方向に圧縮して折り畳むと、開口部A3に蓋をしなくても、折り畳んだ状態に保たれる。
(実施例7)
図125は本発明の実施例7の折り線付構造物としてのコーヒー缶の側面図である。
図126は同実施例7のコーヒー缶の側断面図である。
図127は前記図126のコーヒー缶を軸方向に圧縮した状態(半折り畳み状態)の説明図で、図127Aは半折り畳み状態の側面図、図127Bはほぼ完全に折り畳んだ状態の側面図である。
図125、図126において、コーヒー缶Aはアルミ製やスチール製の底壁部A0、円筒壁A1、および上壁部A2を有しており、前記図117、図118のペットボトルの円筒部と同様の形状を有しいている。前記円筒壁A1には、図125、図126に示すように、外側面が凸となる多数の山折り線M(図125実線参照)および凹となる多数の谷折り線V(図125の1点線参照)が形成されている。
この実施例7のコーヒー缶Aは、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分であるパーツPは台形(四角形)に形成されている。前記山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vの交点である節点では、3本の山折り線Mと1本の谷折り線Vの合計4本の折り線が交わっている。そして、節点で交わる山折り線Mの数=3、谷折り線Vの数=1でありその差は2(=3−1)である。
この実施例7のコーヒー缶Aの円筒壁A1は、軸方向に圧縮されると、折り線M,Vにより折り畳まれて、図127Aの状態を経て図127Bの折り畳まれた状態に塑性変形する。
コーヒー缶のような薄肉缶では図33のような模様を軸方向の中央部外周に1段だけ設けておけば、廃棄時にコーヒー缶を捩じれば、前記模様を基点にして折り線が伸長して折り畳まれる。
したがって、使用済のコーヒー缶Aの円筒型A1をリサイクル処理するまでの保管に必要なスペースを小さくすることができる。
図128は前記コーヒー缶Aの製造方法の説明図で、円筒部材の内面に配置する内側金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)の説明図で、図128Aは対向して配置された一対の内側第1金型が円筒部材内部に挿入された平断面図、図128Bは前記図128Aの一対の内側第1金型の間に一対の内側第2金型が挿入された平断面図、図128Cは前記図128Bの内側第1および第2金型の中央部にカムロッドを挿入した状態の平断面図、図128Dは前記図128Cのカムロッドを回転させて内側第2金型を外方に押し出すことにより内側第1および第2金型を外方に押し出した状態を示す図である。
図129は前記コーヒー缶Aの製造方法の説明図で、図129Aは円筒部材の内面に内側金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)をセットした状態で外側金型K2を型締めする前の状態を示す図、図129Bは前記図129Aの状態から型締めした状態を示す図である。
図128、図129に示す内側金型K1は、対向して配置された一対の内側第1金型K1a,K1aと、それらの間に配置される一対の内側第2金型K1b,K1bと、内側第1および第2金型K1a,K1a,K1b,K1bの間に挿入されるカムロッドK1cとを有している。前記内側第1および第2金型K1a,K1a,K1b,K1bの外表面には、前記図125、図126に示すコーヒー缶Aの山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vを形成する凹凸面(図示せず)が形成されている。また、前記外側金型K2は、筒型を4等分して構成した4個の外側分割金型K2aを有しており、各外側分割金型K2aの内面には、前記図125、図126に示すコーヒー缶Aの山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vを形成する凹凸面(図示せず)が形成されている。
コーヒー缶Aを製造する素材であるアルミの円筒部材内部に図128Cのように、内側金型K1をセットして、その状態でカムロッドK1cを90°回転させると、内側第1および第2金型K1a,K1a,K1b,K1bは外方に押し出されて図128Dの状態となる。
その状態で、図129Aの外側金型K2を型締めして図129Bの状態とすることにより、図125、図126に示す折り線M、Vを形成したコーヒー缶Aを製造することができる。
なお、前記内側金型K1の内側第1および第2金型K1a,K1a,K1b,K1bには、その外側面に形成された凹部のエアを排出するためのエア抜き孔(図示せず)を、前記外側面の凹部と内側面との間に形成することにより、コーヒー缶Aの成形を容易に行うことができる。
(実施例8)
図130は本発明の折り線付構造物の実施例8としてのコーヒー缶の説明図で、螺旋に沿って形成された円筒壁を有する折り線付構造物(コーヒー缶)を示す図である。
なお、この実施例8の説明において、前記実施例7の構成要素に対応する構成要素には同一の符号を付して、その詳細な説明を省略する。
この実施例8は、下記の点で前記実施例7と相違しているが、他の点では前記実施例7と同様に構成されている。
図130において、この実施例8のコーヒー缶Aは、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分であるパーツPが傾斜角45°の螺旋に沿って形成されている。
この実施例8のように傾斜角が20°〜30°以上の螺旋に沿った折り線を有する円筒壁(円筒状折り線付構造物)A1は、捩じりながら軸方向に圧縮すると折り畳まれて外形が小さくなり、一旦折り畳むとコーヒー缶Aの円筒壁A1が塑性変形するので、円筒壁A1は元の形状に自動的に復帰することがない。このため、コーヒー缶Aを使用済みのときに捩じりながら軸方向に圧縮して折り畳むことにより、小さく折り畳んだ状態に保たれる。
図131は、前記コーヒー缶Aの製造方法の他の実施例の説明図である。
図131において、底部壁A0を有する円筒壁A1内部に内側金型K1をセットしたものを液体容器Vの上端に固定し、液体容器V内に円筒壁A1を収容した状態で液体容器V内に液体を充填する。液体容器Vの上端にはチューブTが接続されており、チューブT内部にも液体は充填される。
その状態でピストンPにより、チューブT内の液体に衝撃圧を加えると、円筒壁A1には、内側金型K1表面の凹凸に応じた折り線が形成される。
(実施例9)
図132は本発明の実施例9の折り線付構造物としての小型容器の説明図で、図132Aは小型容器の蓋の斜視図、図132Bは小型容器の伸長した状態の斜視図である。
図133は同実施例9の小型容器の説明図で、図133Aは小型容器を折り畳んだ状態の斜視図、図133Bは前記図133Aの133B−133B線断面図、図133Cは前記図133Bの小型容器に蓋をした状態の断面図である。
図132、図133において、小型容器B(図132B参照)は円形の底板6、上端プレート7、および折り畳み可能な疑似円筒壁8を有している。上端プレート7の外形は円形で、中央部に6角形の開口7aが形成されている。
疑似円筒壁8には、図132Bに示すように、外側面が凸となる多数の山折り線Mおよび凹となる多数の谷折り線Vが形成されている。
図132B、図133において、この実施例9の小型容器Bの疑似円筒壁8は、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分である複数のパーツP1およびP2を有している。パーツP1は3角形でありその一辺が底板6に折り畳み可能に接続され、パーツP2は3角形でありその一辺が上端プレート7に折り畳み可能に接続されている。前記底板6と前記6個の各パーツP1の一辺との接続部分には山折り線M,M,…が形成されており、その山折り線M,M,…は6角形を形成するようにエンドレスに接続されている。
前記上端プレート7と前記6個の各パーツP2の一辺との接続部分には山折り線M,M,…が形成されており、その山折り線M,M,…は6角形を形成するようにエンドレスに接続されている。
前記エンドレスに接続された各山折り線M,M,…は前記疑似円筒壁8の軸に垂直な平面に沿って連続し且つ閉じた多角形を形成している。
この実施例9の小型容器Bの疑似円筒壁8は、捩じりながら軸方向に圧縮すると、折り線M,Vにより折り畳まれて、図133A、図133Bの状態になる。
前記小型容器Bの上端の6角形の開口7aを開閉するための蓋9(図132A、図133C参照)は円形の上面板9aと、上面板9aの外周に設けた短い円筒壁9bと、円筒壁9bの下端から下方に延びる一対の突出部9c,9cと、突出部9c,9cの下端に設けた内側に小さく突出する下端係止部9dと、突出部9c,9cの上方の円筒壁9bの内側面に小さく突出する上部係止部9eとを有している。
小型容器Bを使用しないときには、図133Bに示すように、小型容器Bを折り畳んだ状態で、前記蓋9の円筒壁9bを小型容器Bの上端プレート7に嵌合させると、係止部9d,9dは底板6の下面を係止し、係止部9e,9eは上端プレート7の下面を係止する。この状態では小型容器Bおよび蓋9の容積は小さいので、保管スペースが小さくて済む。
小型容器Bを使用するときには、小型容器Bが伸長した状態(図132B参照)で、小型容器Bの上端プレート7に蓋9の円筒壁9bを嵌合させると、前記係止部9e,9eは、上端プレート7の下面に係止される。その状態では、蓋9は、伸長した小型容器Bの開口7aを塞いだ状態で小型容器Bの上端に保持される。したがって、小型容器B内部に収容された物を外気から遮断した内部収容物を保護することができる。
図134は前記小型容器Bの製造方法の説明図で、金型(折り線形成面を有する金型)が閉じた状態を示す図である。
図134において、金型11は、上部金型11a,11bと下部金型11cとに分割されている。上部金型11a,11bは、前記図132Bの互いに対向する位置に配置される山折り線M,Mに沿って形成される分割線L1,L2に沿って分割された型である。
前記金型11に形成されるキャビティ12に樹脂を注入して硬化させて小型容器Bを成形してから、上部金型11a,11bを開く。その後、下部金型11c上に成形された小型容器Bを捩じりながら上方に引き抜くと、成形された小型容器Bを下部金型11Cから容易に取り出すことができる。
(実施例10)
図135は本発明の実施例10の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図136は前記図135の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図137は前記図136の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図138は前記図135〜図137に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図138は、折り畳み条件を満たす折り線により2段に折り畳む紙パック展開図であり、縦方向の1点鎖線は図135の状態での山折り線である。図138の左右の側縁を接着して筒状に構成してから、水平および鉛直な山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折ることにより、図135の紙パック(使用状態の紙パック)を構成することができる。
前記図135の紙パックを斜めの山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折り畳むことにより、図136の状態から図137の状態に折り畳むことができる。
(実施例11)
図139は本発明の実施例11の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図140は前記図139の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図141は前記図140の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図142は前記図139〜図141に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図142は、折り畳み条件を満たす折り線により4段に折り畳む紙パック展開図であり、2段に折り畳む図138の展開図と異なっている。図142の縦方向の1点鎖線は図139の状態での山折り線である。図142の左右の側縁を接着して筒状に構成してから、水平および鉛直な山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折ることにより、図139の紙パック(使用状態の紙パック)を構成することができる。その他の構成および作用は前記実施例10と同様である。
(実施例12)
図143は本発明の実施例12の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図144は前記図143の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図145は前記図144の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図146は前記図143〜図145に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図146は、折り畳み条件を満たす折り線により4段に折り畳む紙パック展開図であり、縦方向の山折り線Mが互い違いに傾斜して形成されている。図146の左右の側縁を接着して筒状に構成してから、山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折ることにより、図143の紙パック(使用状態の紙パック)を構成することができる。その他の構成および作用は前記実施例11と同様である。
(実施例13)
図147は本発明の実施例13の折り線付構造物としての紙パックの説明図で、紙パックが伸長した使用状態の斜視図である。
図148前記図147の紙パックを折り畳む途中の状態を示す図である。
図149は前記図148の紙パックをさらに折り畳んだ状態を示す図である。
図150は前記図147〜図149に示す紙パックの展開図である。
図150は、折り畳み条件を満たす折り線により4段に折り畳む紙パック展開図であり、縦方向の山折り線Mが同方向に傾斜して形成されている。図150の左右の側縁を接着して筒状に構成してから、山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折ることにより、図147の紙パック(使用状態の紙パック)を構成することができる。図147から分かるように、紙パックが上端から下端まで一定の方向に捩じれるので、紙パックを捩じる方向を変えることにより、容易に使用状態に伸長させたり、折り畳んだりすることができる。その他の構成および作用は前記実施例12と同様である。
(実施例14)
図151は本発明の実施例14の折り線付構造物としてのポンプの説明図である。
図151において、ポンプ室Aは前記実施例5のペットボトルAと同様に構成されており、上端の開口部はキャップCにより開閉される。ポンプ室Aの下端部には流体チューブTの上端が接続されている。流体チューブTは吸入チューブT1および排出チューブT2を有している。吸入チューブT1には吸入弁V1が設けられており、排出チューブT2には排出弁V2が設けられている。キャップCを閉じた状態で、ポンプ室Aを収縮させるときにはV1が閉じ、V2が開いて、ポンプ室A内の流体は、排出チューブT2から排出される。ポンプ室Aを膨張させるときにはV1が開き、V2が閉じた状態となり、吸入チューブT1からポンプ室A内に流体が流入する。
この実施例4のポンプは、灯油の給油や、自転車の空気入れ等に使用することが可能である。
(実施例15)
図152は本発明の実施例15の折り線付構造物としてのごみ箱の説明図で、図152Aは側面図、図152Bは側断面図である。
図152において、ごみ箱Aは、前記紙または樹脂により構成された折り線付の円筒体により構成されており、底壁部A0、円筒壁A1および上壁部A2を有している。上壁部A2には、ごみを投入するための開口A2aが形成されている。このごみ箱Aの円筒壁A1は山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vにより形成される斜めに傾斜した複数の台形のパーツPにより形成されている。前記パーツPが45°程度の傾斜した螺旋に沿って形成されているので、伸長した状態のごみ箱Aはその状態(形状)を保持することができる。
(実施例16)
図153は本発明の実施例16の折り線付構造物としての鉛筆立ての説明図で、図153Aは側面図、図153Bは側断面図である。
図153において、筆立てAは、前記紙または樹脂により構成された折り線付の円筒体により構成されており、底壁部A0、円筒壁A1および上壁部A2を有している。上壁部A2には、鉛筆等の筆記具を挿入するための開口A2aが形成されている。この筆立てAの円筒壁A1は山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vにより形成される斜めに傾斜した複数の台形のパーツPにより形成されている。前記パーツPが45°程度の傾斜した螺旋に沿って形成されているので、伸長した状態の筆立てAはその形状を保持することができる。
(実施例17)
図154は本発明の実施例17の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図155は前記図154のゲスの斜視図である。
図156は前記図155のゲスの展開図である。
図154において紙箱C内にはゲスGが収容されている。ゲスGは、図156に示す展開図の山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折り畳むことにより製作される。この実施例17のゲスGは2列の立ち上がり壁G1が形成されており、前記立ち上がり壁G1は仕切り壁として形成されている。前記立ち上がり壁G1の間に形成される収納物支持面G2は、饅頭やクッキー等の収納物を支持する面であり、この実施例17では傾斜している。
ゲスGは、1枚の紙により作成されているので、複数枚の紙により構成されたゲスを紙箱C内にセットする場合に比較して、セットする作業に必要な時間を短縮することができる。
(実施例18)
図157は本発明の実施例18の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、紙箱内から取り出されたゲスの斜視図である。
図158は前記図157のゲスの展開図である。
図157、図158のゲスGは、前記実施例17のゲスGの両側にも立ち上がり壁G1が形成されている。このゲスGの両側の立ち上がり壁G1は紙箱C(図示せず)内に収容されたときに、紙箱Cの側壁により支持されるので、紙箱C内のゲスGの位置が安定し、且つ、ゲスの収容物支持面G2の剛性を補強する。
(実施例19)
図159は本発明の実施例19の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図160は前記図159のゲスの斜視図である。
図161は前記図159のゲスの展開図である。
図159において紙箱C内にはゲスGが収容されている。このゲスGの立ち上がり壁G1の間に形成される収納物支持面G2は、饅頭やクッキー等の収納物を支持する面であり、この実施例19は水平に(紙箱Cの底面と平行に)形成されている。この実施例19は、前記立ち上がり壁G1に垂直な方向に延びる立ち上がり壁G3が設けられている。そして、前記収納物支持面G2は前記立ち上がり壁G1,G2囲まれるように形成されている。
この実施例19のゲスGは、1枚の紙により作成されているので、複数枚の紙により構成されたゲスを紙箱C内にセットする場合に比較して、セットする作業に必要な時間を短縮することができる。
(実施例20)
図162は本発明の実施例20の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図163は前記図162のゲスの斜視図である。
図164は前記図163のゲスの展開図である。
図163において紙箱C内にはゲスGが収容されている。このゲスGの立ち上がり壁G1およびG3は互いに垂直な方向に延びて形成されており、前記立ち上がり壁G1およびG3の間に収納物支持面G2が形成されている。収納物支持面G2は、饅頭やクッキー等の収納物を支持する面であり、この実施例20は水平に(紙箱Cの底面と平行に)形成されている。
この実施例20のゲスGも、1枚の紙により作成されているので、複数枚の紙により構成されたゲスを紙箱C内にセットする場合に比較して、セットする作業に必要な時間を短縮することができる。
(実施例21)
図165は本発明の実施例21の折り線付構造物としてのゲス(箱内部仕切り部材)の説明図で、ゲスが紙箱内に収容されている状態を示す斜視図である。
図166は前記図165のゲスの斜視図である。
図167は前記図166のゲスの展開図である。
図165において紙箱C内にはゲスGが収容されている。このゲスGの立ち上がり壁G1およびG3は互いに垂直な方向に延びて形成されており、前記立ち上がり壁G1およびG3の間に収納物支持面G2が形成されている。収納物支持面G2は、饅頭やクッキー等の収納物を支持する面であり、この実施例21は水平に(紙箱Cの底面と平行に)形成されている。
この実施例21のゲスGは、正方形の1枚の紙を対角線方向に形成された山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折り曲げて形成されている。この実施例21も1枚の紙により作成されているので、複数枚の紙により構成されたゲスを紙箱C内にセットする場合に比較して、セットする作業に必要な時間を短縮することができる。
(実施例22)
図168は折り畳み式通路カバーの説明図で、図168Aは半折り状態の斜視図、図168Bは完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図169は本発明の実施例22の折り線付構造物としての折り畳み式通路カバーの展開図である。
図168に示す折り畳み式通路カバー16は、人が通過する通路の上側および両サイド等を覆うように配置して使用される部材であり、特に、鉄道車両の車両間の連結部の通路部分や、空港のターミナルブリッジ先端および航空機入口間の通路等の人が通行する通路であって、その通路の両端の構造物の間隔が固定されていない場所で好適に使用される。
前記折り畳み式通路カバー16は弾性のある柔軟なシート状部材に折り線を付けた部材であり、折り線部分で折り畳み可能である。折り畳み式通路カバー16は半折り状態では、図168の形状であり、通路に沿って通路の上方および左右を覆うように配置されて、その通路方向の両端部分は構造物に固定される。
図169に示す折り畳み式通路カバー16の展開図において、折り畳み式通路カバー16には、半折り状態で使用するときの外側面が凸となる多数の山折り線Mおよび凹となる多数の谷折り線Vが形成されている。
前記山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vの交点である節点では、3本の山折り線Mと1本の谷折り線Vの合計4本の折り線が交わっている。そして、各節点で交わる山折り線Mの数=3、谷折り線Vの数=1でありその差は2(=3−1)である。すなわち、本実施例22の折り畳み式通路カバー16の折り線パターンは1節点4折り線である。
図169において、この実施例22の折り畳み式通路カバー16は、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分である複数のパーツP1,P2,P3を有している。パーツP1は3角形、パーツP2は等脚台形、パーツP3は台形である。
前記折り畳み式通路カバー16は、収納時時や運搬時等には、図168のように外形が小さくなった状態に折り畳まれる。
(実施例23)
図170は本発明の実施例23の折線付構造物としての折り畳み式通路カバーの説明図で、図170Aは半折り状態の斜視図、図170Bは完全に折り畳んだ状態の斜視図である。
図171は前記図170の折り畳み式通路カバーの展開図である。
なお、この実施例23の説明において、前記実施例22の構成要素に対応する構成要素には同一の符号を付して、その詳細な説明を省略する。
この実施例23は、下記の点で前記実施例22と相違しているが、他の点では前記実施例22と同様に構成されている。
図170に示す折り畳み式通路カバー16は、前記実施例22と同様に鉄道車両の車両間の連結部の通路部分や、空港のターミナルブリッジ先端および航空機入口間の通路等の人が通行する通路であって、その通路の両端の構造物の間隔が固定されていない場所で好適に使用される。
図171に示す折り畳み式通路カバー16は展開図において、扇形の中心部を除いた外形をしている。折り畳み式通路カバー16には、半折り状態で使用するときの外側面が凸となる多数の山折り線Mおよび凹となる多数の谷折り線Vが形成されており、1節点4折り線である。また、各節点では折り畳み条件を満足している。
図171において、この実施例23の折り畳み式通路カバー16は、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分である複数のパーツP1,P2,P3,P4を有している。パーツP1は3角形、パーツP2〜P4はいずれも四辺形である。
この実施例23の折り畳み式通路カバー16は、前記実施例22と同様に収納時や運搬時等には、図170Bのように外形が小さくなった状態に折り畳まれる。
(実施例24)
図172は本発明の実施例24の折り線付構造物としてのランプシェードの説明図で、図172Aはランプシェードを製作する素材であるシート状部材の展開図、図172Bは前記図172Aのシート状部材の左右の両側辺を接合して疑似円錐を製作して構成したランプシェードを半折り状態にしたものの斜視図である。
図172Bに示す半折り状態を示すランプシェード17は、伸長した状態でランプの傘として使用する部材であり、シート状の樹脂により構成されている。
図172Aに示すランプシェード17の展開図において、図172Bのランプシェード17を製作するための透明な樹脂シートは、扇形の中心部を除いた形状をしている。前記樹脂シートの互いに接合する両側辺の一方には接着用の糊代17aが設けられている。この展開状態の樹脂シートに、前記実施例1または実施例3で示した折り線形成用型と同様の部材により、折り線を形成してから、前記糊代17aに、硬化時に弾力性の有る接着剤を塗布して前記両側辺の他方と接着させる。このとき、前記透明な樹脂シートにより、折り畳み可能な疑似円錐壁を製作することができる。
前記透明な樹脂シートの折り畳み可能な疑似円筒壁は、半折り状態のときの外側面が凸となる多数の山折り線Mおよび凹となる多数の谷折り線Vが形成されている。
前記山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vの交点である節点では、4本の山折り線Mと2本の谷折り線Vの合計6本の折り線が交わっている。そして、各節点で交わる山折り線Mの数=4、谷折り線Vの数=2でありその差は2(=4−2)である。すなわち、本実施例24の折り畳み可能な疑似円錐壁の折り線パターンは1節点6折り線である。
図172において、この実施例24の折り畳み可能な疑似円錐壁は、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分である複数のパーツP1a,P1b,P2a,P2b,…を有している。パーツP1a,P2a,…の形状は大きさの異なる相似3角形であり、パーツP2a,P2b,…の形状は大きさの異なる相似3角形である。
前記各パーツP1a,P1b,P2a,…に赤、青、黄等の好きな色の付いた透明なセロハン紙または通常の色紙等を張りつけて、ランプシェード17が構成されている。ランプシェード17は、収納時時や運搬時等には、外形が小さくなった状態に折り畳まれ、使用時には外形の大きな疑似円錐に伸長される。
(実施例25)
図173は本発明の実施例25の折り線付構造物としてのクリスマスカードの説明図で、図173Aはクリスマスカードを折り畳んだ状態の平面図、図173Bは前記図173Aを開いた状態の平面図、図173Cは前記図173Bの矢印173Cの斜め上方から見た図である。
図173において、クリスマスカードCは、クリスマスツリーTが接着されたツリー接着部C1と、クリスマスツリーを押さえ付けるツリー押さえ部C2とを有している。クリスマスツリーTは折り畳み条件を満たす着色シート製の折り線付円錐壁により形成されている。図173Aに示すようにクリスマスカードCを折り畳んだ状態では、クリスマスツリーTは折り畳まれた状態に保持されている。
前記クリスマスカードCを図173に示すように開くと、クリスマスツリーTが弾性により伸長して、斜め上方から見た場合に図173Cに示す立体的な形状となる。したがって、クリスマスカードCを受け取った者に、珍しさ、楽しさ等を感じさせることかできる。
(実施例26)
図174は本発明の実施例26の折り線付構造物としての帽子の説明図で、図174Aは帽子の斜視図、図174Bは前記図174Aの174B−174B線断面図、図174Cは前記図174Bの矢印174Cから見た図である。
図175は同実施例26の帽子の説明図で、図175Aは帽子を折り畳んだ状態の平面図、図175Bは前記図175Aの矢印175Bから見た図である。
図174、図175において、帽子C(図174参照)はドーナツ状のつば13と、つば13の中央部上面に折り畳み可能に設けたクラウン14とを有している。クラウン14は6角形の上面部14aおよび6角錐を捩じった形状の側面部(疑似円錐壁)14bを有している。
側面部(疑似円錐壁)14bには、図174Bに示すように、外側面が凸となる多数の山折り線Mおよび凹となる多数の谷折り線Vが形成されている。
前記山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vの交点である節点では、3本の山折り線Mと1本の谷折り線Vの合計4本の折り線が交わっている。そして、各節点で交わる山折り線Mの数=3、谷折り線Vの数=1でありその差は2(=3−1)である。すなわち、本実施例26の側面部(疑似円錐壁)14bの折り線パターンは1節点4折り線である。
図174、図175において、この実施例26の帽子Cの側頭部14bは、折り線M,Vにより形成される(囲まれる)部分である複数のパーツP1およびP2を有している。パーツP1は3角形でありその一辺がつば13に折り畳み可能に接続され、パーツP2は3角形でありその一辺が上面部14aに折り畳み可能に接続されている。前記つば13と前記6個の各パーツP1の一辺との接続部分には山折り線M,M,…が形成されており、その山折り線M,M,…は6角形を形成するようにエンドレスに接続されている。
前記上面部材14aと前記6個の各パーツP2の一辺との接続部分には山折り線M,M,…が形成されており、その山折り線M,M,…は6角形を形成するようにエンドレスに接続されている。
前記エンドレスに接続された各山折り線M,M,…は、前記側面部(疑似円錐壁)14bが伸長した状態および折り畳まれた状態において、前記側面部(疑似円錐壁)14bの軸に垂直な平面内で閉じた多角形を形成している。
この実施例26の帽子Cの側頭部14bは、捩じりながら軸方向に圧縮すると、折り線M,Vにより折り畳まれて、図175A、図175Bの状態になる。
前記つば13とパーツP1の一辺との接続部分に形成される山折り線Mと、谷折り線Vとのなす角は45°よりも大きい角度が設定されている。このため、側頭部14bは、その剛性が小さくても、一端伸長すると、その剛性により伸長した状態に保持することが容易である。
帽子Cを使用しないときには、図175Bに示すように、帽子Cを折り畳んだ状態とすると、帽子Cの収容に必要なスペースを小さくすることができる。
(実施例27)
図176は本発明の実施例27の折り線付構造物としての帽子の説明図で、図176Aは帽子の斜視図、図176Bは前記図176Aの176B−176B線断面図、図176Cは前記図176Bの矢印176Cから見た図である。
図177は同実施例27の帽子の説明図で、図177Aは帽子を折り畳んだ状態の平面図、図177Bは前記図177Aの矢印177Bから見た図である。
なお、この実施例27の説明において、前記実施例26の構成要素に対応する構成要素には同一の符号を付して、その詳細な説明を省略する。
この実施例27は、下記の点で前記実施例26と相違しているが、他の点では前記実施例26と同様に構成されている。
図176Aにおいて、側頭部(疑似円錐壁)14bには、多数の1節点4折り線により等脚台形の複数のパーツP1〜P5が形成されている。各折り線は生地の端部を接合させかつ縫い合わせることにより形成されている。折り線の山折り、谷折りは生地の端部の接合状態で定まり、端部が外側に突出している場合は山折り線Mを形成し、端部が内側に突出している場合は谷折り線Vを形成している。等脚台形のパーツP1〜P5は最下段に配置されたパーツP1から最上段に配置されたパーツP5まで、順次サイズが小さくなっている。
前記等脚台形の各パーツP1はその1つの底辺がつば13に折り畳み可能に接続され、パーツP5はその底辺の1つが上面部14aに折り畳み可能に接続されている。前記つば13と6個の各パーツP1の一辺との接続部分には山折り線Mと谷折り線Vとが交互に接続するように形成されており、その交互に接続された3本の山折り線Mおよび3本の谷折り線Vは6角形を形成するようにエンドレスに接続されている。
前記上面部材14aと前記6個の各パーツP5の一辺との接続部分には3本の山折り線Mおよび3本の谷折り線Vが交互に接続されており、合計6本の折り線は6角形を形成するようにエンドレスに接続されている。
前記等脚台形のパーツP1,P2と同様に、パーツP2〜P4も円周方向にそれぞれ6個配置されており、それらの等脚台形の底辺が交互に山折り線および谷折り線となって円周方向にエンドレスに接続されている。
すなわち、前記交互に且つエンドレスに接続された3本の山折り線Mおよび3本の谷折り線Vは、前記側頭部(疑似円錐壁)14bが伸長した状態および折り畳まれた状態において、前記側頭部(疑似円錐壁)14bの軸に垂直な平面内で閉じた多角形を形成している。
この実施例27の帽子Cの側頭部14bは、軸方向に圧縮すると、折り線M,Vにより折り畳まれて、図177A、図177Bの状態になる。
帽子Cを使用しないときには、図177に示すように、帽子Cを折り畳んだ状態とすると、帽子Cの収容に必要なスペースを小さくすることができる。
(実施例28)
図178は本発明の実施例28の折り線付構造物としての巻取式の帽子の斜視図である。
図179は前記図178の巻取式の帽子の折り畳み途中の状態の斜視図である。
図180は前記図179の状態から更に折り畳んだ状態の巻取式の帽子の斜視図である。
図178において、巻取式の帽子Hは、鍔部A、側頭部B、頭頂部Cにより構成されており、図179、図180に示すように、山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vに沿って折り畳みながら巻き取ることができる。
図181は前記図178〜図180に示す巻取式の帽子の製造方法の説明図で、図181Aは図178鍔部Aの展開図、図181Bは側頭部Bの展開図、図181Cは頭頂部Cの展開図である。
図181Aに示すように中心角Θ1の扇形(外周半径RAo:「o」はoutの意味)に内径RAi(「i」はinの意味)を描き、外周をN(偶数)等分して点A1,A2,A3,…を定め、これ等の点から反時計回りに中心に向うN本の等角螺旋(半径方向となす角φ=5〜10°)を描き、半径RAiの円との交点をB1,B2,B3,…とすると、線分B1B2,B2B3,B3B4,…は等長になる。これ等の線分で扇形を切断し、これを鍔部Aとする。巻取り収納する際には、この螺旋を交互に山折り、谷折り線とする。なお、図181AはΘ1=300°、N=12として描いた。この湾曲した帯板形状の要素の両端を接合すると、円錐台形状になり、Θ1<360°であるから、テーパ付の鍔Aになる。
側頭部Bも同様に扇形から切り取った湾曲帯板形状の要素で製作するが図181Bに示すように鍔部の中心角Θ1に比し、極めて小さな頂角Θ2を用いる。この湾曲帯板形状の要素の外周部を点C1,C2,C3,C4,…で表す。ここでこれ等の点は同心円上にあり、その半径をRBoとする。これ等の点から上と同様に角度φ=5〜10°でN本の螺旋または傾斜直線を描き、半径をRBiの同心円上にある点D1,D2,D3,D4,…を定め、側頭要素の内周を決める。湾曲帯板形状の要素の両端を接合するとΘ2値は小さいから円筒に近い円錐台形状の殻を得る。鍔部要素の内周部の弧の長さB1B2=B2B3=B3B4,…と側頭部の外周の弧の長さC1C2=C2C3=C3C4,…を等しく選び、この部分で鍔部Aと側頭部Bは接合、あるいは縫合する。
次に頭頂部Cも同様に頂角Θ3が360°に近い扇形あるいはΘ3=360°の円形膜で製作する。図181CはΘ3=360°とした時のもので、中心角Θ3をN(=12)等分し、点E1,E2,E3,E4,…を定める。頭頂部Cの外周の弧の長さE1E2=E2E3=E3E4,…を側頭部Bの内周部のそれ(D1D2=D2D3=D3D4=D4D5,…)と等しく取り、これを側頭部Bの内周部と接合する。すなわちこれ等3つの要素を接合すると図178の帽子になる。12個の折り線を交互に山折り、谷折りとして中心軸回りに巻取ると図180のようになる。
図182は前記図178〜図181に示す巻取式の帽子の他の製造方法の説明図である。
図182において、3つの要素を偶数個に分割した小要素(図181A、図181B、図181Cのa、b、cを積み上げた図182に示される変形の扇形要素)を12個製作し、これ等の点A1とA1、B1とB1、C1とC1、D1とD1、E1とE1が一致するようにして辺A1B1C1D1E1と辺A1B1C1D1E1を接合、あるいは縫合し、この接合を12個の扇形要素について行うことによっても図178〜図180の巻取り収納形の帽子が製作される。
(実施例29)
図183は本発明の実施例29の折り線付構造物としての巻取式のテントの斜視図である。
図184は前記図183の巻取式のテントの折り畳み途中の状態の斜視図である。
図185は前記図183の状態から更に折り畳んだ状態のテントの斜視図である。
図183において、巻取式のテントHは、山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vが等角螺旋(ベルヌーイの螺旋)に沿って形成されており、前記折り線M,Vにより形成された扇形のパーツを、折り線M,Vに沿って折り畳みながら巻き取ることができる。テントHは伸長状態ではドーム型となり、その外側面の外周部および半径方向の中央部にはそれぞれ円周方向に延びるリング状のフレキシブルチューブH1およびH2が固着されている。前記テントHは、前記フレキシブルチューブH1,H2にエアを供給して膨らますことにより、図183の伸長状態に保持される。
図186は前記図183〜図185に示す巻取式のテントの製造方法の説明図で、図186Aは伸長状態で放物曲面状のドーム型となる巻取式テントを、円周方向に分割したときに形成されるパーツの1つを展開した図、図186Bは前記図186Aのパーツの端部ABとCDとを接続したときに形成されるた円錐壁を示す図である。
図187は前記図183〜図185に示す巻取式のテントの製造方法の説明図で、図187は伸長状態で半径r1のドーム型となる巻取式テントを、ドーム型の中心位置の座標をr=0、j=1,2,…,10として、半径方向に10等分した位置の座標rj(rj=r1×(11−j)/10)を半径とする円により10分割したときに形成されるパーツ(円錐壁)(j)の形状を示す図である。
図188は前記図187のパーツ番号(j)と、母線の形状および長さLjと、傾きθjとを示す図である。
図189は前記図187、図188に示すパーツ(1),(2),…,(10)の展開図を円周方向に16分割したときの分割パーツ(J:J=1,2,…,10)の形状の説明図で、図189Aは各パーツ(j)がそれぞれ16個の分割パーツ(J)により構成されることを示す図、図189Bは分割パーツ(J)を半径方向に接続したものを示す図である。
図186Aのように中心角Θの扇形(外周半径R*)上の外周部に幅Lの曲率を有する湾曲した帯板ABCDを考える。この帯板の左右の両端AB,CDを接合すると図186Bのような円錐台形状が得られる。この円錐台の底面の半径をR′、この円錐台を延長して得られる円錐殻の頂角を2θとすると、円錐台の底の外周と帯板の外周長を等置して、
2πR′=R*・Θ ……(59)
を得る。図186Bよりsinθ=R′/R*であるから、Θは次式(60)で与えられる。
Θ=2πsinθ ……(60)
図187のように放物線のようななだらかな原点を通る曲線をZ−X面上でZ=f(r)で表し、これをZ軸回りに回転して得られる薄い膜状の回転殻を考える。この回転で得られる容器状の回転殻の上端半径をr1とする。この回転殻をZ軸に垂直な平面でn分割し、図186の関係を用いて、この回転殻をn個の円錐台形状要素で近似する。分割面と殻の交線は円をなす。この円の半径を上から順次r2,r3,…、rn−1とする。また、n個の円錐台要素を順次(1),(2),(3),…と名付け、これ等を切り開いて展開した時の図186AのΘ値に対応する角度を順次Θ1,Θ2,Θ3,…とする。
要素(1)の内径と要素(2)の外径、要素(2)の内径と要素(3)の外径は等しいから、i番目とj+1番目の要素について次式(61)が成立つ。
2πrjΘj=2πrj+1Θj+1 ……(61)
今、先の回転殻を放物面であるとし、Z=C(r/r0)¥t2¥tで与え、n=10とし、切断半径がr2=0.9r1,r3=0.8r1,r4=0.7r1,…で与えられるような簡単な場合を考える。C=0.8とし、Z−X面で切断し、各要素を上述のように円錐台形状で近似した時の分割後の断面形状は図188のようになる。n個の円錐台要素(1),(2),(3),…を切り開いて展開した時の各要素の長さLj(図186のLに対応)は簡単に算出される。またこれ等の要素がZ軸となす角θj(図186Bのθ)も求まるから、式(60)を用いると各要素のΘj値が算出できる。要素(1)の幅はW1でその外周長さは2πr1である。この幅と長さの比をアスペクト比としてκ1と置く(κ1=W1/2πr1)。この帯板要素を半径Roの円上に描くと頂角Θ1として、幅W1=κ1・Θ1・Ro=(W1/2πr1)・Θ1・Ro=W1{Θ1/(2πr1)}Roになる。即ち半径Ro円上で表した時の無次元幅W1/RoはW1Θ1/(2πr1)で与えられる。他の要素についても一般にαj∠Wj/(2πrj)と置いて、次式(62)で与えられる。
Lj/Ro=αjΘj ……(62)
扇形要素jの外周半径を(Rj)o、内周半径を(Rj)iと置くと、
Lj=(Rj)o−(Rj)i ……(63)
で表され、(Rj)iΘj=(Rj+1)oΘj+1である。すなわち、図189Aにおいて、(R1)iΘ1=(R2)oΘ2である。この関係と式(59)〜(63)を用いると、Θj、Lj、Wj、及び(Rj)i、(Rj)o値が要素(1),(2),…順に算出できる。これ等の値を用いて得た各要素(j)の展開図を図189Aに示す。
また、図188の数値は次のとおりである。

Figure 0003824540
Figure 0003824540
次に図189Aの各要素の展開図を2N等分(N;整数)する。この時、螺旋状の折り線になるよう図のように半径方向と角θをなすような角度で展開図上に分割線を描く。図189Aは各展開図を16等分したものである。分割された小要素を半径方向に積上げ新たに扇形要素を作る。積上げて構成された扇形要素を図189Bに示し、これは湾曲した形状の扇形要素を表す。この湾曲形状の扇形要素を16個接合し、接合線を交互に山、谷折り線とすると、螺旋形折り線を持つ放物面形状殻(図183参照)が得られる。図183の放物面形状殻の頂点を通る中心軸回りに巻取ったものは図184、図185に示されている。
(実施例30)
図190は本発明の実施例30の折り線付構造物としての巻取式のテントの斜視図である。
図191は前記図190の巻取式のテントの折り畳み途中の状態の斜視図である。
図192は前記図190の状態から更に折り畳んだ状態のテントの斜視図である。
図190において、巻取式のテントHは、山折り線Mおよび谷折り線Vが等角螺旋(ベルヌーイの螺旋)に沿って形成されており、前記折り線M,Vにより形成された扇形のパーツを、折り線M,Vに沿って折り畳みながら巻き取ることができる。テントHは伸長状態ではドーム型となり、その外側面の外周部および半径方向の中央部にはそれぞれ円周方向に延びるリング状のフレキシブルチューブH1およびH2が固着されている。前記テントHは、前記フレキシブルチューブH1,H2にエアを供給して膨らますことにより、図190の伸長状態に保持される。
この実施例30では、殻を構成する膜厚が大きい時には中央部分で巻き取りが窮屈になる場合があるので、これを避けるため前記図189Aを分割する際、最初8等分し、次にこれを適当に不等分に分割する。
すなわち8等分した後、これを更に中心角比0.475:0.525で2分割して構成した時の湾曲形状の扇形要素の組8個(16要素)を交互に接合して構成した曲面は図190に示されている。ここで中心角の小さな要素の左方を谷折り、右方を山折りとすると中心軸回りに下方にずれながら巻き取られる。これを図191、図192に示す。この巻取り法は上述の窮屈度合いを緩和させる利点がある。
これ等のモデルは巻取り/展開可能な大型のテント以外に、パラボラアンテナのパラボラ面を形成するのに利用可能である。
産業上の利用可能性
以上、本発明の実施例を詳述したが、本発明は、前記実施例に限定されるものではなく、特許請求の範囲に記載された本発明の要旨の範囲内で、種々の変更を行うことが可能である。本発明の変更実施例を下記に例示する。
(1)前記実施例1、2では、折り線形成用型は、一対の折り畳み可能な折り線形成部材(flexible金属)を有し、前記一対の折り線形成部材によりシート状部材を挟んだ状態で一対の折り線形成部材を同時に折り畳むことにより、シート状部材に折り線を形成するように構成したが、折り畳み可能な折り線形成部材(flexible金型)は一対ではなく、1枚だけでもよい。折り線形成部材を1枚とした場合には、その一面側にシート状部材を吸着した状態で折り畳めばよい。前記シート状部材を吸着する方法としては、例えば、折り線形成部材のパーツに通気孔を開けておいて、他面側を低圧にすることにより一面側にシート状部材を吸着することが可能となる。
また、磁化した材料製のパーツを使用した折り線形成部材と、柔軟な磁性ラバーシートとの間にシート状部材を挟んだ状態で折り線形成部材を折り畳むことにより折り線を形成することが可能となる。
(2)前記本発明者の研究結果および各実施例の説明から分かるように、本発明は新規な折り畳み可能な折り線により種々の形状の折り線およびパーツを使用可能となったので、多種多様な折り線付の折り畳み可能構造物を得ることが可能である。したがって、本発明は、種々の形状の伸長、収縮可能な宇宙空間構造物を構成することが可能である。Technical field
The present invention relates to a structure with a fold line, a fold line forming mold, and a fold line forming method that can be folded so as to be deformed between a folded state in which the outer shape is reduced and a developed state in which the outer shape is increased. A plate-like, cylindrical or conical wall-shaped structure is divided into polygonal parts (flat plate walls) such as triangles or quadrangles by a large number of folding lines, and the boundary parts of the divided parts (flat plate walls) are folded. The present invention relates to a folding structure with a folding line that can be folded.
The present invention can be applied to a plate-like object with a folding line, and a cylindrical object and a cone-like object with a folding line that can be folded in the axial direction, for example, a rigid plate-like member such as a floor or a bottom wall, The present invention can be used for various containers having a cylindrical wall such as a plastic bottle, an object having a conical wall such as a lamp shade, a space structure, and a building structure.
Background art
Research on the development of folding and unfolding structures has progressed in relation to the study of plastic buckling using the folding method, or the construction of antennas and solar cell structures for deployment in space. did. These studies have also been applied to research aimed at elucidating the growth and motor functions of living organisms, such as the mechanism of folding insect wings and leaves.
Planar folding structures and foldable cylindrical structures having foldable folding lines are conventionally known (see (J01) and (J02) below), but conical folding structures having foldable folding lines are It is not known so far.
As a conventional foldable structure with fold lines, it has been devised mainly for the development of space structures, and the following techniques (J01) and (J02) are known.
(J01) Planar folding structure
As a flat folding structure, Miura ori using folding lines of origami (concept of unfolding space structure [written by Kimisuke Miura, Journal of the Japan Society of Mechanical Engineers, Vol. 90, No. 828, issued in November 1987, P1394] ~ 1400]) is conventionally known. Miura ori divides a planar structure into a large number of parallelograms formed by fold lines, and is a flat plate with an expanded outer shape in the expanded state where the fold lines are extended, and the outer shape is reduced and thickened in the folded state. It becomes a flat plate shape with increased unevenness.
(J02) Cylindrical folding structure
As a conventional cylindrical folding structure, a folding cylinder having a triangular folding line is described in the following document.
(A) The Folding of Triangulated Cylinders, Part I: Geometric Considerations (S.D.Guest, S.Pellegrio, Journal of Applied Mechanics, DECEMBER 1994, Vol.61 / 773-777)
(B) The Folding of Triangulated Cylinders, Part II: The Folding Process (S.D.Guest, S.Pellegrio, Journal of Applied Mechanics, DECEMBER 1994, Vol.61 / 778-783)
(C) The Folding of Triangulated Cylinders, Part III: Experiments (S.D.Guest, S.Pellegrio, Journal of Applied Mechanics, MARCH 1996, Vol. 63 / 77-83)
In the above references (a) to (c) by SDGuest, S. Pellegrio, etc., a cylindrical wall is divided into a large number of triangular plate walls by a large number of folding lines including folding lines formed along a spiral. It is described that a foldable cylindrical wall can be formed by foldably connecting the boundary portions of each triangular flat plate wall. In the above-mentioned document, the length of the side of a triangle that can be folded is shown by numerical calculation. Judging from the length of the side of the triangle indicated by the numerical calculation, the shape of the foldable triangle appears to be a triangle approximate to an isosceles triangle having a base angle of about 30 °.
The cylindrical folding structure described in the documents (a) to (c) becomes a cylinder in the unfolded state where the folding line is extended, and becomes a cylindrical body contracted in the axial direction in the folded state.
(Problems of conventional technology)
In the conventional planar folding structure and the cylindrical folding structure, the condition of the folding line that can be folded is not known. Therefore, the folding line used is used within a range that is empirically known. . That is, the flat plate wall formed by the folding line used is limited to a parallelogram in a planar folding structure, and limited to a triangle in a cylindrical folding structure.
The conventional foldable cylindrical folding structure is premised on having a fold line along the spiral, and the shape of the flat plate wall formed by the fold line has a base angle of about 30 °. This is only a triangle similar to the isosceles triangle.
Even if research on the use of a folding structure such as the planar folding structure and the cylindrical folding structure is conducted within a narrow range that is empirically known, a new fold line of the folding structure can be obtained. It seems that it is not easy to find and find a folded structure using a new fold line.
The present inventor can easily discover a new folding method of a folding structure and invent and use the new folding structure when the conditions of the folding line of the folding structure in which the folding line is formed are clarified. I thought.
Therefore, the present inventor conducted a study (study on a folding method) for finding a folding line condition of a folding structure (folded structure) with a folding line in advance.
In addition, research on a folding structure that can be folded by a conventional folding line is often performed using an origami model using origami, but the folding line that can be folded is complicated. For this reason, it takes time to form a foldable folding line. In particular, it takes time to form a fold line on a sheet that is more rigid than origami.
Therefore, the present inventor has studied a method for easily forming a fold line on a sheet-like member such as paper, metal foil, or plastic sheet.
What has been found in the above-described research on the folding method and the folding line forming method will now be described.
(Research results of folding method and folding line formation method)
As a result of research on a folding method of a folding structure and a folding line forming method of a sheet-like member, the present inventor has found the following.
(A) The plane wall and the pseudo cylindrical wall and conical wall formed by a large number of divided plane walls may be formed by a large number of divided plane walls having a predetermined shape divided by a large number of linear folding lines. it can. In that case, the plane wall, the cylindrical wall, and the conical wall can be folded when the fold line satisfies a predetermined folding condition.
(B) The inventor has clarified all the folding conditions of the planar wall, the cylindrical wall, and the conical wall. According to the folding conditions, the shape of a large number of divided planar walls of a predetermined shape obtained by dividing a planar wall or a cylindrical wall by folding lines is the shape that has been studied in the past (in the case of a parallelogram or a cylindrical wall in the case of a planar wall). Various shapes other than isosceles triangles and isosceles trapezoids are possible.
(C) By folding the plate with the folding line half-folded or completely with the sheet-like member sandwiched between two folding lines with the same folding line, the sheet-like member can be easily folded. It is possible to form.
Next, the details of the research results will be explained.
Here, focusing on clarifying the possibility of folding from a geometric point of view, we will first discuss general folding methods using origami models, and then describe a foldable cylindrical structural model. After that, the folding performance of the cylinder manufactured using the polymer sheet will be described.
In addition, after obtaining geometrical models using collapsible ideas for creating collapsible conical structures that have not been reported so far, these models can be developed by combining equiangular spirals. Analyze that the figure is represented.
(1) Planar folding structure with folding lines
1. Folding method
FIG. 1 is a fold line explanatory view showing a typical example of a fold line that is a folded straight line of origami or a folded structure and a node that is an intersection of a plurality of fold lines.
In FIG. 1, the fold line by mountain fold is represented by a solid line (M1, M2, M3), the valley fold line is represented by a broken line (V1), and the numbers of mountain fold and valley fold lines joining the nodes are NM and NV, respectively. . It is well known that the following equation holds between NM and NV at a node.
│NM-NV│ = 2 (1)
If the total number of folding lines is NT, NT = NM + NV. If, for example, NM−NV = 2 in Equation (1), NT = 2 (1 + NV), and it can be seen that the number of folding lines constituting the node is “even”. The total number of fold lines NT is NT ≧ 4, and NT = 4 is the minimum number of fold lines for constituting a node.
When the X axis is aligned with the mountain fold line (M3) and the mountain folds (M1) and (M2) are performed as shown in FIG. 1, valley fold (V1) occurs. If the angles between the mountain folds (M1) and (M2) and the X axis are α and β, respectively, the angle γ between the fold lines (V1) and (M2) is
γ = α (2)
Given in. Expression (2) is a relational expression of angles when the sheet is completely folded at the fold lines (M1), (M2), (M3), and (V1) in the Y-axis direction.
By this operation, the belt-like paper is folded in half, and the axial direction to the right of the node is bent by 2α (when α <β) or 2β (when α> β).
When α = β, the axial direction is not bent in the Y-axis direction. At this time, if the mountain fold and the valley fold are alternately performed, the belt-like paper is bent zigzag, and if only the mountain fold (or valley fold) is continuously performed, it is easily guessed that it becomes a cylindrical shape.
In this specification, the plane paper is folded in a zigzag manner and folded into a new plane as “planar folding”, and the folding method for producing a cylindrical structure that can be folded in the same direction and folded in the Y-axis direction is “cylindrical”. It is roughly classified as “Ori”.
2 Plane fold
2.1 Miura ori (Prior art)
In order to examine the possibility of structure construction, consider the simplest case of “1-node 4-fold line”.
FIG. 2 is an explanatory view of a so-called “Miura ori” folding structure devised by Miura for the development of a space structure.
In FIG. 2, the fold line of the foldable structure has three horizontal fold lines ((1) to (3)) and three zigzag fold lines (respectively, mountain, valley, mountain fold line, (4) To (6)). The fold lines (1) to (3) are alternately mountain-folded and valley-folded so that the expression (1) is satisfied, and each of the fold lines (4) to (6) is the fold line (1) to (3). “Symmetric” for everything. Therefore, at each node (black dot), the folding condition of Expression (2) is automatically satisfied for an arbitrary angle α in the drawing, and can be completely folded in the Y-axis direction in the drawing.
At this time, it contracts in the X-axis direction depending on the angle α, and the amount of contraction increases as the folding angle α increases. Further, as can be seen from FIG. 2, the horizontal fold line alternately changes from mountain fold to valley fold and from valley fold to mountain fold on the left and right of the node. This characteristic of the 4-fold line method makes it possible to periodically fold flat paper from Y = + ∞ to −∞.
FIG. 3 is a diagram in which the horizontal folding lines shown in FIG.
In FIG. 2, the fold lines (4) to (6) are symmetrical with respect to the horizontal fold lines (1) to (3), but the horizontal folds are zigzag at the same angle as in FIG. 3 is satisfied, the folding condition in the Y-axis direction of Expression (2) is satisfied, and the flat paper in FIG. 3 is completely folded in a new form. It can be seen that if this folding is in a half-folded state, the flat paper can be made three-dimensional, that is, in an “apparent” thickness state, and a high-rigidity and lightweight flat plate can be manufactured.
2.2 Generalization of plane folding
If the horizontal fold lines provided in the zigzag in FIG. 3 are continued in the same direction, the fan or disk can be folded in the radial direction.
FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of a foldable folding line of a part of a disk (fan-shaped portion) formed by six fan-shaped elements having an apex angle 2Θ.
In FIG. 4, the folding lines (1) to (5) in the circumferential direction are bent by 2Θ. The folding lines (7), (8), (9),... In the radial direction are provided in a zigzag manner within an angle Θ, and the outer sides A, B, C,.
At this time, since the angle β in FIG. 4 is α0 + Θ due to the periodicity of these folding line groups, if the angle α1 formed by the circumferential folding line (1) and the radial folding line is α0−Θ, The folding conditional expression (2) is satisfied. That is, if the angle between the folding line in the radial direction and the folding line in the circumferential direction is selected as α0−Θ, α0−2Θ... As shown in the figure, the folding condition is satisfied at all nodes, and the fan-shaped A development can be drawn that allows the plate to be folded radially.
It is to be noted that, similarly to the fan-shaped plate, it is possible to draw a development view in which the disc can be folded in the radial direction.
FIG. 5 is a diagram in which the horizontal fold line group shown in FIG. 2 is set at an arbitrary inclination. The fold lines (7) to (9) are equal to the fold lines (1) to (6) at all nodes. It is the figure drawn in the angle and symmetry.
As shown in FIG. 5, when the fold lines (7) to (9) are drawn equiangularly and symmetrically with respect to the fold lines (1) to (6), the folding condition is satisfied at each node. It can be folded in the Y-axis direction.
Here, α1 and β1 (initial values) can be freely selected.
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of folding lines taking into account the periodicity of the folding method of FIG.
In FIG. 6, the fold lines (1) to (6) in the horizontal direction indicate a fold line group having minute angles ± θ alternately with the horizontal direction. The zigzag of the vertical fold line groups (7), (8),...
FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of the folding method considered by the present inventor, showing plane folding by the 1-node 4-fold line method and the 1-node 6-fold line method.
In FIG. 7, even if the 6-fold line method and the 4-fold line method of symmetrical fold lines are combined with respect to the horizontal fold line, the flat paper can be folded in a zigzag manner, similarly to Miura ori shown in FIG. .
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing folding conditions of one node where six folding lines among the nodes shown in FIG. 7 intersect and six surrounding folding lines (one node six folding lines).
As shown in FIG. 8, there is a combination in which two valley fold lines are inserted at symmetrical positions of four mountain fold lines when one node has six fold lines. This shows the angle relationship that satisfies the folding condition in the folding line method frequently used in this specification.
The mountain fold line is (M1), (M2), (M3), (M4), the valley fold line is (V1), (V2), and the extension line of the fold line (V1) is the X axis. The angles formed by the folding lines (M1) and (V1), (M2) and (V1) are α and β, the angles formed by (M3) and (V2), (M4) and (V2) are γ and δ, If the angle formed by V2) and the X axis is θ, the folding condition is expressed by the following equation (3).
β−α = δ−γ + θ (3)
The fact that the equation (3) is established is proved as follows using the equation (4) described later.
In the case of the 6-fold line method shown in FIG. 8, a condition for folding in the Y-axis direction at the node A is derived. The XY axis is taken as shown in the figure with the node A as the origin. The angles formed by the folding lines (M1), (V1), (M2) and the vertical line (P) to the X axis are p1, p2, p3, the vertical line (Q) and the folding lines (M4), (V2), ( If the angles formed by M3) are q1, q2, and q3, p1 = π / 2-α, p2 = π / 2, p3 = π / 2 + β, q1 = π / 2 + δ + θ, q2 = π / 2 + θ, q3 = π / 2-γ + θ.
Expression (4) is used as a vector pointing in the same direction based on the symmetrical position (points A and B) of the X axis in the region of X <0 by mountain fold (M1), (M2), and valley fold (V1). And an angle of PL = (− α + β + π / 2) after folding.
In the region where X> 0, the vector in the same direction based on the points C and D is folded by mountain folding (M3), (M4), and valley folding (V2), and then QR = (δ−θ−γ + π / 2). Since the points A and C and the points B and D are on the same plane and these vectors point in the same direction, when PL = QR is set, Expression (3) is obtained.
When (V2) and the X axis coincide with each other, θ = 0 is established and the following expression (3 ′) is established.
β−α = δ−γ (3 ′)
In the case of the 6-fold line method, mountain folding (or valley folding) is always performed on both sides of the central node. When this folding method is repeated, the paper is folded in the same direction, and the flat paper is automatically formed into a cylindrical shape. On the other hand, in order to perform planar zigzag folding using the 6-fold line method, it is indispensable to combine this fold line method with the previous 4-fold line method (see FIG. 2) (see FIG. 7).
(2) Cylindrical folding structure with folding lines
It is easily guessed that a cylinder that can be folded in the vertical direction can be manufactured by performing equiangular mountain folding continuously. Hereinafter, it will be considered to produce a foldable cylinder by such an operation.
1. A strip with a cylinder developed
FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the conditions under which both ends of the band plate are joined to form a cylinder when the band plate is folded along the fold line, and FIG. 9A shows the angle between the band plate, the fold line, and the fold line. FIG. 9B is a diagram showing a change in the orientation of the reference axis when folded along the fold line shown in FIG. 9A.
Let us consider a case where the band plate is folded in a mountain and valley folds alternately or N-diffracted in the same direction as shown in FIG. 9A (N: even number). The angles formed by the N fold lines (1), (2),... And the X axis are θ1, θ2,..., Θn, and the axial directions after being folded are X1, X2,. By the first folding operation (fold line (1)), the right portion of (1) becomes the back surface.
By this operation, the new axis (X1) forms an angle of 2θ1 = Θ2 with the X0 axis (see FIG. 9B). When the second fold is performed at the fold line (2), the X2 axis forms an angle Θ2 = 2θ1-2θ2 with the reference axis X0. By folding (3), the X3 axis is at an angle of X0 and Θ3 = 2 (θ1−θ2 + θ3). By these series of folding operations, the front and back surfaces appear alternately, and the angle ΘN (when N = even number) formed by the XN axis and the reference axis by N folding operations is expressed by the following equation.
ΘN = 2 [θ1-θ2 + θ3 -...- θN] (4)
When this strip is folded, the condition for joining (closing) the left and right ends of the strip without gap is given by the following equation (5) when n is an integer other than 0.
ΘN / 2π = n (5)
Next, an example in which the left and right ends of the strip folded so as to satisfy the formula (5) are joined without a gap will be described with reference to FIGS.
FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of an example in which the formula (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is folded into a regular quadrangle by a folding line in the same direction (either mountain fold or valley fold), and FIG. 10A is in an unfolded state. FIG. 10B is a diagram showing a state during folding, and FIG. 10C is a diagram showing a folded state. FIG. 10B is a diagram showing folding lines (1), (2), (3), and (4).
In FIG. 10A, fold lines (1), (2), (3), (4) folded in the same direction (either mountain fold or valley fold) of the strip extending in the X-axis direction as the reference axis are respectively The angles θ1, θ2, θ3, and θ4 are formed with respect to the X axis, and θ1 = θ3 = 135 ° and θ2 = θ4 = 45 °. That is, the folding lines (1), (2), (3), (4) are formed in a zigzag manner at 45 ° (= π / 4) with respect to the X axis. Further, the X0 axis is the left side of the fold line (1) of the X axis, and the X axis portion on the right side of each fold line (n) when n = 1, 2, 3, 4 is Xn axis (n = 1). To 4).
In FIG. 10C, the angle Θ2 formed by the axis X2 and the axis X0 is Θ2 = 2 (θ1-θ2) = 2 (135 ° −45 °) = 2 × 90 ° = 180 ° = π.
The angle Θ4 formed by the axis X4 and the axis X0 is Θ4 = 2 (θ1−θ2 + θ3−θ4) = 2 (135 ° −45 ° + 135 ° −45 °) = 2π. Therefore, n in the equation (5) is n = (Θ4 / 2π) = 1, and the axis X4 overlaps the axis X0. In this case, both ends of the strip are joined without a gap.
FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram of an example in which the expression (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is folded into a regular hexagon by a fold line in the same direction (either mountain fold or valley fold), and FIG. 11A is in an unfolded state. Fig. 11B is a diagram showing the folding line (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) of the band plate, Fig. 11B is a diagram showing a state during folding, and Fig. 11C is a folded state. FIG.
In FIG. 11A, fold lines (1) to (6) folded in the same direction of the strip extending in the X-axis direction as the reference axis form angles θ1 to θ6 with respect to the X-axis, respectively, and θ1 = θ3 = θ5. = 150 °, θ2 = θ4 = θ6 = 30 °. That is, the folding lines (1) to (6) are formed in a zigzag manner at 30 ° (= π / 6) with respect to the X axis.
In FIG. 11, the angle Θ6 formed by the axis X6 and the axis X0 is Θ6 = 2 (θ1-θ2 + θ3-θ4 + θ5-θ6) = 2 (150 ° -30 ° + 150 ° -30 ° + 150 ° -30 °) = 2 × 2π. . Therefore, n in the equation (5) is n = (Θ6 / 2π) = 2, and the axis X6 overlaps the axis X0. In this case, both ends of the strip are joined without a gap.
FIG. 12 is an explanatory view of an example in which the above formula (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is folded in a regular octagon by a folding line having the same folding direction, and FIG. 12A is a folding line (1), (2 ),... (8), FIG. 12B is a diagram showing a state during folding, and FIG. 12C is a diagram showing a folded state.
In FIG. 12A, the fold lines (1) to (8) folded in the same direction of the strip extending in the X-axis direction as the reference axis form angles θ1 to θ8 with respect to the X-axis, respectively, and θ1 = θ3 = θ5. = Θ7 = 157.5 °, θ2 = θ4 = θ6 = θ8 = 22.5 °. That is, the folding lines (1) to (8) are formed in a zigzag manner at 22.5 ° (= π / 8) with respect to the X axis.
In FIG. 12, the angle Θ8 formed by the axis X8 and the axis X0 is Θ8 = 2 (θ1-θ2 + θ3-θ4 + θ5-θ6 + θ7-θ8) = 2 (157.5 ° -22.5 ° +... + 157.5 ° -22.5 ° ) = 3 × 2π. Therefore, n in the equation (5) is n = (Θ8 / 2π) = 3, and the axis X8 overlaps the axis X0. In this case, both ends of the strip are joined without a gap.
From the description of FIGS. 10 to 12, when the band plate is folded in the same direction by a fold line having the same folding direction (either mountain fold or valley fold), and folded into a regular N-gon (N is an even number), It can be seen that the folding lines (1), (2),..., (N) having an angle θ = π / N with respect to the reference axis X may be formed in a zigzag manner at equal intervals.
FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram of an example in which the expression (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is alternately reversed (reversed in the mountain folding direction and the valley folding direction) and folded into a regular hexagon. FIG. 13A is developed. FIGS. 13B to 13F are diagrams showing a state in the middle of folding, and FIG. 13G is a diagram showing a folded state.
In FIG. 13A, fold lines (1), (3),..., (11) indicated by solid lines folded in the same direction (for example, mountain fold direction) of the strip extending in the X-axis direction as the reference axis are respectively on the X-axis. .., Θ11, and θ1 = θ3 =... = Θ11 = 60 °. Further, fold lines (2), (4),..., (12) indicated by dotted lines folded in a direction opposite to the fold lines (1), (3),. The angles θ2, θ4,..., Θ12 are formed with respect to the X axis, respectively, and θ2 = θ4 =.
The imaginary line (13) shown in FIG. 13 is a line that overlaps the fold line (1) when the strip is folded.
In FIG. 13, the angle Θ12 formed by the solid line and the axis X12 and the axis X0 is Θ12 = 2 (θ1-θ2 + θ3-... + Θ11-θ12) = 2 (60 ° -30 ° + 60 ° -... + 60 ° -30 °) = 2 × π. It is. Therefore, n in the equation (5) is n = (Θ12 / 2π) = 1, and the axis X12 overlaps the axis X0. In this case, both ends of the strip are joined without a gap.
2. Cylinder with fold line whose main fold line consists of horizontal fold lines
The upper and lower ends of the strip-shaped paper (FIG. 9A) are considered as horizontal fold lines, and several levels of these are assumed in the Y-axis direction. The parallel horizontal fold line (s) is named the main fold line.
FIGS. 14 to 16 show development views of a model for manufacturing a cylinder that can be folded in the Y-axis direction, in which the main fold line using the 4-fold line method and the 6-fold line method is composed of a group of horizontal fold lines. .
When manufacturing a cylinder that is folded with a regular N-gonal cross-sectional shape by the 1-node 4-fold line method, as is well known (as can be understood from the description of FIGS. 9A and 9B), a belt-like plate is formed by π · (N−2) / When N is bent in the same direction at equal intervals, a regular N-gon can be formed. Note that π · (N−2) / N is the size of the interior angle of a regular N-gon.
FIG. 14 is a typical developed view in the case where the belt-like plate shown in FIG. 9A is bent in the same direction by π · (N−2) / N in the same direction to form a regular N-gon and N = 6. FIG.
Here, in consideration of the fact that it is bent by 2θ at the folding angle θ in the equation (4), six zigzag mountain fold lines (1) to (6) forming an angle π / 6 with the horizontal folding line. Are introduced at regular intervals. At each mountain fold line, a cylindrical structure is produced that is bent by π / 3 and finally folded with a hexagonal cross-sectional shape.
15 is composed of trapezoidal elements with unequal sides by disassembling twice the angle (π / 3) of the mountain fold line and the horizontal fold line in FIG. 14 to α = 2π / 9 and β = π / 9. FIG.
In the case of folding into a regular hexagon, the division of the angle can be arbitrarily selected as long as the total is π / 3.
16 introduces six sets of folding lines obtained by decomposing the mountain fold line in the Y-axis direction of FIG. 14 into a mountain fold line I of α = π / 3 and a valley fold line II of β = π / 6. FIG. 16A is a developed view, FIG. 16B is a diagram showing a half-folded state of a folded cylinder produced when both ends of the developed view of FIG. 16A are joined, and FIG. 16C is a diagram of FIG. 16B. It is the perspective view seen from a different direction of the same thing.
In FIG. 16A, as long as α−β = π / 6, the values of α and β can be freely selected.
FIG. 17 is a diagram in which the points A and B in FIG. 14 are matched, and the mountain fold portion is eliminated from the horizontal fold line, and the diamond pattern ((1) ˜ It is an expanded view of (3)).
At this time, the cross-sectional shape at the horizontal folding line portion is an equilateral triangle, which corresponds to a model of diamond buckling in plastic buckling of a thin cylinder.
FIG. 18 is a development view of a deformed diamond pattern composed of unequal triangular elements.
FIG. 19 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cylindrical body having a developed view that is symmetrical with respect to a horizontal folding line and that can be folded. FIG. 19A is a developed view, and FIG. 19B is an end view of the developed view of FIG. FIG. 19C is a diagram showing a half-folded state of the folding cylinder manufactured when the two are joined, and FIG. 19C is a diagram showing the same thing as FIG. 19B seen from a different direction. The five types of development shown in FIGS. 14 to 17 are objects with respect to all horizontal folding lines, but the development shown in FIG. 19 can also be folded.
In FIG. 19, the folding condition equation (3) is satisfied at point A because of its symmetry, but the equation (3) also holds at point B.
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of a development view of a fold composed only of fold lines similar to the point B in FIG.
FIG. 21 is a developed view of a foldable cylindrical wall having a plurality of polygonal parts (flat plate walls) formed by folding lines.
The cylindrical wall having the developed view of FIG. 21 can create a foldable cylinder having a plurality of polygonal parts.
3. Cylinder with fold line when main fold line is inclined (spiral type)
Consider the case where the horizontal folding line in FIGS. 14 to 21 is inclined.
In the above-mentioned documents (a) to (c), Guest et al. Consider a cylinder formed by a triangular divided flat plate, whether a cylindrical folding structure can be manufactured, and the above-mentioned for folding this cylinder. The appropriate shape of the triangle was studied by numerical calculation.
FIG. 22 shows a cylindrical structure when the connecting portion of the divided flat plate made of the triangular divided flat plate studied by Guest et al. Is spiral, and the spiral (1) rises one step each time they make a round. Is shown in a developed view by the present inventor. They analyzed the characteristics of the cylindrical folding shown in the development diagram of FIG. 22 using the angles (α, β) between the spirals as variables, but could not show the complete folding conditions. It was.
FIG. 23 is a developed view of a foldable cylindrical structure corresponding to the whole of FIG. 17 inclined by ψ = π / 6, which comprises three diagonal diamond patterns.
FIG. 24 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cylindrical body having a development view equivalent to FIG. 23, FIG. 24A is a development view, and FIG. 24B is a fold produced when both ends of the development views of FIG. 23 and FIG. It is a figure which shows the cylinder half-folded state.
In the example shown in FIGS. 23 to 24B, when a cylinder is manufactured by joining the left end L and the right end R of the development view, patterns formed by folding lines are continuous.
FIG. 25 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cylindrical body having a developed view in which FIG. 14 is inclined by π / 6. FIG. 25A is a developed view, and FIG. 25B is manufactured when both ends of the developed view of FIG. It is a figure which shows the half-folded state of a folding cylinder.
FIG. 25A corresponds to a diagram in which FIG. 14 is cut along a straight line GH inclined by π / 6 with the horizontal line, and the cut line is the horizontal lower end.
26 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cylindrical body having a developed view in which FIG. 15 is inclined by π / 6. FIG. 26A is a developed view, and FIG. 26B is manufactured when both ends of the developed view of FIG. 26A are joined. It is a figure which shows the half-folded state of a folding cylinder.
FIG. 27 is a developed view in which FIG. 16 is inclined by π / 6.
In the example shown in FIGS. 25 to 27, when a cylinder is manufactured by joining the left end L and the right end R of the development view, the pattern formed by the folding line is not generally continuous. Details of the continuity of the development will be described later.
FIG. 28 is the spiral type of FIG. 19 and is obtained by cutting along a straight line connecting points A and D in FIG. The angle (˜0.193π) shown in FIG. 28 indicates the angle formed by the cutting line and the horizontal line. In this case, since the shape of the triangular element is given, the angle of the valley fold line is limited. Become.
29 is an explanatory view of a spiral folding cylinder having a fold line generalized from FIG. 24. FIG. 29A is a developed view, and FIG. 29B is manufactured when both ends of the developed view of FIG. 29A are joined. It is a figure which shows the half-folded state of a folding cylinder.
The folding condition does not depend on the value of β in FIG. 29A (described later).
FIG. 30 is a development view in the case where the six-stage development view of FIG. 29A is changed to three stages, α is 30 °, and the value of β is changed for each stage.
As shown in FIG. 30, the folding condition can be satisfied even if the value of β is set independently for each stage.
FIG. 31 is a development view of a repetitive spiral type obtained by reversing the spiral mountain fold line and valley fold line of FIG. 29A for each stage. This development is also obtained by matching points A and B in FIG.
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a portion cut by two parallel straight lines AB ′ and C′D in the developed view of the cylindrical body shown in FIG. 21 so that A and B ′ and D and C ′ overlap. It is an expanded view of what becomes a foldable cylindrical body by connecting the left and right end edges of FIG.
The cylindrical wall having the development shown in FIG. 32 can create a foldable cylindrical body having a plurality of polygonal parts.
FIG. 33 is a developed view of a collapsible cylinder having a rectangular element (part) having an arbitrary shape.
In FIG. 33, when a straight line obtained by extending AF is defined as AE, the folding condition is ∠BAE = ∠DAC = α. The value of α can be arbitrarily determined as α = 180 ° / N (N is a positive integer). For example, when N = 8, α = 180 ° / 8 = 22.5 °. Therefore, by setting ∠BAE = ∠DAC = α = 22.5 ° and setting the length of AE to an appropriate arbitrary value, a foldable cylindrical body having parts of arbitrary shapes can be created.
4). Continuity of folding lines in spiral development
As described above, when the left and right ends of the spiral development view are joined, the continuity of the folding line is not always satisfied at both ends of the development view. When development views are given by trapezoidal elements as in FIGS. 25 to 27, continuity can be maintained by appropriately selecting the upper base length Lu of the trapezoid in FIG.
FIG. 34 is an explanatory view of a method for maintaining continuity when both ends of the developed view are joined.
In FIG. 34, N trapezoidal elements are drawn in the direction of the main folding line (angle ψ) with the origin O as the base point, and a point A is determined. When the height of the trapezoid is h, the length OA = N {(h / tan θ) + Lu} in the case of a regular N square. Draw m (even) elements below the Nth large-diameter element, and define point B as shown. In order for the developed view to be continuous for an arbitrary ψ, it is necessary that the point B is on the X axis. Since AB = mh, the following equation (6) is obtained from tan ψ = AB / OA.
Lu = {2N-m · tanψ / tanθ} h / tanψ (6)
That is, when Lu is appropriately determined by the expression (6), the continuity of the left and right ends of the developed view in these cases is obtained.
5). Verification of folding condition of cylinder with folding line
It will be verified by a typical example whether or not the condition (see formula (5)) for closing in the circumferential direction is satisfied when the cylinder having the folding line described above is folded.
In the cylinder given in FIG. 25, the folding line of the lowermost band plate portion (small width D) in this development view is considered. Here, there are 18 fold lines, and fold lines having the same inclination appear repeatedly for every six lines from the left side, so they are composed of three sets of six fold lines. Using equation (4), the rotation angle of the axis line by these folding lines is ψ = (= π / 6) as the inclination angle,
ΘN = 2 {(α + ψ) −ψ + ψ−ψ + (α + ψ) −ψ} × 3 = 12 (7)
It becomes. Since α = π / 6, ΘN = 2π in equation (4) is satisfied and equation (5) is satisfied, so that it is understood that the closing condition is satisfied after folding.
In the case of FIG. 29A, when the rotation angle by the folding line of the six parallelogram parts at the bottom end is considered, the following expression is obtained.
ΘT = 2 {(α + β) −β} × 6 = 12α (8)
When α = π / 6 is used, ΘT = 2π is satisfied and the closing condition (see equation (5)) is satisfied. As can be seen from equation (8), it can be seen that ΘT does not depend on the β value.
That is, in the models of FIGS. 29 to 31, the condition for folding into a regular N-gon shape is α = π / N, and the angle β in the figure can be freely selected.
In the spiral model of FIGS. 23 to 31 described above, except for FIG. 28 (considering hexagonal folding), the inclination angles ψ of the valley fold lines are all π / N. However, as seen in the example of FIG. 25, the inclination angle ψ of the main fold line is not limited to π / N as long as the left and right continuity of the developed view can be satisfied.
6). Production of foldable pseudo cylinder
The inventor examined the folding characteristics in the axial direction with a pseudo-cylinder made of a polypropylene sheet having a thickness of 0.2 mm, and confirmed that this was possible in accordance with the development described above. When the helical folding model shown in FIGS. 25 and 27 is pushed by a material testing machine, the upper part of the cylinder is folded while rotating while the lower part is stopped.
The results of observing the progress of the folding showed that the proposed model was able to fold well and that the load required for complete folding was very low, 20-40N. (Cylinder diameter before folding; about 100 mm).
7). Summary of research on cylinders with fold lines
In the above description, N = 6 (partially N = 3, 8) is taken as an example, and the developed view is divided into triangular elements, trapezoidal elements, or arbitrarily shaped quadrangular shapes, and a method of manufacturing a pseudo-cylinder folded in a regular N-gonal shape. Explained. Except for the case where the main fold line, which is difficult to satisfy the continuity of the left and right ends of the developed view, is composed of an odd number of trapezoidal elements, the folding angle at one node is (N-2) / N · By setting π, a folded structure can be manufactured for any N value (N ≧ 3, integer).
Further, if the angle of the fold line is selected so as to satisfy the expression (5) and the length of the fold line is appropriately selected, it is possible to manufacture a folded structure that is not a regular N-gonal shape.
In the case where the cylinder is manufactured with a thin polymer sheet, it seems that it is easy to form the cylinder into a shape as shown in FIGS. 16B and 24B. Therefore, it is considered that a container such as a foldable PET bottle can be manufactured by performing molding in such a shape.
When the valley fold line has a spiral shape, the expansion and contraction in the axial direction is generally easier than that of the horizontal type. This should be taken into account when improving the folding structure.
(3) Conical folding structure with folding lines
1. Basic equation for folding
When the conical walls constituting the foldable conical folding structure with folding lines are one-contact six-fold lines and one-node four-fold lines, the angular relationship between the folding lines for folding at this node is shown in FIGS. 37.
FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an angular relationship between folding lines that satisfy folding conditions when a valley folding line is inserted symmetrically in the case of a 1-node 6 folding line, and the folding conditions in the case of FIGS. It is explanatory drawing.
When the line formed by the inserted valley fold line is θ and the angles α to δ are determined as shown in FIG. 35, the following expression (3) is established.
β−α = δ−γ + θ (3)
FIG. 36 is a diagram showing an angular relationship between folding lines that satisfy the folding condition when valley folding lines (V1) and (V2) are alternately inserted between mountain folding lines (M1), (M2), and (M3). FIG. 56B is an explanatory diagram of folding conditions in the case of FIGS. 56B and 57 described later.
In FIG. 36, the angles formed by the X axis, which is an extension of the mountain fold line (M4), and (M1) and (M3) are α*, Β*And the angle between each fold line is θ1~ Θ4And The XY axes with the node O as the origin are taken as shown in FIG.
The condition for folding in the Y-axis direction at the node O is derived in the same manner as described above. In the region of X <0, the vector pointing in the same direction at the symmetric position (points B and C) of the X axis is the angle π (= Q after folding by mountain folding (M4).2) And turn in the opposite direction.
Next, consider vectors of points D and E in the region of X> 0. The angle formed by the perpendicular (Q) to the X axis and the folding lines (M1), (V1), (M2), (V2), (M3) is represented by q as shown in FIG.1~ Q5Then,
q1= Π / 2 + α*,
q2= Π / 2 + α*−θ1,
q3= Π / 2 + α*− (Θ1+ Θ2),
q4= Π / 2-β*+ Θ4,
q5= Π / 2-β*
It becomes. The angle Q between these vectors due to this folding2Is given by the following equation (9).
Q2/ 2
= Q1-Q2+ Q3-Q4+ Q5
= Π / 2 + α*− (Θ2+ Θ4) (9)
After folding, points B and D are on the same plane, and the vector at this point is in the same direction.2Value and Q of negative area1= Π is equal,
α*= Θ2+ Θ4
Get.
α*+ Β*= Θ1+ ... + θ4
Using
β*= Θ1+ Θ3
Therefore, the folding condition in this case is expressed by the following formula (10).
α*= Θ2+ Θ4, Β*= Θ1+ Θ3    ...... (10)
FIG. 37 shows the case of a 1-node 4-fold line. The folding conditional expression is obtained by the same procedure as above.
Q2/ 2 = q1-Q2+ Q3= Π / 2 + α-γ
So,
Q2= Q1= Π
And put
α = γ.
That is, when the mountain fold lines (M1) to (M3) are given, valley folds (V1) occur at the position of the γ value equal to the angle α formed by the X axis that is an extension line of (M3) and (M1).
2. Conical wall with fold line whose main fold line is parallel to the outer side of the development
FIG. 38 is an enlarged view of the main part of the development view when the development view in the cone whose main fold line is parallel to the outer side of the development view is composed of N isosceles triangles having the apex angle 2Θ.
The valley fold line (broken line) in FIG. 38 is called a main fold line. The vertex is 0, the points on the outer side are A, B, C, and D, a straight line that forms an angle α with the outer side is drawn from these points, and the intersections are E, F, and G, respectively.
A line that forms an angle α with the line segments EF and FG is drawn from the points E, F, and G in the same manner as above, and the intersections thereof are denoted as H and I. By this drawing, the developed view is divided by two types of isosceles triangular elements. O, H, B and O, I, C form a straight line due to symmetry, and a symmetrical diamond pattern is obtained on the left and right of the straight line OF. The straight line OF is perpendicular to the outer side BC. The folding line constituting the node F corresponds to that of FIG.
In FIG. 35, δ is set to α and γ is set to β in consideration of symmetry at the node F, with ∠CFG = ∠BFE = β. Since the angle formed by the valley fold line EF and FG is 2Θ, if θ = 2Θ is set, equation (10) becomes
β−α = Θ (11)
It becomes. Since ΔOFE and ΔOFG are isosceles triangles (basic angle π / 2Θ) having an apex angle 2Θ, when 式 HFI = γ ¥ t * ¥ t, the following equation (12) is obtained.
γ*+ 2α = π-2Θ (12)
When folded at the node F, the angle between the valley fold lines EF and FG is γ*-2α. If it is folded in a regular N-gon shape, the angle formed by the valley fold line is (N−2) / N · π, so the following equation (13) is established.
γ*-2α = (N-2) / N · π (13)
The α and β values satisfying the folding condition are given by the following equation (14) from the equations (11) to (13).
α = π / 2N−Θ / 2, β = α + Θ = π / 2N + Θ / 2 (14)
Considering the case of N = 3 and 2Θ = π / 6, α = π / 8 and β = 5π / 24 are obtained from the equation (14).
39 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cone wall having a development view of a pseudo-cone wall with a folding line obtained using the value obtained by the equation (14), FIG. 39A is a development view, and FIG. 39B is a development view of FIG. 39A. It is a perspective view of the half-folded state of the conical wall with a fold line which has.
FIG. 40 is an enlarged view of a main part of a developed view of a conical wall with a folding line when it is divided into unequal triangular elements by folding lines.
In FIG. 40, the points on the outer side are A, B, C, D, etc., the line segment forming the angle α with the outer side at each point is drawn on the upper right side, and the line segment forming the angle δ is drawn on the upper left side. Is E, F, G (∠BOF = θ*). From these points, straight lines are drawn with the line segments EF and FG at an angle α in the upper left direction and at an angle δ in the upper right direction, and their intersections are designated as H and I.
The points O, H, B and O, I, C form a straight line. Asymmetric diamond patterns are obtained on the left and right of the straight line OF. Let ∠BFE = β, ∠CFG = γ, and let J be the intersection of EF and BC. ΔOBC and ΔOCD, ΔOEF and ΔOFG are isosceles triangles each having an apex angle 2Θ, and ∠DCJ = ∠GFJ = 2Θ, and ∠OFJ = ∠OCJ is obtained.
That is, the points O, F, C, and J are on the same circle, and ∠CJF = ∠FOC = 2Θ−θ*It becomes. Paying attention to ΔBFJ, the following equation is obtained.
β-α = 2Θ-θ*    ...... (15)
∠CFJ = γ−2Θ obtained from the angular relationship around the point F is obtained from δ = ∠CFJ + (2Θ−θ*), The following equation (16) is obtained.
δ−γ = −θ*    ...... (16)
Θ in equation (16)*Is substituted into the equation (15), and considering that the angle between the valley fold lines EF and FG is 2Θ, the following folding condition equation (17 ′) is satisfied.
β−α = δ−γ + 2Θ (17 ′)
As before, = HFI = γ*The angle between the valley fold lines EF and FG when folded at the node F is γ.*− (Α + δ). Considering the folding of a regular N-gon, this value and (N−2) / N · π are equally placed, and γ obtained from the geometric relationship*When + (α + δ) = π−2Θ is used, the following folding conditional expression (17) is obtained.
(Α + δ) = π / N−Θ (17)
When α and δ satisfying Expression (17) are selected, a foldable development view including unequal triangular elements is obtained.
FIG. 41 is a development view of a conical wall with fold lines when it is divided into unequal triangular elements by fold lines, where N = 3, 2Θ = π / 9, α = π / 9, and δ = π / 6. Fig.*= About 0.0688π).
FIG. 42 is a developed view of a conical wall with fold lines when it is divided into inequilateral triangular elements by a fold line having an angle α in the upper right direction and an angle δ in the upper left direction at the point F in FIG. , Δ values are the same as those in FIG.
A development view that can be folded is obtained even if the angle α is set to the upper right and the angle δ is set to the upper left at the point F in FIG. The rectangle obtained here is a lazy parallelogram, and the points F, 1,...*Rotate with. The folding conditions at the nodes are established as in FIG.
FIG. 43 is an enlarged view of a main part of a developed view of a conical wall with a folding line when divided by a trapezoidal element instead of the division by the isosceles triangular element of FIG.
In FIG. 43, two straight lines (AC, BD) that form an angle α with AB from points A, B on the outer side are drawn symmetrically with respect to the straight line OI, and the apex angle φ*Points C and D are determined so that
∠DCE = Γ*And ∠DCE = ∠DCO + ∠OCE, ∠DCO = π / 2−φ*/ 2, ∠OCE = (π / 2-Θ) -α*Is represented by the following equation (18).
Γ*= Π- (φ*/ 2 + Θ + α) (18)
Since the line segment CF is a valley fold line, the angle between the folded mountain fold DC and the valley fold CF is Γ by folding at the node C.*-Α, and this value can be expressed by the following equation (19) using the above equation (18).
Γ*−α = π− (φ*/ 2 + Θ + 2α) (19)
Considering the case of folding with a regular N-gon, (Γ*−α) and {(N−2) / N} · π are equalized to obtain the following equation (20-1).
α = π / N− (φ*/ 2 + Θ) / 2 (20-1)
∠HCF = Θ + φ*Since AB and CD are parallel, ∠ACH = α, and β = ∠ACF is expressed by the following equation (20-2).
β = α + φ*/ 2 + Θ
= Π / N + (φ*/ 2 + Θ) (20-2)
At point C, since ∠ACH = ∠ECF = α, the folding conditional expression (17) is satisfied.
44 shows a conical wall with a folding line that is divided into an isosceles trapezoid by a folding line and folded into a regular N pyramid, N = 6, φ in FIG.*FIG. 44A is a development view, and FIG. 44B is a half-fold view of the cone wall with a folding line having the development view of FIG. 44A. It is a perspective view of the state made into.
3. Conical wall with fold line in which the main fold line is a spiral
2. In Section, we explained the development where the valley fold line is parallel to the bottom when the cone is formed. Here, the folding in the case where the valley fold line as the main fold line becomes a spiral shape will be considered.
FIG. 45 is a developed view of a conical wall with folding lines composed of N isosceles triangular elements (vertical angle 2Θ), and only one of them is written as a curved belt-like portion.
Here, it is assumed that mountain folds and valley folds are periodically introduced, and the angles between the fold lines and the outer sides AB,... Are ζ and η (0 ≦ (ζ, η) ≦ π / 2).
When this strip is bent along these folding lines, it is bent in the circumferential direction by φ = 2 (ζ−η) N. Originally, this band plate was bent at an angle ψ = 2NΘ, and after folding, it is necessary that φ + ψ = 2π be established in order to join both ends of the band plate without gaps. This corresponds to the folding condition in the circumferential direction, and this condition is expressed by the following equation (21).
φ + ψ = 2 (ζ−η + Θ) N = 2π (21)
FIG. 46 is a developed view of a conical wall with a fold line having a simple, spiral developed view of three isosceles triangular elements. FIG. 47 is a top view when the developed view of FIG. 46 is folded.
In FIG. 46, three radiation lines ((1) to (3)) and a line group ((4), (5)...) Parallel to the outer side are mountain fold lines. The valley fold line forms the corner α with the outer edge. Considering that the angles β to δ in FIG. 46 are isosceles triangular elements (vertical angle 2Θ), the following equation is established.
β = π / 2 + Θ−α
γ = π / 2 + Θ + α
δ = π / 2−Θ−α
The valley fold line forming the spiral bends by 2Θ every time it passes through one triangular element. By substituting α˜δ with θ = 2Θ in the folding conditional expression (17), it can be seen that the expression (17) holds for an arbitrary α.
The α value is obtained under the condition of closing in the circumferential direction after folding. When folding in a regular N-gon shape, ζ = α, η = π / 2-Θ is used in equation (21), and the following equation (22) Is obtained.
α = {(N−2) / 2N} · π (22)
In FIG. 47, the three spirals (1) to (3) coming out from the points A, F and G are composed of the radial mountain fold lines shown in FIG.
Although this model gives a typical spiral pattern, it is folded without gaps to the center of FIG. 46, so that it is difficult to put it to practical use as a folding method for thin plates and films having a thickness.
48 is an explanatory diagram of a practical model obtained by modifying the model described with reference to FIGS. 45 and 46, FIG. 48A is an explanatory diagram of a deformation method, and FIG. 48B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG. 48A.
In FIG. 48A, the points C and D are arranged at an angle 2θ around the center O on the circumference.*And rotate to points E and F respectively. And ∠CAE = ∠DBF = ... = ψ*Put it.
By this operation, congruent rectangles ABFE, BGHF... Are periodically drawn on the same circumference.
In FIG. 48B, the valley fold line is AF, and the angles α to δ and p, q are given as shown.
∠OAB = ∠OBA = π / 2-Θ
Taking into account, the following equation is obtained.
p = π / 2−Θ + ψ*, Β = π / 2 + Θ−γ−ψ*,
δ = π / 2−Θ− (γ + ψ*) (23)
∠ACE = π / 2 + θ*Therefore, paying attention to ΔAEC, ∠AEC = π / 2−θ*−ψ*Get. Considering that ΔOCE and ΔOEF are isosceles triangles, using ∠AEF = q = 2π− (∠OEC + ∠OEF + ∠AEC) obtained from the angular relationship around point E, the following equation (24) is obtained.
q = π / 2 + 2θ*+ Ψ*+ Θ, α = γ−20*    (24)
FIG. 49 is a view showing a state in which the figure ABGHFE formed by the fold line in FIG. 48A is sequentially folded along the fold lines AF and BF. FIG. FIG. 49B is a diagram showing a state after further mountain-folding at B′F (original line segment BF) in the state of FIG. 49A.
When each point is determined as shown in FIG. 49B, ∠AFB ′ = β and ∠FB′H ″ = δ. By the valley fold AF and the mountain fold BF in one block, these two blocks become the straight line AF in FIG. 49B. And B'H "can be bent. Assuming that this angle is ψ as shown in the figure, ψ = π− (β + δ). Β + δ = π−2 (γ + ψ obtained from equation (23)*), The following equation (25) is obtained.
ψ = 2 (γ + ψ*) (25)
Considering folding in a regular N-gon shape, one of the inner angles is (N−2) π / N.
(Γ + ψ*) = (N−2) π / 2N (26)
Get.
FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a portion corresponding to the first-stage strip shown in FIG. 48A and a portion corresponding to the second-stage strip.
In FIG. 50, it is possible to newly draw the second stage using the points E, F, and H as the base points in the same procedure as that shown in FIG. The rectangular group in the second stage is similar to those in the first stage.
Next, taking the point F in FIG. 50 as an example, the folding condition is examined. From Equations (23) and (24), β−α = π / 2 + Θ−ψ*+ 2θ*-2γ and δ-γ = π / 2-Θ-ψ*-2γ is obtained. That is, the following formula (27) is obtained.
β−α = δ−γ + 2 (Θ + θ*) (27)
The angle between the valley fold lines (1) and (2) in FIG. 50 is 2Θ due to periodicity, and the angle between the fold lines (2) and (3) is 2θ as well.*It is. That is, (1) and (3) are 2 (Θ + θ*(27) shows that the folding conditional expression is satisfied at the node F.
51 shows a conical wall with a folding line having the folding lines shown in FIGS. 48 to 50, where N = 6 and γ + ψ.*= Π / 3, ψ*FIG. 51A is a developed view, and FIG. 51B is a developed view of FIG. 51. FIG. 51A is a developed view of a pseudo-conical wall having a developed view (2Θ = π / 18) when γ = π / 6 and γ = π / 6 It is a perspective view of the state which folded the conical wall with a fold line in half.
FIG. 52 shows a conical wall with fold lines having the fold lines shown in FIGS. 48 to 50, where N = 6 and γ + ψ.*= Π / 3, ψ*FIG. 4 is a development view (2Θ = π / 6) when = π / 4 and γ = π / 12.
FIG. 53 is a development diagram of FIG.*It is an expanded view when the value of is increased.
In FIG. 53, in the case of a conical wall, ψ*+ Γ = 60 °. ψ*Ψ under + γ = 60 °*And γ are divided. Ψ for each stage*And can be arbitrarily divided into values of γ. In an equiangular spiral, the scale becomes smaller toward the center, so to avoid it, ψ*Is made smaller.
FIG. 54 is a development view in which the same cone wall as the folding cone wall having the development view of FIG. 53 is formed.
54 is a developed view of a conical wall having the same shape as FIG. FIG. 54 is easier to join on both side edges than FIG.
FIG. 55 is a diagram in the case where the second-stage valley fold line in FIG. 50 is taken in the opposite direction to that of the first stage at an angle γ.
If the intersection of this valley fold line and OA (O; center) is K, ∠KEO is ψ*The newly obtained rectangle EFIK is similar to that of the first stage. The state of the fold line at the point F corresponds to FIG. If the mountain fold line (M4) in FIG. 36 is made to correspond to the mountain fold line FH, θ in FIG.1~ Θ4Is θ1= Δ, θ2= Γ, θ3= Α, θ4= Β.
Since the line segments FH and FE in FIG. 55 form an angle 2Θ, α in FIG.*And β*Is shown in FIG.
α*= Δ + γ + 2Θ, β*= Α + β-2Θ (28-1)
It becomes.
Using equations (23) and (24), α in the above equation*, Β*Is
α*= Π / 2-ψ*+ Θ = β + γ
β*= Π / 2-ψ*-Θ-2θ*= Α + δ (28-2)
It becomes. Θ1= Δ, θ2= Γ, θ3= Α, θ4When β is used, Expression (10) is obtained, and the folding condition is satisfied.
Thus, when a valley fold line is drawn in the reverse direction for each stage, a repetitive folding structure with a spiral pattern is created.
56 is an explanatory view of a pseudo cone having a development view in which FIG. 51 is repetitively spiraled, FIG. 56A is a development view, and FIG. 56B is a half-fold view of a cone wall with a folding line having the development view of FIG. FIG.
FIG. 57 shows 2Θ = π / 6, ψ*It is a development view (N = 6) of a repetitive spiral type obtained as = π / 6 and γ = π / 6.
4). Analytical study using conformal spirals
The two kinds of patterns formed by the folding lines in the development view described above are similar and become smaller toward the center.
58 is an explanatory view of a developed view of a foldable conical wall having a fold line along an equiangular spiral, FIG. 58A is an overall explanatory view, and FIG. 58B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG. 58A.
The developed views shown in FIG. 39A and FIG. 42 are generally expressed in the form shown in FIG. 58A, where the angle at which one pattern is stretched with respect to the center O is 2Θ, as in the previous geometrical treatment. The This FIG. 58A is drawn as follows. First, line segments (1) and (2) are drawn in the upper right direction so as to make an angle ψ with the radiations OA and OI from the center O starting from the points A and I.
Next, line segments (4) and (5) are drawn in the upper left direction from points A and M so as to form an angle φ with the radiations OA and OM (φ and φ values are α and δ in FIGS. 40 and 42, and ψ = π / 2-Θ-α, φ = π / 2-Θ-δ). If the intersections of (1) and (5), (2) and (4) are F and B, respectively, the points B and F are on concentric circles.
Similarly, when the above operation is performed at points B and F, points C, J, and G are determined, and points D, K, and H are sequentially determined. That is, a sequence of points F, G, H... Taken in the upper right direction from the point A always forms an angle ψ with the radial direction, and a sequence of points A, B, C, D, E forms an angle φ with the radial direction. It is drawn as follows. Point A. If the line connecting F, G, and H is a new curve (1), and the line connecting points A, B, C, and D is a new curve (4), these two curves are equiangular with the radial direction. However, it becomes a line toward the center.
That is, each of these points is on an equiangular helix coming from the center O. In FIG. 58A, (1), (2), and (3) are counterclockwise spirals, and (4), (5), and (6) are clockwise spirals.
As shown in FIG. 58A, when the angle formed by the line segments AB, BC,... With respect to the center angle is 2Θ ′, the angle formed by the line segments AF, FG, GH is 2 (Θ−Θ ′). The folding condition is examined using the enlarged views (FIG. 58B) of the two rectangles on the left and right of the point F. These rectangles are congruent, and the line segments BF and FG form an angle 2Θ. The angular relationship between ψ, φ and α to δ is as shown in the figure. Since ΔOBF in FIG. 58A is an isosceles triangle having an apex angle 2Θ, α + φ = π / 2-Θ and δ + ψ = π / 2-Θ are obtained.
α + δ = π− (φ + ψ) −2Θ (29)
Get. From the internal angle relationship of ΔABF or ΔMFN,
β + γ = π− (φ + ψ) (30)
Get. From the equations (23) and (24), the following equation is established.
β−α = δ−γ + 2Θ (31)
Considering that the line segments BF and FN form an angle 2Θ, the above equation (3) is established.
That is, it is understood that the folding condition is automatically satisfied when the folding line is drawn with an equiangular spiral.
FIG. 42 corresponds to when φ = ψ is FIG. 39A and φ ≠ ψ. Radius R of points B and F1Is the radius of the development0Is given by the following equation using the sine law.
R1/ R0= Sin {2 (Θ−Θ ′) + ψ} = p (32)
The radius of the second stage point (C, F, G...) And the third stage point (D, K, H...) From the outer periphery is sequentially p.2, P3Given by ...
FIG. 59 is an explanatory view of a developed view of a conical wall with a folding line when the spiral of FIG. 58 is reversed.
In FIG. 59, as in FIG. 58, the radial direction and the angle ψ are taken upward from the point A, and the angle φ is taken upward. Let these be (1) and (2), respectively. Draw (3) from point J to (1), and (4) from point K to (2). The intersection of (1) and (4) is the point C, and the intersection of (2) and (3) Is point B. At this time, the angle spanned by the line segment BC is 2Θ.
Next, line segments BD and CD are drawn in the opposite directions at the same angles ψ and φ from points B and C, respectively. The intersection point D comes on the radius OA. When this is repeated, zigzag folding lines ACDFGI..., ABDEGH. Since ΔOBC is an isosceles triangle with apex angle 2Θ,
∠DBC = δ = π / 2−Θ−φ, ∠DCB = απ / 2−Θ−ψ (33)
Is obtained. Using the external angle relationship between ΔOBA and ΔOAC, the following equation (34) is derived.
∠CBA = γ = π / 2 + Θ− (φ + 2Θ−θ*),
∠BCA = β = π / 2 + Θ− (ψ + θ*) (34)
Expressions (15) and (16) are obtained from Expressions (33) and (34), and folding conditions at all nodes are established.
FIG. 41 corresponds to this case, and FIG. 39 can also be expressed in this form.
FIG. 60 is an explanatory diagram of how to draw the developed view of FIG. 44A.
In FIG. 60, line segments (1) and (2) are drawn from points A and G at the same angle φ, and line segments OB and OH taken symmetrically with respect to a perpendicular line drawn from point O to the base AG of ΔOAG. Let the intersections be B and H.
Φ is taken in the opposite direction from points B and H, and the intersections with OA and OG are C and I, respectively. By such an operation, zigzag folding lines ABCDE ... and GHLJK ... are obtained. The folding conditions at each node are clarified in the description of FIG.
51A can be easily understood from the description of FIG. 50 that it is an equiangular spiral.
FIG. 61 is an explanatory view of a pseudo cone having a development view in which the above FIG. 44 is an equiangular spiral shape, FIG. 61A is a development view, and FIG. 61B is a half-folded view of the cone wall with a folding line having the development view of FIG. It is a perspective view of the state made into.
As shown in FIGS. 61 and 61B, a development view that forms an isosceles trapezoid in which folding lines are arranged along a spiral can also form a foldable conical wall.
FIG. 62 is a development view of a folding conical wall with a folding line in which the spiral in the circumferential direction of FIG. 51A is raised by one step at the right end.
When the developed view of FIG. 62 is a conical wall, the right and left edges are connected so that the right end points A, B, C,... And the left end points D, E, F, D overlap. To do.
As described above, when the equiangular helix or the inverted equiangular helix is combined, the folding condition at the node is automatically established, but the circumferential folding condition is the sum of the folding angles at each point in the circumferential direction. Should be set to 2π using FIG. 45 or the previous geometrical considerations.
Further, the nodes on these development views can be determined from the intersection of the concentric circles and the radii of the radii p, p \ t2 \ t, p \ t3 \ t ... by obtaining the previous p value.
5). Produced folding cone shell and its characteristics
Using a polypropylene sheet having a thickness of 0.2 mm, observe the folding state of the conical shell of FIG. 51B produced by the development shown in FIG. 51A and the conical shell of FIG. 56B produced by the development shown by FIG. 56A. did. As a result, it was found that good folding was possible as predicted by the origami model.
6). Consideration
Assuming that N = 6 mainly, the creation of a conical structure capable of axial folding was geometrically studied using an origami model, and it was shown that this is possible. Here, since these conical shells are formed by folding lines, it becomes a pseudo conical shape, and it is difficult to extend it to a conical shape obtained by joining fan-shaped development views.
These structures can be manufactured by connecting thin metal plates processed into triangles and trapezoidal elements with joints, etc., and low-elasticity thin polymer materials can be processed into household goods by molding. Seems to get.
The folding mechanism shown here is considered to be a basic model of a large structure such as a foldable dome roof or a tent structure. There are many problems that need to be overcome in realizing these, but it seems that if another idea is added to the proposed folding model, new forms of processing and products will be born.
7). Summary
For the purpose of creating a conical shell structure that can be folded in the axial direction, which has not been reported so far, several types of developments have been newly proposed, and the folding conditions have been verified geometrically. It was shown to be represented by a combination of equiangular spirals. As a result of examining folding characteristics using origami and thin polymer plates, it was confirmed that folding was possible as expected in all of the proposed models.
(4) Disc-shaped folding structure with folding lines
By forming a folding line using the Archimedes spiral and the Bernoulli spiral (conformal spiral), it is possible to create a disk-like folding structure with folding lines that can be folded in the radial direction or the circumferential direction.
1. Basic relationship
FIG. 63 is an explanatory diagram of the simplest folding method for origami.
In FIG. 63, one contact point (black dot) is composed of four folding lines. If the mountain fold is (1), (2), (3), and the valley fold is (4), the angle α formed by the extension lines (5) and (2) of (1) and the fold lines (3) and (4 ) Can be folded when the angle between them is equal.
This folding condition is also interpreted as follows. A line segment that bisects the angle formed by the mountain fold lines (2) and (3) is defined as (A), and a line segment perpendicular thereto is defined as (B). The angle formed by the valley fold line (4) and the extension line (5) of (1) is divided into two equal parts (by angle β) by (A). At this time, the angle formed by (1) and (A) is also β. Considering (B) as a mirror surface, (2) and (3) can be regarded as incident light, and (4) can be regarded as reflected light.
That is, when the intersection of two orthogonal lines considered as mirror surfaces is a node, and two zig / zag folding lines are incident and reflected at equal angles at this point, the folding condition is satisfied at this point. Is satisfied. This is named the “mirror rule” of the 4-fold line method.
2. Folding method in radius / circumferential direction
64 is an explanatory view of a development view of a folding structure with a folding line, FIG. 64A is an enlarged view of a main part for explaining folding conditions, and FIG. 64B is an overall view.
As shown in FIG. 64A, a method of folding in the center direction by combining the zig / zag fold line (1) and the circumferential direction (2) in the center direction will be considered.
Radius R with N isosceles triangular elements (ΔOAB, ΔOBC...) With apex angle 2Θ.0(2ΘN = 2π, base angle = π / 2−Θ). .. Are drawn from the main radiations OA, OB, OC... Constituting the .DELTA.OAB, .DELTA.OBC. A straight line is drawn from the outer points A, B, C... To form the angle φ with the main radiation, the intersections with the secondary radiation are F, G, H..., And the radius from the center point O is R1And
Also, concentric circles (radius R2) The points I, J, K... Above are taken on the original radiation OA, OB, OC. With such a procedure, a zig / zag folding line is drawn in the radial direction. Circumferential folding lines, FG, GH..., IJ, JK rotate around the center at an angle 2Θ due to symmetry.
If the intersection of the extended line of the line segment OG and the outer circumference circle is a point E, ΔOBE becomes an isosceles triangle with an apex angle 2θ, and ∠OBE = (π / 2) −θ.
Since ∠OBC = (π / 2) −Θ, the following equation (35) is obtained.
∠CBE = Θ-θ (35)
When ∠OBG = φ is used as p≡∠BGE and the external angle relationship of ΔOBG is considered, the following equation (36) is obtained.
p = φ + 2θ (36)
∠GBC = (π / 2) -Θ-φ≡α
And using the previous equation (36), the following equation (37) is obtained.
p = (π / 2) − (α + Θ) + 2θ (37)
Next, consider the folding condition at point G.
When the angle formed by the extension line of the line segment GH and the line segment GB is ζ, the folding condition at the point G is
ζ = ∠FGJ
Given in.
ζ = π−∠ EGH−p = π− (π / 2 + Θ) −p = α−2θ
Therefore, the folding condition at the point G is expressed by the following equation (38) as β∠∠FGJ.
β = α-2θ (38)
Defining ∠JGO∠p,
q + β = (π / 2) −Θ
The following formula (39) is obtained.
q = (π / 2−Θ) − (α−2θ)
= Π / 2− (α + Θ) + 2θ (39)
From Equations (37) and (39), p = q (this relationship is point G, corresponding to the establishment of a mirror surface rule with the radiation OE as a mirror surface).
Next, when ΔOJG is set as ∠BJG∠r, r = q + 2θ is obtained. The folding condition at the point J is given by r = s where the line segment OB is considered as a mirror surface (∠OJP∠s). Since ∠OJK = π / 2−Θ = ∠OJP + ∠PJK, when ∠PJK = γ, γ is given by the following equation (40).
γ = (π / 2−Θ) −s
= (Π / 2-Θ)-(q + 2θ)
= Π / 2-Θ-2θ- {π / 2- (α + Θ) + 2θ} = α-4θ (40)
When the “swing angle” of the zig / zag fold line in the radial direction is 2θ, the fold line BGJP in the radial direction is set to α at the point B on the outer side, and β = α−2θ, γ = α A value obtained by subtracting the angle by 2θ, such as −4θ.
The relationship between the incident angle and reflection angle when the two main and secondary radiations (OB and OG) are considered to be mirror surfaces.
p = q = π / 2− (α + Θ) + 2θ = φ + 2θ,
r = s = π / 2− (α + Θ) + 4θ = φ + 4θ (41)
The angle is increased by 2θ.
Radius OB = R of disc0, R length of line segment OG, OJ, OP1, R2, R3As
When the sine theorem is used for ΔOBG, ΔOGJ..., The following equation (42) is obtained.
R1/ R0= Sinφ / sin (φ + 2θ),
R2/ R0= Sinφ / sin (φ + 4θ),
R3/ R0= Sinφ / sin (φ + 6θ) (42)
After obtaining main and sub radiation groups from the center, give φ and radius R1/ R0, R2/ R0If concentric circles are drawn and these intersection points are nodes, an expanded view satisfying the folding condition is obtained at all nodes.
FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of a development view of the folding structure with a folding line shown in FIG. 64B.
FIG. 66 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 65 in a half-folded state and a small amount of folding.
FIG. 67 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 65 in a half-folded state and a large amount of folding.
FIG. 68 is a perspective view of a state in which the disk-like folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 65 is completely folded.
65 to 68 has a circular hole Sa formed in the center in the development view shown in FIG. The circular hole Sa has an inner diameter that becomes smaller as it is folded from FIGS. 66, 67, and 68 sequentially from the expanded state of FIG.
In FIG. 65, the disk-like folded structure S with fold lines is formed with a large number of mountain fold lines M whose upper surface is convex and a large number of valley fold lines V which are concave when in the half-folded state.
At the node that is the intersection of the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V, a total of four fold lines of three mountain fold lines M and one valley fold line V intersect. The number of mountain fold lines M intersecting at each node = 3, the number of valley fold lines V = 1, and the difference is 2 (= 3-1). That is, the fold line pattern of the foldable circular colored sheet is a 1-node 4-fold line. The folding line is formed along a plurality of equiangular spirals so as to satisfy the folding condition of the circular sheet.
65 to 68, the fold-lined disk-like folding structure S has a beautiful shape according to the amount of folding when it is composed of a colored sheet or the like that can be folded. The color that appears is also changing. A large sized disc-shaped folding structure S with a fold line can be used as an interior decoration, and a small one can be used as a body decoration such as a brooch.
FIG. 69 is an explanatory view of a development view of a disk-like folding structure with a folding line when the swing angle of the zig / zag folding line in the radial direction is increased toward the center, and FIG. 69A is for explaining folding conditions. FIG. 69B is an enlarged view of the main part of FIG.
If the zig / zag fold line is drawn with the same swing angle, the distance between the fold lines becomes abruptly smaller toward the center, so that the swing angle is gradually increased (FIG. 69A).
When the folding lines BG and GJ are drawn at the initial swing angle 2θ, r = p + 2θ when p = q. Next, assuming that s = r from point J and the swing angle is, for example, 4θ, the angle t in FIG. 69 is s + 4θ. A line segment PQ is drawn at an angle t = u based on the specular law at the point P, and the point Q is determined. When the fold lines are sequentially obtained according to the specular rule, the angular relationship when the swing angles are 2θ, 4θ, and 6θ is given by the following equation (43).
p = q = π / 2− (α + Θ) + 2θ = φ + 2θ,
r = s = φ + 4θ, t = u = φ + 8θ (43)
Given in. Line segment OG = R1, Line segment OJ = R2... can be formulated in the same procedure as that for obtaining the equation (42).
FIG. 70 is a development view of a disk-like folding structure with a folding line when the swing angle of the zig / zag folding line in the radial direction is increased toward the center and the folding line in the circumferential direction is also zig / zag. FIG. 70A is an explanatory view, FIG. 70A is an enlarged view of a main part for explaining folding conditions, and FIG. 70B is an overall view.
In FIG. 70A, radius R0And R0 *(R0> R0 *) Are alternately drawn, and sub-radiations OF, OG,. Here, F, G, and H are the intersection points of the line segment drawn from the points A, B, and C so as to form an angle φ with the main radiation and the auxiliary radiation. As described above, when the drawing is performed according to the mirror surface rule, the folding condition is satisfied at all the nodes.
64B is divided into N = 36 (2Θ = 100), and FIGS. 69B and 70B are divided into N = 18. The folding line method was followed up to the 8th step from the outer periphery. In the central part, mountain folds and valley fold lines facing the center were alternately provided to avoid a blank area in the central part.
3. Folding combining Archimedes spiral winding and radial folding
FIG. 71 is an explanatory diagram of a conventionally known winding method in which the intersection of spiral fold lines is on the Archimedean spiral.
In FIG. 64A, let us consider eliminating the folding line zig / zag in the radial direction.
In FIG. 71, the blank area at the center is indicated by a regular N-gon. A perpendicular line is drawn from the apex B of the regular N-gon to the side AB, and the intersection of the perpendicular line and the folding line AF ((1)) is defined as C. A line segment CD is drawn so as to be symmetric with respect to the fold line (1) (∠ACD = 2π / N).
In this way, when N fold lines are drawn from the vertices of a regular N-gon so as to be symmetric each time they intersect with the fold line, an equidistant spiral pattern is obtained. It is easy to see that the intersection of the radial fold line and this spiral fold line is on the Archimedean spiral with the center as the origin.
This is the basic form of the folding (winding) method proposed by Guest et al.
72 is a diagram showing a new fold line considered by the present inventor. FIG. 72A is a fold line in which the fold line (1) in the radial direction has one bending point in FIG. 71 and the spiral is reversed at this bending point. 72B is a diagram in which the outside of the bending point in FIG. 72A is replaced by a method of folding in the radial direction.
When a large number of bending points are introduced into the folding line in the radial direction as shown in FIG. 72A, a new folding (winding) structure in which the Archimedean spiral is combined with the developed view of FIG. 64B is created.
In the case of FIGS. 72A and 72B, if N is set to a large value (N> 20), the interval between the folding lines becomes fine, so that the folding angle becomes extremely small at the time of winding, and this is practically replaced by elastic deformation. It becomes possible. Only the main fold line is sufficient for winding a polymer material film or fabric having a low elastic modulus, and the introduction of the Archimedean spiral is practical.
4). Folding method by conformal spiral style
The folding method by the conformal spiral mode means a folding method having a linear folding line formed along the conformal spiral.
Here, a method of folding a circular film using an equiangular spiral will be described.
4.1 Basic relational expression
FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram of a fold line when a fold line for folding a circular film, a partial circular film (fan-shaped film) or the like in the radial direction and the circumferential direction is formed along an equiangular spiral.
As shown in FIG. 73, the circular film is divided at equal angles by radial radiation from N centers, and this is replaced by N isosceles triangular elements (ΔOAM, ΔOMN...) Having an apex angle 2Θ (2Θ · N = 2π). Each point is defined as shown in the figure. From the point A on the outer side, a straight line forming the radiation and each φ is drawn, and an intersection point with the radiation (OM) rotated by 2Θ at the central angle is determined as a point B.
A point A is set as the starting point, a straight line that forms φ with the radiation OA is drawn, and an intersection point with the radiation OM rotated by 2Θ is defined as B. Next, a straight line that forms an angle χ with the radiation OM is drawn to determine an intersection C with the radiation ON rotated by 2Θ. Next, the points D, E... Are determined by alternately taking the angles φ, χ in the same procedure. Let this zigzag line be (1). Here, the angle between the line segment AB and the base of the isosceles triangle is defined as β. That is, β∠90 ° −Θ−φ. In addition, an angle formed by the line segment BC and the MN (that is, an angle formed by the line segment BB ′ drawn in parallel to the MN from the line B and the line segment BC) is represented by γ. γ = (90 ° −Θ) −χ is defined. The value of γ is positive when C is on the same side as the center O with respect to the line segment BB ′, and negative when C is on the opposite side of the center O. When γ = 0, the line segments BC and MN are parallel.
The radius of the circular plate is R0Assuming that the sine theorem is used for ΔOAB, the radius length of point B (OB) ∠R1Is given by the following equation (44).
R1/ R0= {Sinφ / sin (φ + 2Θ)} ∠p (44)
Further, the radius length (OC) of the point C is set to R2And using the sine theorem for ΔOBC, R2/ R1Is represented by the following equation (45).
R2/ R1= Sinχ / sin (χ + 2Θ) ∠q (45)
That is, R2/ R0If the equations (44) and (45) are used, the following equation (46) is obtained.
p · q = R2/ R0
= Sinφ · sinχ / {sin (φ + 2Θ) · sin (χ + 2Θ)} (46)
That is, the radius R of the circular film at points D, E, F.0Radius p made dimensionless by2q, p2q2, P3q2It is given as a value obtained by alternately multiplying p and q.
Now, assuming that the line (2) connecting the points A, C, E, G,... That gives the lower limit of the zigzag line (1), the dimensionless radius of each of these points is 1, pq, (pq), respectively.2, (Pq)3,..., Each of these points is given by the intersection of an equiangular helix and the radiation drawn every 4Θ. (3) connecting the points B, D, F, H,... Giving the upper limit of the zigzag line is also given by the intersection of the equiangular spiral and the radiation.
FIG. 74 is a basic explanatory view of a fold line when forming a fold line that folds in a circumferential direction while winding a circular film or a partial circular film (fan-shaped film) around the central axis along an equiangular spiral.
Next, as shown in FIG. 74, points P and Q that have advanced clockwise from the start point A of the folding line (1) by an odd multiple of 2Θ (described later) are determined. Similarly, zigzag fold lines (4) and (5) are drawn.
At this time, fold lines (1) and (5) are alternately defined as mountain fold lines, and fold line (4) is alternately defined as valley fold lines.
Name the points on the fold line (1) as I, J, K, the points on the fold line (4) as R, S, T, and the points on the fold line (5) as Q, U, V as shown in the figure. The points Q, R, I and U, S, J on the radiation shifted counterclockwise by 2Θ are connected by a straight line, and these are connected to another fold line group (6), (7), (8 ).
As shown in FIG. 74, when points P, Q,... Are taken every time five isosceles triangular elements are passed, the number of zigzags n (1 zigzag and n = 1) is zigzag when n = 2. Since it repeats twice, it proceeds five counterclockwise triangles counterclockwise (for example, if zigzag is repeated twice along the fold line (4) from point P in FIG. 74, it reaches point R, and from point Q (It intersects with the fold line (6) that comes out. If the isosceles triangle through which the fold line (6) passes is included, it means that the five isosceles triangles are advanced counterclockwise.)
The dimensionless radius of the points Q, R, I ... is 1, (pq)2, (Pq)4Thus, ΔOQR and ΔORI in the figure are similar.
That is, the new folding line groups (6) to (8) are also equiangular spirals toward the center O. If the QR of the fold line (6) and the angle between the PE of the fold line (9) and the radiation are ψ, α in the figure is α = (90 ° −Θ) −ψ. Let α be the angle formed with the outer side (the base of the isosceles triangular element).
The zigzag fold line (4) is repeated n times to reach the point R in the figure (n = 2 in FIG. 74). At this time, the radius of the point R is (p · q)nGiven in.
On the other hand, since the angle formed by the spiral (6) from the point Q on the outer side with radiation is ψ, the value of the dimensionless radius that gives the point R is expressed by sinψ / sin (ψ + 2Θ). If this value is equal to the expression (46), the following expression (47) is obtained.
pnqn
= [Sin φsinχ / {sin (φ + 2Θ) sin (χ + 2Θ)}]n
= Sinψ / sin (ψ + 2Θ) (47)
The above equation (47) is the angular relationship to be satisfied by the spirals (1), (4), (5) heading toward the center while rotating clockwise and the spirals (6)-(8) crossing them counterclockwise. Is given.
4.2 Folding conditions
As described above, consider the case where the equiangular helix is bent every 2Θ. The point S of FIG. 74 consisting of the valley fold line 3 and the mountain fold line 1 and the point U consisting of the mountain fold line 1 are taken as representative points, and the folding conditions at these points are considered.
FIG. 75 is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG.
FIG. 75 shows an enlarged view of FIG. 74 near the points S and U. At point S, since ∠OSJ = ψ, ∠SJR = ψ + 2Θ. Since ∠ORS = φ, considering ΔJSR, ∠JSR = π− (ψ + 2Θ) −φ. If the extension line of the line segment RS is SS ′, ∠S′SJ = π−∠JSR = ψ + 2Θ + φ.
When ∠USQ = ψ + 2Θ is used, ∠TSU = π−χ−∠USQ = π−χ−ψ-2Θ. When ∠S′SJ = ∠TSU is set according to the folding condition, the following formula (48) is obtained as the folding condition at the point R.
2ψ + φ + χ = π-4Θ (48)
As is clear from FIG. 75, since the angular relationship is the same as that of the point S, the equation (48) is the folding condition. That is, when the equation (48) is satisfied, the folding condition is satisfied at all the nodes.
FIG. 76 is an explanatory diagram of folding conditions when forming a folding line along the equiangular spiral while folding a circular film or a partial circular film (fan-shaped film) around the central axis.
76, as shown in FIG. 76, when the χ value is larger than π / 2−Θ, that is, the folding line is turned upward at points B, D... Conditions are given.
4.3 Continuity of the spiral group in the circumferential direction
In the above, the folding condition is obtained, but these spiral groups are equally distributed around the central axis, and a condition for maintaining the continuity of the spiral is derived. Consider a case in which m zig / zag spirals (fold line (1)) start from the outer peripheral point after passing through n isosceles triangular elements.
At this time, these start points rotate around the center by (2n + 1) · (2Θ) (n: integer). That is, the relationship between the number N of isosceles triangle elements and these values is given by (2n + 1) m = N. In the case of a circular film, it is necessary to equally divide the central angle 2π by (2n + 1) m.
That is, the division angle (vertical angle of isosceles triangular element; 2Θ) for satisfying continuity is given by the following equation (49).
2Θ = 2π / {(2n + 1) · m} (49)
Only by dividing the circular membrane in this way a condition is achieved in which the continuity of the m helical groups is satisfied in the entire region of the membrane.
When φ = π−2ψ−χ−4Θ obtained from the equation (48) is used in the equation (47), the following equation (50) is obtained.
(Pq)n
= [Sin (2ψ + χ + 4Θ) · sinχ / {sin (2ψ + χ + 2Θ) sin (χ + 2Θ)}]n
= Sinψ / sin (ψ + 2Θ) (50)
When 2Θ and χ value divided so as to satisfy Expression (49) are given, ψ satisfying Expression (50) can be calculated by numerical calculation. Further, the φ value is also obtained by the equation (48), and a development view by a spiral folding line that satisfies the folding condition is drawn at all the nodes.
4.4 When bending the sub-fold line at an arbitrary rotation angle (when φ = χ)
Above, a circular film was equally divided by N isosceles triangular elements having an apex angle of 2Θ, and a development view formed by folding a folding line every time passing through these elements was obtained. In the case of FIG. 76, in the special case where the m spirals are always folded upward at the same angle (φ = χ), another folding development view can be configured.
FIG. 77 is an explanatory diagram of folding conditions when the main folding line is folded at an equal angle with respect to the radiation.
Points A, B, C and A ', B' on the outer circumference of the circle are determined as shown in FIG. A fold line (1) rising to the right is drawn from point A, and a fold line (2) rising to the left is drawn from point B. (1) is the central angle 2θ1(The angle of the string AA '), (2) is the central angle 2θ2It progresses by the angle of the string A′B and intersects at the point D. The folding line (1) is the radiation from the center and the angle ψ (the angle α formed with the outer side AI), and the folding line (2) is the radiation. And an angle φ (angle β formed with the outer side BI).
The folding conditions at point D are considered below.
∠ADA '= φ + 2θ1, ∠BDA '= ψ + 2θ2
It becomes. If the extension point of BD is I,
∠ADI = π − {(φ + ψ) +2 (θ1+ Θ2)}
It becomes.
Since ∠FDO = φ and ∠GDO = ψ,
∠FDG = φ + ψ
It becomes.
When fold lines (2), (1), (3) are mountain folds, GD ((4)) is a valley fold line, and the folding condition at point D is that す る と ADI and ∠FDG are placed equally, 51).
φ + ψ = π / 2−Θ or (α + β) = π / 2 (51)
OD to R1Then, when the sine theorem is used for ΔOAD, the following equation (52) is obtained.
R1/ R0= Sinψ / sin (ψ + 2θ1) (52)
On the other hand, the following equation (53) is obtained for ΔOBD.
R1/ R0= Sinφ / sin (φ + 2θ2) (53)
Since both of these values give the radius of the point D, when the same ψ = π / 2−φ−Θ is used, the following equation (54) is obtained.
sin (β-θ1) / Sin (β + θ1)
= Sin (π / 2−θ2-Β) / sin (π / 2 + θ2-Β) (54)
θ1, Θ2Is given, φ satisfying the equation (53) is determined by numerical calculation. Ψ is obtained from equation (51), and when these values are used, a development view satisfying the folding condition at all nodes is obtained.
4.5 Application to the production of conical shells
In FIG. 74, it is assumed that the zigzag spiral (fold line (1)) consists of m pieces, and the angle formed by the starting point on the outer side is (2n + 1) · (2Θ). In the case of a disc, (2n + 1) · m · (2Θ) = 2π, but if this (2n + 1) · m · (2Θ) value is smaller than 2π, the cone will be expanded, and in this case it will be folded as well. Is possible.
5). Folding product example
FIG. 78 to FIG. 80 show development views obtained by the theory described above and folding examples thereof.
FIG. 78 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 4, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 18, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 20 degrees.
FIG. 79 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 4, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 18, FIG. 79 is an example of a folded development view when γ = 0 °, and shows an example in which the angle of the folding line with respect to radiation is different from FIG. 78.
FIG. 80 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 10, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 42, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
78 to 80 are 2Θ = 20 °, 20 °, and 180 ° / 21, respectively, and these values and γ values determined by χ (γ = χ−90 ° + Θ) are respectively γ = π / 9, 0 and 0 were given, and the ψ value satisfying the equation (50) was obtained by numerical calculation. Substituting this ψ value into equation (48) determines φ.
From α + ψ = 90 ° −Θ and β + φ = 90 ° −Θ, the values of α and β in FIGS. 78 to 80 can be obtained. For example, in FIG. 78, α = 69.763..., Β = 20.474.
In the example of FIGS. 78 to 80, a circular film having a main fold line composed of two spirals is folded into a new plane. In the state of the side surface after folding in FIGS. 78 and 79, when the γ value increases, the side portion is folded in a shape protruding upward. This is advantageous during the operation of folding / unfolding the structure. When FIG. 79 and FIG. 80 are compared, the larger the number of divisions, the smaller the folding.
FIG. 81 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 4, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 18, It is a figure which shows the example of the expanded view of a disk-shaped folding structure with a folding line in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 82 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 81 in a half-folded state and a small amount of folding.
FIG. 83 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 81 in a half-folded state and a large amount of folding.
FIG. 84 is a perspective view of a state in which the disk-like folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 81 is completely folded.
81 to 84 fold the disk-like folded structure S with folding lines, and fold the circular sheet (folded disk-like folded structure with folding lines) as shown in FIG. 81 along the folding lines M and V. In the half-folded state where the folding amount is small, the state is as shown in FIG. 82, and when the folding amount is increased, the state shown in FIG. 83 is obtained. FIG. 84 is almost in a folded state, and when it is completely folded, it is folded on a plane.
81 to 84 has a folding line-shaped disk-like folding structure S having different folding lines M and V from those in FIGS. 65 to 68. When configured, a shape change and a color change different from those of FIGS. 65 to 68 are obtained.
Like the disc-shaped folding structure S with fold lines, the fold-lined disc-shaped folding structure S can be used as an interior decoration, and the small size can be used as a body such as a brooch. It can be used as a decoration.
FIG. 85 to FIG. 87 show development views in the case of three spirals, four spirals, and one spiral.
FIG. 85 shows an example in which four zigzag spirals (m = 4) are folded around the center, and n = 7, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 60, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 86 shows an example in which three zigzag spirals (m = 3) are folded around the center, and n = 8, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 51, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 87 shows an example of folding around a center with one zigzag spiral (m = 1) as the fold line, where n = 10, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 21, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
When the main fold line in FIG. 85 has four spirals, it is folded so as to wind around a quadrilateral shape, and when the main fold line in FIG. 86 has three spirals, it is folded into a triangle shape. In the case of one spiral in FIG. 87, it is folded so as to be wound around the central axis.
When γ = 0 ° and α and β values are obtained in the same manner as described above, the following results are obtained.
In FIG. 85, γ = 0 °, α = 75.432..., Β = 29.132.
86, γ = 0 °, α = 76.233..., Β = 27.533.
In FIG. 87, γ = 0 °, α = 76.714..., Β = 26.572.
FIG. 88 shows an example in which four zigzag spirals (m = 4) are folded around the center, and n = 7, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 60, It is a figure which shows the example of the expanded view of a disk-shaped folding structure with a folding line in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 89 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 88 in a half-folded state and a small amount of folding.
FIG. 90 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 88 in a half-folded state and a large amount of folding.
FIG. 91 is a perspective view of a state in which the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 88 is completely folded.
88 to 91, a circular hole Sa is formed in the center in the development view shown in FIG. 88. The circular hole Sa has a smaller inner diameter as it is sequentially folded from the developed state of FIG. 88 with FIGS. 89, 90, and 91.
88 to 91, the fold line-equipped disk-like folding structure S folds the circular sheet (folded line-equipped disk-like fold structure) as shown in FIG. 88 along the fold lines M and V. When the folding amount is small, the folding state is as shown in FIG. 89. When the folding amount is increased, the state shown in FIG. 90 is obtained. When fully folded, the state shown in FIG. 91 is obtained.
88 to 91 is a foldable colored sheet S because the shapes of the fold lines M and V are different from those of FIGS. 65 to 68 and 81 to 84 described above. When configured by the above, a shape change and a color change different from those in FIGS. 65 to 68 and FIGS. 81 to 84 are obtained.
FIG. 92 is a development view when the number of spirals as the main fold line is large (m = 12).
In FIG. 92, m = 12, n = 1, and the disk is divided into 36 equal parts. When γ = 25 ° is given and α and β are obtained in the same manner as described above, the result is as follows.
α = 55.270 ... °, β = 44.46 ... °.
In this folding, if the number of divisions of the central angle is doubled, the folding efficiency is halved, but the number of folding lines increases, which is unsuitable for engineering. This is rather interesting from a modeling point of view.
FIG. 93 is a developed view composed of two types of equiangular spirals based on FIG. Number of divisions N = 12, θ1= Π / 180, θ2= 29π / 180, and φ is approximately π / 18. When the developed view of FIG. 93 is folded, it is wound up well around the center symmetrically in the vertical direction. The thing of FIG. 93 suggests that these folding lines are replaced by elastic deformation at the time of winding since the sub folding lines are fine.
Based on the developed view of FIG. 93, a circular stainless steel thin plate (thickness t = 0.05 mm, radius R = 140 mm) is cut into 12 pieces by a main fold line, and these are joined by a transparent craft film. Was made. This can be wound up in the same manner as in FIG. 93, and can be accommodated only by the main fold line without introducing a fine sub-fold line.
FIG. 94 is a development view of a disk-like folding structure with fold lines in which mountain fold lines and valley fold lines are alternately provided.
In FIG. 94, the disk-like folded structure S with a folding line has a mountain fold line M along an equiangular spiral toward the center from a point where the outer periphery is equally divided into N (N is a positive integer, N ≧ 4). A valley fold line V is formed along an equiangular helix formed from a point obtained by further dividing the equally divided outer periphery into two.
The folding structure S with a folding line shown in FIG. 94 can be folded and unfolded by a simple folding line, and can be expanded by elastic deformation, so that it can be self-deployed. Since the fold line group becomes fine at the center, it is necessary to engineering with the folding method such as the Guest, etc., except for a soft and thin cloth or rubber.
FIG. 95 is a development of a disk-like folding structure with folding lines in which mountain fold lines and valley fold lines are alternately provided and the circumferential lengths of the valley fold lines and the left and right mountain fold lines are different on the left and right sides. FIG.
In FIG. 95, the disk-like folded structure S with a folding line has a mountain fold line M along an equiangular spiral toward the center from a point where the outer periphery is equally divided by N (N is a positive integer, N ≧ 4). A valley fold line V is formed along the equiangular spiral from the point formed and further divided into two by the appropriate division ratio. The equiangular spiral of FIG. 95 is wound counterclockwise from the center toward the outer periphery, and the angle between the valley fold line V and the mountain fold line M adjacent to the right is β, and the mountain fold line M adjacent to the left is If the angle formed by α is α, then α> β.
In this case, when folding is performed along the folding line of the disk-shaped folding structure S with folding lines, the outer peripheral portion is folded while being displaced downward in the axial direction.
FIG. 96 is a view in which a fan-shaped portion between adjacent mountain fold lines in FIG. 95 is removed.
When the outer edges at both ends in the circumferential direction in FIG. 96 are connected to overlap each other, a conical wall is formed. This conical wall can also be folded along the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V. This conical wall is also folded while the outer peripheral portion is shifted downward in the axial direction.
(5) Application of folding structures with folding lines
Based on the results of the folding method for flat plates and cylinders, we will explain the results of basic research aiming at their practical application. Here, the following points are mainly described.
(A) Folding method modeling and processing method for creating a high-rigidity and high-strength core material by bending a flat plate in a zigzag manner and making it three-dimensional.
(B) A cylindrical deployment structure model of a simple mechanism devised on the basis of the folding characteristic of the cylinder in the axial direction.
The former considers not only the creation of high-strength members for aerospace, but also the realization of reuse of waste paper, etc., and the latter is considered to be used for consumer use such as shooters.
1. Folding and non-folding conditions
97 is an explanatory view of the folding condition of the sheet-like member, FIG. 97A is a development view before folding, and FIG. 97B is a diagram showing a state folded at the folding line of FIG. 97A.
Consider the circular thin flat paper shown in FIG. 97A, where the center is O, the line segments OA, OC, OD are fold-folded, and OB is valley-folded. The angles formed by these line segments are set as α to δ as shown in FIG. 97A.
Now, when OB is valley-folded, the coordinate axes are determined as shown in FIG. 97B, and the line segment OA is on the X-axis, the coordinates of the points B, C, and D are (−cos β, sin β, O), (x, y, z), (−cos α, sin α, O).
The angle between the line segments OB and OC is γ, the angle between the line segments OD and OC is δ, and α + β + γ + δ = 2π, x2+ Y2+ Z2When = 1 is used, the z coordinate of the point C is given by the following equation (55).
(1-z2) Sin (α-β)
= Cos2γ + cos2δ-2 cos γ cos δ cos (α-β) (55)
Since the coordinates of the point C are determined by the equation (55), the angle formed by the plane OBC and the bottom surface (xy plane) is obtained. If z = 0 in the equation (55), the folding condition is satisfied.
When z = 0 and δ is eliminated from the right side and compared with the left side, the following equation (56) is obtained.
cos2(Α + β + γ) + cos2γ = cos2α + cos2β,
cos (α + β + γ) · cosγ = cosαcosβ (56)
The relationship satisfying these two expressions (55) and (56) is given by the following expressions (57) and (58).
α + γ = π (57)
β + γ = π (58)
Since Expression (58) is a condition for folding a circular plane in half, Expression (57) is adopted here as the folding condition.
A structure made in a state satisfying the folding condition is low in stability, and a structure not satisfying the folding condition generally tends to have high stability as a structure. Therefore, in this report, the condition that is not folded is mainly used for (a), and the folding condition is used for (b).
2. Core material modeling
2.1 Origami model
About the creation of the core material using the origami model, the concept has already been proposed by Miura. A typical example is a duouble corrugated core (DCC) based on a plate folding method (miura ori).
FIG. 98 is an explanatory diagram of a DCC (duouble corrugated core) and is a diagram in which the DCC is developed.
FIG. 99 is a diagram showing the vertical fold line group of FIG. 98 as zig / zag.
These nodes are composed of four folding lines, and the folding conditions are satisfied at all the nodes. Therefore, when subjected to surface pressure, these cores are structures that are spread out to the original plane and are unstable.
In order to avoid this, it is essential that the upper and lower surfaces of the core are firmly bonded to the surface material. However, since the bonding portion is not a surface, the bonding technique is considered to dominate the success or failure of this structure.
FIG. 100 is an explanatory diagram of a newly devised core model with joints, FIG. 100A is a development view, FIG. 100B is a plan view of the development view of FIG. 100A in a half-folded state, and FIG. It is an external view of what folded the figure and made it three-dimensional.
FIG. 101 is an explanatory view of another model of the core having a joint portion newly devised, FIG. 101A is a development view, FIG. 101B is a plan view of the development view of FIG. 101A in a half-folded state, and FIG. FIG.
It can be seen that the A part is the upper surface and the B part is the lower surface, and has a large joint. Here, the node is composed of 4 or 5 folding lines.
FIGS. 102A and 102B are explanatory diagrams of a model that does not satisfy another folding condition of the core with the joint devised by the present inventor. FIG. 102A is a development view, and FIG. 102B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG.
103 is an explanatory view of a core created by folding the developed view of FIG. 102A, FIG. 103A is a perspective view of the folded core, and FIG. 103B is a perspective view of a sheet bonded to the lower surface of the core of FIG. 103A. .
The fold line shown in FIG. 102A does not satisfy the folding condition, and is considered so that the fold line has a grid shape when the flat plate is three-dimensionalized. In FIG. 102B, the diagonal fold lines DB, EC, A′E ′, B′F ′ and the like are 45 ° with respect to the vertical fold lines AC, DF, A′C ′, D′ F ′.
When the valley fold line D-B is folded, the A-E portion comes into contact, and ΔABD and ΔEDB are joined. The joint parts similar to the joint parts S1 and S2 are all indicated by S1 and S2.
Further, when the valley fold line A′-E ′ is folded, the B′-D ′ member comes into contact, and ΔD′A′E ′ and ΔB′A′E ′ are joined. The joint parts similar to the joint parts S3 and S4 are all indicated by S3 and S4.
When the joint portions S1 and S2 are bonded together and the joint portions S3 and S4 are bonded together, a structurally stable core material (FIG. 103A) constituted by a grid-like fold line is created. The one shown in FIG. 103B in which a sheet is bonded to the lower surface of the core can withstand a large compressive force.
FIG. 104 is an explanatory view of a model that does not satisfy another folding condition of the core with the joint devised by the present inventor, FIG. 104A is a development view, and FIG. 104B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG. 104A.
The fold line shown in FIG. 104A does not satisfy the folding condition, and is considered so that the fold line has a grid shape when the flat plate is three-dimensionalized. In FIG. 104B, CD, BE, etc. are 60 ° with respect to the vertical folding lines AD, CB. When the valley fold line CD is folded, the AB portion comes into contact, and ΔACE and ΔBCE are joined. Bonding the joints creates a structurally stable core material (FIG. 104A) composed of grid-like fold lines.
3.2 Honeycomb core model
The honeycomb core is a typical lightweight structure.
FIG. 105 is an explanatory diagram of a method for manufacturing a honeycomb core from a single plate, FIG. 105A is a development view, and FIG. 105B is a diagram of a honeycomb core manufactured from a plate having the development view of FIG. 105A.
In FIG. 105A, a dotted line is a valley fold line, and a mountain fold line indicated by a broken line has a cut line (cut portion) C. When the joints A-B on both sides of the valley fold line in FIG. 105A are bonded to every other valley fold line and spread on both sides, a mesh-like honeycomb core shown in FIG. 105B can be manufactured. In addition, when this manufacturing method is used, it has the characteristic which becomes a cylindrical honeycomb core.
4). Production of core material
4.1 Core material manufacturing method
Two metal molds in which a 0.2 to 0.3 mm phosphorous copper plate or steel plate is cut at the folding line shown in FIGS. If a thin paper to be processed or an aluminum alloy plate (up to 0.08 mm) is inserted between them and bent, a product as shown in FIGS. 101B to 102B can be manufactured instantaneously. .
By bonding only the joining regions S1 and S2 of FIG. 102B, without bonding S3 and S4, and by bonding a thin film on one side (or the reverse bonding) in a cylindrical shape It is possible to produce a lightweight and highly rigid pipe.
FIG. 106 is a diagram showing a fold line forming apparatus for producing the core material shown in FIG. 103A.
In FIG. 106, a kraft film F is adhered to both surfaces of a large number of square parts (metal thin plates) P1 and parallelogram parts P2 separated by folding lines, thereby forming a folding line forming mold K. The fold line forming mold K has a pair of foldable flexible molds K1 and K2 that are configured to be symmetrical with respect to the central axis L. When each of the flexible molds (folding molds) K1 and K2 is manufactured and a crease is once attached as a mountain fold line and a valley fold line, the mountain fold and valley fold can be easily performed from the next time. Accordingly, when the flexible mold K1 is folded along the opening / closing axis L in a state where a paper or a resin sheet is placed on the surface of the flexible mold K2 on one side of the opening / closing axis L, the paper or the resin sheet is paired with flexible. It is sandwiched between molds K1 and K2. When flexible molds K1 and K2 are simultaneously folded along a fold line in this state (in a state where flexible molds K1 and K2 are overlapped), a fold line is formed on paper or a resin sheet.
4.2 Core material produced
A paper core and an aluminum core were manufactured using the folding mold described above in the model shown in FIG. The paper core is shown in FIG. 103A.
107 is an explanatory view of the manufactured aluminum core, FIG. 107A is a perspective view, FIG. 107B is a development view, and has the same shape as the paper development view shown in FIG. 103A.
The compression strength of these products is approximately 0.4 to 0.8 Mpa (specific gravity; 80 to 120 Kg / m) for paper products.3), About 1 to 1.5 MPa (about 100 kg / m) for aluminum products3(A grid size of 10 to 11 mm, a sample size of 50 × 50 mm).
5). Folding / unfolding model
In the above-mentioned column “(2) Cylindrical Folded Structure with Fold Line”, a plurality of examples of the method of folding the cylinder in the axial direction have been described. FIG. 108 to FIG. 109 show development views of these representative ones and examples of new structures using them.
FIG. 108 is an explanatory view of an application example of a structure with a cylindrical folding line, and FIG. 108A is a development view.
If a cylindrical body is manufactured after cutting the valley fold line (dotted line) in FIG. 108 and joining A and B, a structure composed of hexagonal members is obtained. When the hexagonal member portion is replaced with a narrow plate, a truss structure that can expand and contract in the axial direction can be manufactured.
FIG. 109 is an explanatory view of an application example of a spiral cylindrical fold line structure, FIG. 109A is a development view, and FIG. 109B is a view showing an inflatable structure that can be expanded and contracted based on FIG. 109A.
In view of the above-mentioned research results, the present invention has the following description (1) as a problem.
(1) A novel fold line for a structure with a fold line, in which a wall-like structure is divided into polygonal flat plate walls by a large number of fold lines, and the fold lines at the boundary portions of the divided flat plate walls can be folded. And providing a foldable new fold lined structure using the new fold line, a novel fold method, and a new fold line forming mold and fold line forming method.
Disclosure of the invention
Next, the present invention that solves the above problems will be described. In order to facilitate correspondence with the elements of the embodiments described later, the elements of the present invention are those in which the reference numerals of the elements of the embodiments are enclosed in parentheses. Appendices.
The reason why the present invention is described in correspondence with the reference numerals of the embodiments described later is to facilitate the understanding of the present invention, and not to limit the scope of the present invention to the embodiments.
(First invention)
In order to solve the above-mentioned problem, the structure with a fold line of the first invention is characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (A01) to (A05):
(A01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other A fold line-equipped structure provided with a fold line (M, V) that is foldable along the straight part connecting portion, wherein the fold line (M, V) is a fold line The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one surface side of the attached structure and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed;
(A02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the number of mountain fold lines (M) that intersect at one node and the number of valley fold lines The plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed so that the difference is 2;
(A03) A first mountain fold line (M1), a second mountain fold line (M2) and a third mountain fold line (M3) extending radially from one node, and the first mountain fold line (M1) and second The one-node four-fold line formed by the first valley fold line (V1) disposed between the mountain fold lines (M2) and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line (M3). A plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A04) The nodal point is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension line of the third mountain fold line (M3), and one of the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) When the angle between one mountain fold line and the X axis is α and the angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line (V1) is γ, the angle is formed so that α = γ. The plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A05) The fold lined structure having the quadrilateral parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) other than the parallelogram.
(Operation of the first invention)
In the structure with a folding line of the first invention having the above-described configuration, the node is set as the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the extension line direction of the third mountain folding line (M3), and the first mountain folding line (M1 ) Or the second mountain fold line (M2), the angle between one mountain fold line and the X axis is α, and the angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line (V1) is γ. In this case, a plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) can be folded by the plurality of folding lines (M, V) formed to satisfy α = γ. For this reason, the structure with a fold line can be changed from a folded state having a small outer shape to an extended state having a large outer shape.
Moreover, since the said structure with a fold line has parts (P; P1, P2; P1-P5) of the shape (a quadrangle other than a parallelogram) different from the conventional shape, a folding state with a small external shape and In a stretched state with a large outer shape, a structure with a folding line having a shape different from the conventional one can be manufactured.
(Embodiment 1 of the first invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the first embodiment of the first invention is characterized in that in the first invention, the following structural requirement (A06) is provided.
(A06) The structure with a fold line in which the part and the part connection portion provided with the fold line are configured by separate members.
(Operation of the first embodiment of the first invention)
In the structure with fold line according to Embodiment 1 of the first invention having the above-described configuration, the part and the part connecting portion provided with the fold line are configured by separate members. It can be constituted by a rigid thin plate such as a metal plate, and the part connecting portion can be constituted by a hinge member. Therefore, a robust structure with a fold line can be provided.
(Embodiment 2 of the first invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the second embodiment of the first invention is characterized in that in the first invention, the following structural requirement (A07) is provided.
(A07) The structure with a fold line constituted by an integrally molded product with a fold line.
(Operation of the second embodiment of the first invention)
Since the structure with a fold line according to the second embodiment of the first invention having the above-described structure is configured by an integrally molded product with a fold line, the structure with a fold line can be easily manufactured by integral molding. it can. The fold line can be formed at the same time as forming, but if the structure with fold line is a sheet-like member, it is also possible to form a fold line on the integrally formed sheet-like member. It is.
(Second invention)
The structure with a folding line of the second invention is characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (A01) to (A04), (A08),
(A01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(A02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2. The plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed in
(A03) A first mountain fold line (M1), a second mountain fold line (M2) and a third mountain fold line (M3) extending radially from one node, and the first mountain fold line (M1) and second The one-node four-fold line formed by the first valley fold line (V1) disposed between the mountain fold lines (M2) and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line (M3). A plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A04) The nodal point is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension line of the third mountain fold line (M3), and one of the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) When the angle between one mountain fold line and the X axis is α and the angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line (V1) is γ, the angle is formed so that α = γ. The plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A08) The structure with fold lines having the quadrilateral and triangular parts (P; P1, P2).
(Operation of the second invention)
Since the structure with a folding line of the second invention having the above configuration has quadrilateral and triangular parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5), in a folded state in which the outer shape is small and an extended state in which the outer shape is large. A structure with a folding line having a shape different from the conventional one can be produced.
(Third invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the third aspect of the invention is characterized by comprising the following constituent elements (A01) to (A05), (A09):
(A01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(A02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2. The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M3, V1) formed in
(A03) A first mountain fold line (M1), a second mountain fold line (M2) and a third mountain fold line (M3) extending radially from one node, and the first mountain fold line (M1) and second The one-node four-fold line formed by the first valley fold line (V1) disposed between the mountain fold lines (M2) and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line (M3). Multiple folding lines,
(A04) The nodal point is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension line of the third mountain fold line (M3), and one of the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) When the angle between one mountain fold line and the X axis is α and the angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line (V1) is γ, the angle is formed so that α = γ. The plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A05) The fold lined structure having the quadrilateral parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) other than the parallelogram.
(A09) In a state where the fold line is extended, it becomes a flat plate shape, and in a state where the fold line is bent along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, the outer shape is reduced and the surface has irregularities on the surface. The structure with a fold line that can be folded and extended in a flat plate shape so that the outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along a valley fold line.
(Operation of the third invention)
Since the structure with a folding line of the third invention having the above-described structure has quadrilateral parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) other than the parallelogram, the folded state is small and the outline is extended greatly. In this state, a flat plate-like fold lined structure having a different shape from the conventional flat plate-like fold line structure can be manufactured.
(Fourth invention)
The structure with a folding line of the fourth invention is characterized by comprising the following constituent elements (A01) to (A04), (A010), (A011),
(A01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(A02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2. The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M3, V1) formed in
(A03) A first mountain fold line (M1), a second mountain fold line (M2) and a third mountain fold line (M3) extending radially from one node, and the first mountain fold line (M1) and second The one-node four-fold line formed by the first valley fold line (V1) disposed between the mountain fold lines (M2) and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line (M3). A plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A04) The nodal point is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension line of the third mountain fold line (M3), and one of the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) When the angle between one mountain fold line and the X axis is α and the angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line (V1) is γ, the angle is formed so that α = γ. The plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A010) A cylindrical wall or a conical wall that has a cylindrical wall or a conical wall in a state where the fold line is extended, and has an unevenness whose outer shape is reduced in a state where the fold line is bent in accordance with a mountain fold line and a valley fold line The structure with a fold line that forms a cylindrical wall or a cone wall having a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line,
(A011) The structure with a fold line having a plurality of fold lines (M1 to M3, V1) continuous in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical wall or the cone wall.
(Operation of the fourth invention)
Since the structure with a fold line of the fourth invention having the above-described structure has a plurality of fold lines (M1 to M3, V1) continuous in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical wall or the cone wall, the outer shape is small. A cylindrical or conical fold lined structure having a different shape from the conventional fold line structure can be manufactured in the folded state and the extended state of the outer shape.
(Fifth invention)
The structure with a folding line of the fifth invention is characterized by comprising the following constituent elements (A01) to (A04), (A012), (A013),
(A01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(A02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2. The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M3, V1) formed in
(A03) A first mountain fold line (M1), a second mountain fold line (M2) and a third mountain fold line (M3) extending radially from one node, and the first mountain fold line (M1) and second The one-node four-fold line formed by the first valley fold line (V1) disposed between the mountain fold lines (M2) and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line (M3). A plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A04) The nodal point is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension of the third mountain fold line (M3), and one of the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) When the angle between one mountain fold line and the X-axis is α and the angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line (V1) is γ, α is formed to be γ. The plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1),
(A012) A cylindrical wall or a conical wall that has a cylindrical wall or a conical wall in the state in which the fold line is extended, and has an unevenness whose outer shape is reduced in a state in which the fold line is bent in accordance with the mountain fold line and the valley fold line The structure with a fold line that forms a cylindrical wall or a cone wall having a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line,
(A013) The structure with a folding line in which the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) have a polygonal shape of a quadrangle or more.
(Operation of the fifth invention)
Since the structure with a fold line of the fifth invention having the above-described configuration has polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) of quadrilateral or more, the folded state has a small outer shape and the extended state has a large outer shape. A cylindrical or conical fold-lined structure having a different shape from that of the conventional fold-lined structure can be manufactured.
(Sixth invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the sixth aspect of the invention is characterized by comprising the following constituent elements (B01) to (B04):
(B01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other; A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(B02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2. The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2) formed in
(B03) a first mountain fold line (M1), a second mountain fold line (M2), a third mountain fold line (M3) and a fourth mountain fold line (M4) extending radially from one node; A first valley formed between the mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4) A fold line (V1) is disposed between the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4), and the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2). Has a second valley fold line disposed on the opposite side, the first mountain fold line (M1) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4) are adjacent, and the second mountain fold line (M2) and the third The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2) having a one-node 6 fold line arranged adjacently to a mountain fold line (M3),
(B04) The node is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extended line of the first valley fold line (V1), and the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) are the first The angles formed with the first valley fold line (V1) are α and β, respectively, and the angles between the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4) with the second valley fold line are γ and δ, respectively. And a plurality of fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2) formed such that β−α = δ−γ + θ, where θ is an angle between the X axis and the second valley fold line.
(Operation of the sixth invention)
In the structure with a fold line of the sixth invention having the above-described configuration, the node is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension of the first valley fold line (V1), and the first mountain fold line (M1 ) And the second mountain fold line (M2) are α and β, respectively, and the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4) are The plurality of angles formed to satisfy β−α = δ−γ + θ, where γ and δ are angles formed with the second valley fold line, and θ is an angle formed between the X axis and the second valley fold line. Fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2), parts having different shapes (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) can be used, and each part (P; P1, P2; P1 P5) can be folded. For this reason, the structure with a fold line can be changed from a folded state having a small outer shape to an extended state having a large outer shape.
Moreover, in the folded state and the extended state, it is possible to provide a structure with a folding line having a shape different from the conventional one.
(Embodiment 1 of the sixth invention)
The structure with a fold line according to Embodiment 1 of the sixth invention is characterized in that, in the sixth invention, the following structural requirement (B05) is provided.
(B05) When the fold line is extended, it becomes a flat plate shape, and when folded along the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line, the outer shape is reduced and the surface has an uneven surface, The structure with a fold line that can be folded and extended in a flat plate shape so that the outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along the fold line (M) and the valley fold line.
(Operation of the first embodiment of the sixth invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the first embodiment of the sixth invention having the above configuration provides a plate-like structure with a fold line having a shape different from the conventional one in a folded state where the outer shape is small and an extended state where the outer shape is large. be able to.
(Embodiment 2 of the sixth invention)
The structure with a fold line according to Embodiment 2 of the sixth invention is characterized in that, in the sixth invention, the following structural requirement (B06) is provided:
(B06) A cylindrical wall having a concavity and convexity that forms a cylindrical wall or a conical wall in the state in which the fold line is extended, and has an outer shape reduced in a state in which it is bent in accordance with the mountain fold line (M) and valley fold line of the fold line Alternatively, a conical wall is formed, and when folded completely along the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line, it is folded so as to form a thick cylindrical wall or a conical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is further reduced. The expandable structure with fold lines.
(Operation of the second embodiment of the sixth invention)
In the structure with a fold line according to the second embodiment of the sixth invention having the above-described configuration, the structure with a cylindrical or conical fold line having a different shape from the conventional one in the folded state with a small outer shape and the extended state with a large outer shape. Can be provided.
(Seventh invention)
The structure with a fold line of the seventh invention is characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (C01) to (C04):
(C01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other; A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(C02) A plurality of nodes, which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2) formed in
(C03) A cylindrical wall is formed in a state where the fold line is extended, and a cylindrical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed in a state where the fold line is folded according to a mountain fold line and a valley fold line of the fold line, The structure with a fold line that forms a cylindrical wall having a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along a fold line and a valley fold line,
(C04) The structure with a fold line having a fold line that forms a closed polygon that is continuous along a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical wall.
(Operation of the seventh invention)
Since the structure with a fold line of the seventh invention having the above configuration has a plurality of fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2) continuous in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical wall, the fold line has a small outer shape. A cylindrical fold line structure having a different shape from the conventional fold line structure can be manufactured in a state where the state and the outer shape are greatly extended.
(Eighth invention)
The structure with a folding line of the eighth invention is characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (C01) to (C03), (C05):
(C01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other; A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(C02) A plurality of nodes, which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed in
(C03) A cylindrical wall is formed in a state where the fold line is extended, and a cylindrical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed in a state where the fold line is folded according to a mountain fold line and a valley fold line of the fold line, The structure with a fold line that forms a cylindrical wall having a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along a fold line and a valley fold line,
(C05) The structure with fold lines, wherein the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) have a quadrangular or more polygonal shape.
(Operation of the eighth invention)
In the structure with a folding line of the eighth invention having the above configuration, the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) have a polygonal shape of a quadrangle or more, so that the outer shape is small and the outer shape is folded. In a large stretched state, it is possible to manufacture a cylindrical fold lined structure having a different shape from the cylindrical fold lined structure having the conventional triangular parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5). .
(9th invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the ninth invention is characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (C01) to (C03), (C06), (C07),
(C01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other; A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(C02) A plurality of nodes, which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed in
(C03) A cylindrical wall is formed in a state where the fold line is extended, and a cylindrical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed in a state where the fold line is folded according to a mountain fold line and a valley fold line of the fold line, The structure with a fold line that forms a cylindrical wall having a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along a fold line and a valley fold line,
(C06) The fold lines are all formed along a spiral, and the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) are only obtuse triangles formed by dividing a parallelogram into two by diagonal lines. Wire structure,
(C07) A structure with a fold line having the above-described configuration having the obtuse triangular part (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) in which one of the base angles is 35 ° or more.
(Operation of the ninth invention)
In the structure with a folding line of the ninth invention having the above configuration, the folding lines are all formed along a spiral, and the parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) are divided into two parallelograms by diagonal lines. In the conventional structure with a fold line that is only an obtuse angle triangle formed as described above, the obtuse angle triangle part (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) in which one of the base angles is 35 ° or more is used. Produces a cylindrical fold lined structure with a different shape from the conventional cylindrical fold lined structure having obtuse triangular parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) with a base angle of about 30 ° can do.
(10th invention)
The structure with a folding line of the tenth invention is characterized by comprising the following constituent elements (D01) to (D03),
(D01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and linear part connecting portions that connect the outer sides of the respective parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) to each other; A fold lined structure provided with a foldable linear fold line that can be folded along the linear part connecting portion, wherein the fold line is viewed from one side of the fold lined structure. The structure with a fold line having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose one side is a mountain fold and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(D02) A plurality of nodes, which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, are arranged at a predetermined interval, so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines intersecting at one node is 2. The plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed in
(D03) A conical wall is formed in the state where the fold line is extended, and a conical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed in a state where the fold line is folded according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line of the fold line. The said structure with a fold line which forms the cone wall with the thickness which has the unevenness | corrugation into which the external shape reduced further in the state folded completely along the fold line and the valley fold line.
(Operation of the tenth invention)
The structure with a fold line of the tenth invention having the above configuration forms a conical wall when the fold line is extended, and has an outer shape when folded according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line of the fold line. A conical wall having a reduced unevenness is formed, and in a state where the cone wall is completely folded along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, a thick cone wall having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced is formed.
That is, the tenth aspect of the invention can provide a foldable conical structure with a folding line, which is not conventionally known.
(Embodiment 1 of the tenth invention)
The structure with a folding line according to the first embodiment of the tenth aspect of the invention is characterized in that, in the tenth aspect of the invention, the following structural requirements (D04) and (D05) are provided.
(D04) of the first mountain fold line (M1), the second mountain fold line (M2) and the third mountain fold line (M3), and the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M1) having a one-node four-fold line formed by a first valley fold line (V1) disposed between and a first valley fold line (V1) disposed on the opposite side to the third mountain fold line (M3) M3, V1),
(D05) The nodal point is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension of the third mountain fold line (M3), and one of the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) When the angle between one mountain fold line and the X axis is α and the angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line (V1) is γ, the angle is formed so that α = γ. The plurality of folding lines (M1 to M3, V1).
(Operation of Embodiment 1 of Tenth Invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the first embodiment of the tenth invention having the above configuration provides a conical structure with a fold line that is not conventionally known in a folded state with a small outer shape and an extended state with a large outer shape. be able to.
(Embodiment 10 of the tenth invention)
The structure with a fold line according to Embodiment 2 of the tenth aspect of the invention is characterized in that, in the tenth aspect of the invention, the following structural requirements (D06) and (D07) are provided.
(D06) the first mountain fold line (M1), the second mountain fold line (M2), the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4), and the first mountain fold line (M1) and A first valley fold line (V1) formed between the second mountain fold line (M2) and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4); Arranged between the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4) and disposed opposite to the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) A second valley fold line (V2), the first mountain fold line (M1) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4) are adjacent to each other, and the second mountain fold line (M2) and the third mountain fold line ( A plurality of fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2) having one node 6 fold lines arranged adjacent to each other;
(D07) The nodal point is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extended line of the first valley fold line (V1), and the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) are the first The angles formed with the first valley fold line (V1) are α and β, respectively, and the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4) are formed with the second valley fold line (V2). The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M1) formed such that β−α = δ−γ + θ, where γ and δ are defined, and the angle between the X axis and the second valley fold line (V2) is θ. M4, V1, V2).
(Operation of the second embodiment of the tenth invention)
The structure with a fold line according to the second embodiment of the tenth invention having the above configuration provides a conical structure with a fold line that is not conventionally known in a folded state with a small outer shape and an extended state with a large outer shape. be able to.
(Third embodiment of the tenth invention)
The structure with a folding line according to Embodiment 3 of the tenth aspect of the invention is characterized in that, in the tenth aspect of the invention, the following structural requirements (D08) and (D09) are provided.
(D08) the first mountain fold line (M1), the second mountain fold line (M2), the third mountain fold line (M3) and the fourth mountain fold line (M4), and the first mountain fold line (M1) and A first valley fold line (V1) formed between the second mountain fold line (M2) and a second valley fold line (M2) disposed between the second mountain fold line (M2) and the third mountain fold line (M3). And the fourth mountain fold line (M4) is between the first mountain fold line (M1) and the third mountain fold line (M3), and the second mountain fold line (V4). The plurality of fold lines (M1 to M4, V1, V2) having one-node 6 fold lines arranged on the side opposite to (M2),
(D09) The node is the origin O, the X-axis is taken in the direction of the extension of the fourth mountain fold line (M4), and the first mountain fold line (M1) and the second mountain fold line (M2) are the first The angles formed with the first valley fold line (V1) are θ1 and θ2, respectively, and the angles between the second mountain fold line (M2) and the third mountain fold line (M3) with the second valley fold line (V2), respectively. θ3 and θ4, and the angle between the X axis and the first fold line (M1) is α*And the angle between the X-axis and the third fold line (M3) is β*If α*= Θ2 + θ4, β*The plurality of folding lines (M1 to M4, V1, and V2) formed so as to be = θ1 + θ3.
(Operation of Third Embodiment of Tenth Invention)
In the structure with a fold line according to the third embodiment of the tenth invention, it is possible to provide a conical structure with a fold line that is not conventionally known in a folded state having a small outer shape and an extended state having a large outer shape.
(11th invention)
The structure with a folding line of the eleventh invention is characterized by comprising the following constituent elements (E01) to (E04):
(E01) A plurality of polygonal parts (P; P1, P2; P1 to P5) and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other. A fold lined structure provided with linear fold lines (M, V) that can be folded along the fold line (M, V) when viewed from one side of the fold line structure. The structure with fold lines (A; B; C; having a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) whose sides are mountain folds and one or more valley fold lines (V) which are valley folds,
(E02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the number of mountain fold lines (M) and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node The plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed so that the difference is 2;
(E03) The structure with a fold line constituted by a sheet-like member in which a fold line along a spiral is formed
(E04) In the state where the fold line is extended, it is a circular sheet shape, and in the state where the fold line is bent according to the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line, it is a disk shape having unevenness whose outer shape is reduced. The structure with a fold line, which has a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line.
(Operation of the eleventh invention)
The structure with a fold line of the present invention having the above-described configuration is a mountain fold line (a plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval and intersect at one node ( Since the plurality of fold lines (M, V) are formed so that the difference between the number of M) and the number of valley fold lines is 2, in the folded state where the outer shape is small and the extended state where the outer shape is large, It is possible to provide a foldable structure in the form of a foldable circular sheet that is not known.
The folding line forming mold of the present invention can be provided with the following structural requirements (F01) and (F02).
(F01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A pair of fold line forming members provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one surface side of the fold linear molding and one or more valleys in which valley folds are formed The number of mountain fold lines (M) having a fold line, and a plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval and intersect at one node and the valley fold line A pair of fold line forming members having the plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed so that a difference from the number of
(F02) A folded linearly formed connecting member that supports or connects the pair of folding line forming members so as to be movable between an overlapped state and an open state.
In the folding line forming mold of the present invention having the above-described configuration, a sheet-like member is formed by simultaneously folding a pair of folding line-forming members in a state where the sheet-like member is sandwiched between the pair of folding line-forming members. The mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line necessary for the above can be formed.
The folding line forming method of the present invention can include the following constituent elements (G01) and (G02).
(G01) A linear fold line that includes a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines (M) in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one surface side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more fold lines are valley-folded. The number of mountain fold lines (M) having a valley fold line, and a plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval and intersect at one node, and valley folds. A sheet-like member in which a foldable integrated sheet-like member is sandwiched between a pair of fold-line forming members having the plurality of fold lines (M, V) formed so that the difference from the number of lines is two Member clamping process,
(G02) A fold line forming step of forming a fold line on the sheet-like member by simultaneously folding the pair of fold-line forming members sandwiching the sheet-like member along the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line.
(Operation of the thirteenth invention)
In the fold line forming method of the thirteenth aspect of the present invention having the above-described configuration, a sheet having an integral structure that can be folded between a pair of fold line forming members having the plurality of fold lines (M, V) in the sheet-like member clamping step. Sandwich the shaped member.
Next, in the fold line forming step, the pair of fold line forming members sandwiching the sheet-like member are simultaneously folded along the mountain fold line (M) and the valley fold line to form a fold line on the sheet-like member. To do.
[Brief description of the drawings]
FIG. 1 is a fold line explanatory view showing a typical example of a fold line that is a folded straight line of origami or a folded structure and a node that is an intersection of a plurality of fold lines.
FIG. 2 is an explanatory view of a so-called “Miura oil” folding structure devised by Miura for the development of space structures.
FIG. 3 is a diagram in which the horizontal folding lines shown in FIG.
FIG. 4 is a diagram illustrating an example of a foldable folding line of a part of a disk (fan-shaped portion) formed by six fan-shaped elements having an apex angle 2Θ.
FIG. 5 is a diagram in which the horizontal fold line group shown in FIG. 2 is set at an arbitrary inclination. The fold lines (7) to (9) are equal to the fold lines (1) to (6) at all nodes. It is the figure drawn in the angle and symmetry.
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of folding lines taking into account the periodicity of the folding method of FIG.
FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of the folding method considered by the present inventor, showing plane folding by the 1-node 4-fold line method and the 1-node 6-fold line method.
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing folding conditions of one node where six folding lines among the nodes shown in FIG. 7 intersect and six surrounding folding lines (one node six folding lines).
FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the conditions under which both ends of the band plate are joined to form a cylinder when the band plate is folded along the fold line, and FIG. 9A shows the angle between the band plate, the fold line, and the fold line. FIG. 9B is a diagram showing a change in the orientation of the reference axis when folded along the fold line shown in FIG. 9A.
FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram of an example in which the formula (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is folded into a regular quadrangle by a folding line in the same direction (either mountain fold or valley fold), and FIG. 10A is in an unfolded state. FIG. 10B is a diagram showing a state during folding, and FIG. 10C is a diagram showing a folded state. FIG. 10B is a diagram showing folding lines (1), (2), (3), and (4).
FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram of an example in which the expression (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is folded into a regular hexagon by a fold line in the same direction (either mountain fold or valley fold), and FIG. 11A is in an unfolded state. Fig. 11B is a diagram showing the folding line (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) of the band plate, Fig. 11B is a diagram showing a state during folding, and Fig. 11C is a folded state. FIG.
FIG. 12 is an explanatory view of an example in which the above formula (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is folded in a regular octagon by a folding line having the same folding direction, and FIG. 12A is a folding line (1), (2 ),..., (8), FIG. 12B is a diagram showing a state during folding, and FIG. 12C is a diagram showing a folded state.
FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram of an example in which the expression (5) is satisfied and the folding direction is alternately reversed (reversed in the mountain folding direction and the valley folding direction) and folded into a regular hexagon. FIG. 13A is developed. FIGS. 13B to 13F are diagrams showing a state in the middle of folding, and FIG. 13G is a diagram showing a folded state.
FIG. 14 is a typical developed view in the case where the belt-like plate shown in FIG. 9A is bent in the same direction by π · (N−2) / N in the same direction to form a regular N-gon and N = 6. FIG.
15 is composed of trapezoidal elements with unequal sides by disassembling twice the angle (π / 3) of the mountain fold line and the horizontal fold line in FIG. 14 to α = 2π / 9 and β = π / 9. FIG.
16 introduces six sets of folding lines obtained by decomposing the mountain fold line in the Y-axis direction of FIG. 14 into a mountain fold line I of α = π / 3 and a valley fold line II of β = π / 6. FIG. 16A is a developed view, FIG. 16B is a diagram showing a half-folded state of a folded cylinder produced when both ends of the developed view of FIG. 16A are joined, and FIG. 16C is a diagram of FIG. 16B. It is the perspective view seen from a different direction of the same thing.
FIG. 17 is a diagram in which the points A and B in FIG. 14 are matched, and the mountain fold portion is eliminated from the horizontal fold line, and the diamond pattern ((1) ˜ It is an expanded view of (3)).
FIG. 18 is a development view of a deformed diamond pattern composed of unequal triangular elements.
FIG. 19 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cylindrical body having a developed view that is symmetrical with respect to a horizontal folding line and that can be folded. FIG. 19A is a developed view, and FIG. 19B is an end view of the developed view of FIG. FIG. 19C is a diagram showing a half-folded state of the folding cylinder manufactured when the two are joined, and FIG. 19C is a diagram showing the same thing as FIG. 19B seen from a different direction.
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of a development view of a fold composed only of fold lines similar to the point B in FIG.
FIG. 21 is a developed view of a foldable cylindrical wall having a plurality of polygonal parts (flat plate walls) formed by folding lines.
FIG. 22 shows a cylindrical structure when the connecting portion of the divided flat plate made of the triangular divided flat plate studied by Guest et al. Is spiral, and the spiral (1) rises one step each time they make a round. Is shown in a developed view by the present inventor.
FIG. 23 corresponds to the whole of FIG. 17 inclined by ψ = π / 6, and has three diamond patterns in an oblique direction.
FIG. 24 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cylindrical body having a development view equivalent to FIG. 23, FIG. 24A is a development view, and FIG. 24B is a fold produced when both ends of the development views of FIG. 23 and FIG. It is a figure which shows the cylinder half-folded state.
FIG. 25 is an explanatory view of a pseudo cylinder k having a developed view in which FIG. 14 is inclined by π / 6. FIG. 25A is a developed view, and FIG. 25B is manufactured when both ends of the developed view of FIG. It is a figure which shows the half-folded state of a folding cylinder.
26 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cylindrical body having a developed view in which FIG. 15 is inclined by π / 6. FIG. 26A is a developed view, and FIG. 26B is manufactured when both ends of the developed view of FIG. 26A are joined. It is a figure which shows the half-folded state of a folding cylinder.
FIG. 27 is a developed view in which FIG. 16 is inclined by π / 6.
FIG. 28 is the spiral type of FIG. 19 and is obtained by cutting along a straight line connecting points A and D in FIG. The angle (˜0.193π) shown in FIG. 28 indicates the angle formed by the cutting line and the horizontal line. In this case, since the shape of the triangular element is given, the angle of the valley fold line is limited. Become.
29 is an explanatory view of a spiral folding cylinder having a fold line generalized from FIG. 24. FIG. 29A is a developed view, and FIG. 29B is manufactured when both ends of the developed view of FIG. 29A are joined. It is a figure which shows the half-folded state of a folding cylinder.
FIG. 30 is a development view when the six-stage development view of FIG. 29 is changed into three stages and the value of β is changed for each stage.
FIG. 31 is a development view of a repetitive spiral type obtained by reversing the spiral mountain fold line and valley fold line of FIG. 29 for each stage. This development is also obtained by matching points A and B in FIG.
FIG. 32 is a diagram showing a portion cut by two parallel straight lines AB ′ and C′D in the developed view of the cylindrical body shown in FIG. 21 so that A and B ′ and D and C ′ overlap. It is an expanded view of what becomes a foldable cylindrical body by connecting the left and right end edges of FIG.
FIG. 33 is a developed view of a collapsible cylinder having a rectangular element (part) having an arbitrary shape.
FIG. 34 is an explanatory view of a method for maintaining continuity when both ends of the developed view are joined.
FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an angular relationship between folding lines that satisfy folding conditions when a valley folding line is inserted symmetrically in the case of a 1-node 6 folding line, and the folding conditions in the case of FIGS. It is explanatory drawing.
FIG. 36 is a diagram showing an angular relationship between folding lines that satisfy the folding condition when valley folding lines (V1) and (V2) are alternately inserted between mountain folding lines (M1), (M2), and (M3). FIG. 56B is an explanatory diagram of folding conditions in the case of FIGS. 56B and 57 described later.
FIG. 37 shows the case of a 1-node 4-fold line. The folding conditional expression is obtained in the same procedure as above.
FIG. 38 is an enlarged view of the main part of the development view when the development view in the cone whose main fold line is parallel to the outer side of the development view is composed of N isosceles triangles having the apex angle 2Θ.
39 is an explanatory view of a pseudo-cone wall having a development view of a pseudo-cone wall with a folding line obtained using the value obtained by the equation (14), FIG. 39A is a development view, and FIG. 39B is a development view of FIG. 39A. It is a perspective view of the half-folded state of the conical wall with a fold line which has.
FIG. 40 is an enlarged view of a main part of a developed view of a conical wall with a folding line when it is divided into unequal triangular elements by folding lines.
FIG. 41 is a development view of a conical wall with fold lines when it is divided into unequal triangular elements by fold lines, where N = 3, 2Θ = π / 9, α = π / 9, and δ = π / 6. Fig.*= About 0.0688π).
FIG. 42 is a developed view of a conical wall with fold lines when it is divided into inequilateral triangular elements by a fold line having an angle α in the upper right direction and an angle δ in the upper left direction at the point F in FIG. , Δ values are the same as those in FIG.
FIG. 43 is an enlarged view of a main part of a developed view of a conical wall with a folding line when divided by a trapezoidal element instead of the division by the isosceles triangular element of FIG.
44 shows a conical wall with a folding line that is divided into an isosceles trapezoid by a folding line and folded into a regular N pyramid, N = 6, φ in FIG.*FIG. 44A is a development view, and FIG. 44B is a half-fold view of the cone wall with a folding line having the development view of FIG. 44A. It is a perspective view of the state made into.
FIG. 45 is a developed view of a conical wall with folding lines composed of N isosceles triangular elements (vertical angle 2Θ), and only one of them is written as a curved belt-like portion.
FIG. 46 is a developed view of a conical wall with a fold line having a simple, spiral developed view of three isosceles triangular elements.
FIG. 47 is a top view when the developed view of FIG. 46 is folded.
48 is an explanatory diagram of a practical model obtained by modifying the model described with reference to FIGS. 45 and 46, FIG. 48A is an explanatory diagram of a deformation method, and FIG. 48B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG. 48A.
FIG. 49 is a view showing a state in which the figure ABGHFE formed by the fold line of FIG. 48A is sequentially folded at the fold lines AF and BF, and FIG. FIG. 49B is a diagram showing a state after further mountain-folding at B′F (original line segment BF) in the state of FIG. 49A.
FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a portion corresponding to the first-stage strip shown in FIG. 48A and a portion corresponding to the second-stage strip.
51 shows a conical wall with a folding line having the folding lines shown in FIGS. 48 to 50, where N = 6 and γ + ψ.*= Π / 3, ψ*FIG. 51A is a developed view, and FIG. 51B is a developed view of FIG. 51. FIG. 51A is a developed view of a pseudo-conical wall having a developed view (2Θ = π / 18) when γ = π / 6 and γ = π / 6 It is a perspective view of the state which folded the conical wall with a fold line in half.
FIG. 52 shows a conical wall with fold lines having the fold lines shown in FIGS. 48 to 50, where N = 6 and γ + ψ.*= Π / 3, ψ*FIG. 6 is a development view (2Θ = π / 6) when = π / 4 and γ = π / 12.
FIG. 53 is a development diagram of FIG.*It is an expanded view when the value of is increased.
FIG. 54 is a development view in which the same cone wall as the folding cone wall having the development view of FIG. 53 is formed.
FIG. 55 is a diagram in the case where the second-stage valley fold line in FIG. 50 is taken in the opposite direction to that of the first stage at an angle γ.
56 is an explanatory view of a pseudo cone having a development view in which FIG. 51 is repetitively spiraled, FIG. 56A is a development view, and FIG. 56B is a half-fold view of a cone wall with a folding line having the development view of FIG. FIG.
FIG. 57 is a development view (N = 6) of the repetitive spiral type obtained as 2Θ = π / 6, ψ ¥ t * ¥ t = π / 6, γ = π / 6.
58 is an explanatory view of a developed view of a foldable conical wall having a fold line along an equiangular spiral, FIG. 58A is an overall explanatory view, and FIG. 58B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG. 58A.
FIG. 59 is an explanatory view of a developed view of a conical wall with a folding line when the spiral of FIG. 58 is reversed.
FIG. 60 is an explanatory diagram of how to draw the developed view of FIG. 44A.
FIG. 61 is an explanatory view of a pseudo cone having a development view in which the above FIG. 44 is an equiangular spiral shape, FIG. 61A is a development view, and FIG. 61B is a half-folded view of the cone wall with a folding line having the development view of FIG. It is a perspective view of the state made into.
FIG. 62 is a development view of a folding conical wall with a folding line in which the spiral in the circumferential direction of FIG. 51A is raised by one step at the right end.
FIG. 63 is an explanatory diagram of the simplest folding method for origami.
64 is an explanatory view of a development view of a folding structure with a folding line, FIG. 64A is an enlarged view of a main part for explaining folding conditions, and FIG. 64B is an overall view.
FIG. 65 is an enlarged view of a development view of the folding structure with a folding line shown in FIG. 64B.
FIG. 66 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 65 in a half-folded state and a small amount of folding.
FIG. 67 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 65 in a half-folded state and a large amount of folding.
FIG. 68 is a perspective view of a state in which the disk-like folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 65 is completely folded.
FIG. 69 is an explanatory view of a developed view of a disk-like folding structure with a folding line when the swing angle of the Zig / Zag folding line in the radial direction is increased toward the center, and FIG. 69A is for explaining folding conditions. FIG. 69B is an enlarged view of the main part of FIG.
FIG. 70 is a development view of a disk-shaped folding structure with a folding line when the swing angle of the Zig / Zag folding line in the radial direction is increased toward the center and the folding line in the circumferential direction is also Zig / Zag. FIG. 70A is an explanatory view, FIG. 70A is an enlarged view of a main part for explaining folding conditions, and FIG. 70B is an overall view.
FIG. 71 is an explanatory diagram of a conventionally known winding method in which the intersection of spiral fold lines is on the Archimedean spiral.
72 is a diagram showing a new fold line considered by the present inventor. FIG. 72A is a fold line in which the fold line (1) in the radial direction has one bending point in FIG. 71 and the spiral is reversed at this bending point. 72B is a diagram in which the outside of the bending point in FIG. 72A is replaced by a method of folding in the radial direction.
FIG. 73 is an explanatory diagram of a fold line when a fold line for folding a circular film, a partial circular film (fan-shaped film) or the like in the radial direction and the circumferential direction is formed along an equiangular spiral.
FIG. 74 is an explanatory diagram of a fold line when forming a fold line that folds in a circumferential direction while winding a circular film or a partial circular film (fan-shaped film) around the central axis along an equiangular spiral.
FIG. 75 is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG.
FIG. 76 is an explanatory diagram of folding conditions when forming a folding line along the equiangular spiral while folding a circular film or a partial circular film (fan-shaped film) around the central axis.
FIG. 77 is an explanatory diagram of folding conditions when the main folding line is folded at an equal angle with respect to the radiation.
FIG. 78 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 4, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 18, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 20 degrees.
FIG. 79 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 4, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 18, FIG. 79 is an example of a folded development view when γ = 0 °, and shows an example in which the angle of the folding line with respect to radiation is different from FIG. 78.
FIG. 80 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 10, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2N + 1) m = 42, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 81 shows an example in which two zigzag spirals (m = 2) are folded around the center, and n = 4, the number of isosceles triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 18, It is a figure which shows the example of the expanded view of a disk-shaped folding structure with a folding line in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 82 is a perspective view of the folding line disk-like folding structure having the developed view of FIG. 81 in a half-folded state and a small amount of folding.
FIG. 83 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 81 in a half-folded state and a large amount of folding.
FIG. 84 is a perspective view of a state in which the disk-like folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 81 is completely folded.
FIG. 85 shows an example in which four zigzag spirals (m = 4) are folded around the center, and n = 7, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 60, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 86 shows an example in which three zigzag spirals (m = 3) are folded around the center, and n = 8, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 51, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 87 shows an example of folding around a center with one zigzag spiral (m = 1) as the fold line, where n = 10, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 21, It is a figure which shows the example of a folding expanded view in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 88 shows an example in which four zigzag spirals (m = 4) are folded around the center, and n = 7, the number of equilateral triangle elements N = (2n + 1) m = 61, It is a figure which shows the example of the expanded view of a disk-shaped folding structure with a folding line in the case of (gamma) = 0 degree.
FIG. 89 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 88 in a half-folded state and a small amount of folding.
FIG. 90 is a perspective view of the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 88 in a half-folded state and a large amount of folding.
FIG. 91 is a perspective view of a state in which the folding structure with a folding line having the developed view of FIG. 88 is completely folded.
FIG. 92 is a development view when the number of spirals as the main fold line is large (m = 12).
FIG. 93 is a developed view composed of two types of equiangular spirals based on FIG. Number of divisions N = 12, θ1= Π / 180, θ2= 29π / 180, and φ is approximately π / 18. When the developed view of FIG. 93 is folded, it is wound up well around the center symmetrically in the vertical direction. The thing of FIG. 93 suggests that these folding lines are replaced by elastic deformation at the time of winding since the sub folding lines are fine.
FIG. 94 is a development view of a disk-like folding structure with folding lines in which mountain fold lines and valley fold lines are alternately provided.
FIG. 95 is a development of a disk-like folding structure with folding lines in which mountain fold lines and valley fold lines are alternately provided and the circumferential lengths of the valley fold lines and the left and right mountain fold lines are different on the left and right sides. FIG.
FIG. 96 is a view in which a fan-shaped portion between adjacent mountain fold lines in FIG. 95 is removed.
97 is an explanatory view of the folding condition of the sheet-like member, FIG. 97A is a development view before folding, and FIG. 97B is a diagram showing a state folded at the folding line of FIG. 97A.
FIG. 98 is an explanatory diagram of a DCC (double correlated core), FIG. 98A is a development view of the DCC, and FIG. 98B is an external view of the half-folded state.
FIG. 99 is an explanatory diagram showing the vertical fold line group in FIG. 98 as zig / zag.
FIG. 100 is an explanatory diagram of a newly devised core model with joints, FIG. 100A is a development view, FIG. 100B is a plan view of the development view of FIG. 100A in a half-folded state, and FIG. It is an external view of what folded the figure and made it three-dimensional.
FIG. 101 is an explanatory view of another model of the core having a joint portion newly devised, FIG. 101A is a development view, FIG. 101B is a plan view of the development view of FIG. 101A in a half-folded state, and FIG. FIG.
FIGS. 102A and 102B are explanatory diagrams of a model that does not satisfy another folding condition of the core with the joint devised by the present inventor. FIG. 102A is a development view, and FIG. 102B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG.
103 is an explanatory view of a core created by folding the developed view of FIG. 102A, FIG. 103A is a perspective view of the folded core, and FIG. 103B is a perspective view of a sheet bonded to the lower surface of the core of FIG. 103A. .
FIG. 104 is an explanatory view of a model that does not satisfy another folding condition of the core with the joint devised by the present inventor, FIG. 104A is a development view, and FIG. 104B is an enlarged view of a main part of FIG. 104A.
FIG. 105 is an explanatory diagram of a method for manufacturing a honeycomb core from a single plate, FIG. 105A is a development view, and FIG. 105B is a diagram of a honeycomb core manufactured from a plate having the development view of FIG. 105A.
FIG. 106 is a view showing a folding mold for producing the core material shown in FIG. 103A.
107 is an explanatory view of the manufactured aluminum core, FIG. 107A is a perspective view, FIG. 107B is a development view, and has the same shape as the paper development view shown in FIG. 103A.
FIG. 108 is an explanatory view of an application example of a structure with a cylindrical folding line, and FIG. 108A is a development view.
FIG. 109 is an explanatory view of an application example of a spiral cylindrical folding lined structure, FIG. 109A is a developed view, and FIG. 109B is a view showing an inflatable structure that can be expanded and contracted based on FIG. 109A. .
FIG. 110 is a plan view of a folding line forming mold according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 111 is a perspective view of a paper or resin sheet on which a fold line is formed.
FIG. 112 is an explanatory diagram of a folding line forming mold according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention, and is a perspective view of one flexible mold of a pair of flexible molds for sandwiching both surfaces of a sheet-like member forming a folding line. FIG.
FIG. 113 is a plan view of a folding line forming mold according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
FIG. 114 is an explanatory diagram of the usage state of the fold line forming mold shown in FIG. 113, FIG. 114A is a view showing a state where the fold line forming mold is folded in two, and FIG. 114B is a half fold shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the state which folded the type | mold for fold line formation.
115 is an explanatory view of a sheet-like member in which a fold line is formed using the fold line forming mold shown in FIGS. 113 and 114, FIG. 115A is a plan view of the sheet-like member in a half-folded state, and FIG. It is a top view of the state folded completely.
FIG. 116 is an explanatory view of the folded sheet-like member shown in FIG. 115B, FIG. 116A is a perspective view, and FIG. 116B is a planar sheet-like member on one surface (lower surface) of the folded sheet-like member shown in FIG. It is a perspective view of what adhere | attached.
FIG. 117 is a side view of a plastic bottle as a structure with a folding line according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
118 is a sectional side view of the plastic bottle of Example 4. FIG.
FIG. 119 is an explanatory view of the plastic bottle of FIG. 117 compressed in the axial direction (half-folded state), FIG. 119A is a view showing the half-folded state, and FIG. 119B is a cover in the opening portion in the almost completely folded state. FIG.
FIG. 120 is an explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the plastic bottle A, and shows a state in which a mold (mold having a fold line forming surface) is opened.
FIG. 121 is an explanatory diagram of the method for manufacturing the PET bottle A, and shows a state in which the mold is closed and a tubular or bag-shaped blank (parison) is extended in the mold.
FIG. 122 is a view showing a state in which compressed air is blown into the raw pipe of FIG. 121 to be expanded.
FIG. 123 is an explanatory view of a plastic bottle as Example 5 of the structure with a fold line of the present invention, and shows a structure with a fold line (pet bottle) formed along a spiral.
FIG. 124 is an explanatory view of a plastic bottle as Example 6 of the structure with a folding line of the present invention, and shows a structure with a folding line (pet bottle) having a cylindrical wall formed along a spiral.
FIG. 125 is a side view of a coffee can as a structure with a folding line according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
126 is a side sectional view of the coffee can of Example 7. FIG.
FIG. 127 is an explanatory view of the coffee can of FIG. 126 compressed in the axial direction (half-folded state), FIG. 127A is a side view of the half-folded state, and FIG. 127B is a side view of the almost completely folded state. .
128 is an explanatory view of the method for manufacturing the coffee can A, and is an explanatory view of an inner mold (mold having a fold line forming surface) disposed on the inner surface of the cylindrical member. FIG. FIG. 128B is a plan sectional view in which a pair of inner second molds are inserted between the pair of inner first molds in FIG. 128A. 128C is a cross-sectional plan view of the inner first and second molds shown in FIG. 128B with the cam rod inserted in the center thereof. FIG. 128D is a rotation of the cam rod shown in FIG. 128C to move the inner second mold outward. It is a figure which shows the state which pushed the inner side 1st and 2nd metal mold | die outward by pushing out.
FIG. 129 is an explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the coffee can A, and FIG. 129A is a state before the outer mold K2 is clamped with the inner mold (mold having a folding line forming surface) set on the inner surface of the cylindrical member. FIG. 129B is a diagram showing a state where the mold is clamped from the state of FIG. 129A.
FIG. 130 is an explanatory view of a coffee can as an eighth embodiment of the structure with a fold line of the present invention, and shows a structure with a fold line (coffee can) having a cylindrical wall formed along a spiral.
FIG. 131 is an explanatory diagram of another embodiment of the method for manufacturing the coffee can A.
132 is an explanatory view of a small container as a structure with a folding line according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 132A is a perspective view of a lid of the small container, and FIG. 132B is a perspective view of the small container in an extended state.
133 is an explanatory view of the small container of Example 9, FIG. 133A is a perspective view of the small container in a folded state, FIG. 133B is a sectional view taken along line 133B-133B of FIG. 133A, and FIG. 133C is a small figure of FIG. It is sectional drawing of the state which covered the container.
FIG. 134 is an explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the small container B, and shows a state in which a mold (mold having a fold line forming surface) is closed.
FIG. 135 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view of a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
136 is a view showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG.
FIG. 137 is a view showing a state where the paper pack of FIG. 136 is further folded.
FIG. 138 is a developed view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 135 to 137.
FIG. 139 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to an eleventh embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view of a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
FIG. 140 is a diagram showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG. 139.
FIG. 141 is a view showing a state in which the paper pack of FIG. 140 is further folded.
FIG. 142 is a development view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 139 to 141.
FIG. 143 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to a twelfth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
FIG. 144 is a diagram showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG. 143.
FIG. 145 is a view showing a state where the paper pack of FIG. 144 is further folded.
FIG. 146 is a development view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 143 to 145.
FIG. 147 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
148 is a diagram showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG. 147. FIG.
FIG. 149 is a view showing a state where the paper pack of FIG. 148 is further folded.
FIG. 150 is a developed view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 147 to 149.
FIG. 151 is an explanatory diagram of a pump as a structure with a folding line according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
FIGS. 152A and 152B are explanatory views of a trash box as a structure with folding lines according to the fifteenth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 152A is a side view and FIG. 152B is a side sectional view.
FIG. 153 is an explanatory diagram of a pencil stand as a structure with folding lines according to the sixteenth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 153A is a side view and FIG. 153B is a side sectional view.
FIG. 154 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a structure with a folding line of Embodiment 17 of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 155 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 156 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 157 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure of the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view of the gusset taken out from the paper box.
FIG. 158 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 159 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure of the nineteenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 160 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 161 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 162 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure according to a twentieth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 163 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 164 is a developed view of the guess of FIG. 163.
FIG. 165 is an explanatory diagram of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure according to the twenty-first embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 166 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 167 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 168 is an explanatory view of the folding passage cover, FIG. 168A is a perspective view in a half-folded state, and FIG. 168B is a perspective view in a completely folded state.
FIG. 169 is a development view of a folding passage cover as a structure with a folding line according to the twenty-second embodiment of the present invention.
170A and 170B are explanatory views of a folding path cover as a structure with a folding line according to the twenty-third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 170A is a perspective view in a half-folded state, and FIG. 170B is a perspective view in a completely folded state.
FIG. 171 is a developed view of the folding passage cover of FIG.
FIG. 172 is an explanatory diagram of a lamp shade as a structure with folding lines according to a twenty-fourth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 172A is a development view of a sheet-like member that is a material for manufacturing the lamp shade, and FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a lamp shade that is formed by joining the left and right sides of a shaped member to produce a pseudocone in a half-folded state.
FIG. 173 is an explanatory view of a Christmas card as a fold lined structure of Example 25 of the present invention. FIG. 173A is a plan view of the folded Christmas card, and FIG. 173B is a plan view of the opened FIG. 173A. FIG. 173C is a view as seen from diagonally above the arrow 173C in FIG. 173B.
FIG. 174 is an explanatory view of a cap as a fold lined structure of Embodiment 26 of the present invention, FIG. 174A is a perspective view of the cap, FIG. 174B is a sectional view taken along the line 174B-174B of FIG. It is the figure seen from the arrow 174C of 174B.
FIG. 175 is an explanatory view of the cap of Example 26, FIG. 175A is a plan view of the cap folded, and FIG. 175B is a view as seen from the arrow 175B of FIG. 175A.
FIG. 176 is an explanatory view of a hat as a structure with folding lines according to a twenty-seventh embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 176A is a perspective view of the hat, FIG. 176B is a sectional view taken along the line 176B-174B of FIG. 176A, and FIG. It is the figure seen from arrow 176C of 176B.
FIG. 177 is an explanatory diagram of the cap of Example 27, FIG. 177A is a plan view of the cap folded, and FIG. 177B is a view seen from the arrow 177B of FIG. 177A.
FIG. 178 is a perspective view of a winding type cap as a structure with a folding line of the embodiment 28 of the present invention.
FIG. 179 is a perspective view of the winding type cap of FIG. 178 in the middle of folding.
FIG. 180 is a perspective view of a wind-up type cap that is further folded from the state of FIG. 179.
181 is an explanatory view of the method for manufacturing the winding type cap shown in FIGS. 178 to 180. FIG. 181A is a development view of FIG. 178 heel A, FIG. 181B is a development view of the temporal region B, and FIG. FIG. 3 is a development view of the crown C.
FIG. 182 is an explanatory view of another manufacturing method of the winding type cap shown in FIGS. 178 to 181.
FIG. 183 is a perspective view of a winding tent as a structure with a folding line according to the twenty-ninth embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 184 is a perspective view of the winding type tent of FIG. 183 in the middle of folding.
FIG. 185 is a perspective view of the tent in a further folded state from the state of FIG.
FIG. 186 is an explanatory view of a method for manufacturing the winding tent shown in FIGS. 183 to 185. FIG. 186A is a drawing showing a dome shape having a parabolic curved surface in an expanded state, divided in the circumferential direction. FIG. 186B is a diagram showing a conical wall formed when the end portion AB of the part shown in FIG. 186A is connected to the CD.
FIG. 187 is an explanatory view of the method for manufacturing the winding tent shown in FIGS. 183 to 185. FIG. 187 shows the winding tent that has a radius r1 in the extended state and the coordinates of the center position of the dome shape. Is set to r = 0, j = 1, 2,..., 10 and is divided into 10 by a circle whose radius is a coordinate rj (rj = r1 × (11−j) / 10) at a position equally divided into 10 in the radial direction. It is a figure which shows the shape of the part (conical wall) (j) formed in this.
FIG. 188 is a diagram showing the part number (j), the shape and length Lj of the bus bar, and the inclination θj of FIG. 187.
FIG. 189 shows divided parts (J: J = 1, 2,...) When the developed views of the parts (1), (2),..., (10) shown in FIGS. , 10) is an explanatory diagram of the shape, FIG. 189A shows that each part (j) is composed of 16 divided parts (J), and FIG. 189B shows the divided parts (J) connected in the radial direction. FIG.
FIG. 190 is a perspective view of a take-up tent as a structure with a folding line according to a thirty-third embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 191 is a perspective view of the winding-type tent of FIG. 190 in the middle of folding.
FIG. 192 is a perspective view of the tent in a further folded state from the state of FIG.
BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
Next, specific examples (examples) of the embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
(Example 1)
FIG. 110 is a plan view of a folding line forming mold according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
110, the fold line forming mold 1 has a pair of flexible molds 2 and 2 as a pair of foldable fold line forming members arranged symmetrically with respect to the opening / closing axis L. The flexible mold 2 includes a plurality of rhombus parts P and a craft film 3 bonded to both surfaces of each part P in a state where the outer sides of the plurality of parts P are adjacent to each other. The adjacent outer sides of the parts P are connected by the craft film 3, and a linear fold line that can be folded by the craft film 3 of the connecting portion (part connecting portion) is formed.
Nodes that are the intersections of the plurality of folding lines are arranged at a predetermined interval, and a total of four folding lines intersect at one node. The fold line includes a mountain fold line where the one surface side is a mountain fold and a valley fold line which is a valley fold when viewed from one surface side of the flexible mold (fold line forming member) 2, and a mountain which intersects at one node. The difference between the number of folding lines and the number of valley folding lines is two. In the first embodiment, the number of fold lines intersecting at one node is 4, and at each node, three mountain fold lines and one valley fold line intersect, or three mountain fold lines. And one valley fold line intersect.
The fold line and the valley fold line of the flexible molds 2, 2 in a state of being folded along the open / close axis L are overlapped.
Flexible molds made by bonding craft films to both sides of each part (each part, ie, each thin metal plate) P can be easily performed from the next time by attaching creases once to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line. Mountain folds and valley folds are possible. Accordingly, when a folding mold is folded along the opening / closing axis L with a paper or resin sheet or the like placed on the surface of the flexible mold on one side of the opening / closing axis L, the paper or resin sheet is a pair of flexible molds. Sandwiched between. When the flexible mold is folded along the fold line in this state, a fold line is formed on the sheet-like member S such as paper or a resin sheet.
FIG. 111 is a perspective view of a paper or resin sheet on which a fold line is formed.
As can be seen from FIG. 111, by using the folding line forming mold 1 shown in FIG. 110, a folding line can be easily formed on the sheet-like member S such as paper or a resin sheet.
(Example 2)
FIG. 112 is an explanatory diagram of a folding line forming mold according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention, and is a perspective view of one flexible mold of a pair of flexible molds for sandwiching both surfaces of a sheet-like member forming a folding line. FIG.
In FIG. 112, the flexible mold 2 forming the folding line forming mold 1 of the second embodiment of the present invention is formed by a plurality of rhombus parts P, and each part P is formed on the side edge of each part. The hinges Pa are rotatably connected.
The hinge Pa of each part P is arranged on the same surface side of each part, and the sheet-like member is sandwiched by the surface opposite to the surface on which the hinge Pa is provided.
Other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment.
(Example 3)
FIG. 113 is a plan view of a folding line forming mold according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
FIG. 114 is an explanatory diagram of the usage state of the fold line forming mold shown in FIG. 113, FIG. 114A is a view showing a state where the fold line forming mold is folded in two, and FIG. 114B is a half fold shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the state which folded the type | mold for fold line formation.
In FIG. 113, the fold line forming die 1 has a pair of flexible molds 2 and 2 as a pair of foldable fold line forming members arranged symmetrically with respect to the opening / closing axis L. The flexible mold 2 is a craft film in which a plurality of square parts P1, a parallelogram part P2, and a plurality of parts P1, P2 are adhered to both sides of the parts P1, P2 with their outer sides adjacent to each other. 3.
The smaller one of the inner angles of the parallelogram is 60 °.
When the folding line forming mold 1 is folded along the opening / closing axis L in a state where a sheet-like member such as paper or a resin sheet is placed on the surface of the flexible mold 2 on one side of the opening / closing axis L, the paper or the resin sheet, etc. Is sandwiched between a pair of flexible molds 2 and 2. In this state, when the flexible molds 2 and 2 overlapped with each other are folded in the state shown in FIG. 114A by the fold line, and further folded in the state shown in FIG. 114B, the sheet-like member S such as paper or resin sheet is easily folded. Can be formed.
115 is an explanatory view of a sheet-like member in which a fold line is formed using the fold line forming mold shown in FIGS. 113 and 114, FIG. 115A is a plan view of the sheet-like member in a half-folded state, and FIG. It is a top view of the state folded completely.
FIG. 116 is an explanatory view of the folded sheet-like member shown in FIG. 115B, FIG. 116A is a perspective view, and FIG. 116B is a planar sheet-like member on one surface (lower surface) of the folded sheet-like member shown in FIG. It is a perspective view of what adhere | attached.
The regions S1 and S2 and S3 and S4 of the sheet-like member S in the half-folded state shown in FIG. 115A are joined in the fully-folded state shown in FIG. 115B or FIG. Therefore, a strong core member can be formed by applying an adhesive to one of the joints S1 and S2 and one of S3 and S4 when folded. 116A can be produced by adhering the sheet S ′ (see FIG. 116) to one surface (lower surface) or both surfaces of the folded sheet member S shown in FIG. 116A with an adhesive.
The fold line forming mold described in the first and third embodiments uses a pair of fold line forming members (flexible molds) for sandwiching the sheet member, but the fold line forming mold is one sheet. It is possible to form a fold line on a sheet-like member using a fold line forming member (flexible mold). In that case, a small suction port is formed in each part of the fold line forming member, the one side of the fold line forming member is set to a negative pressure, and the sheet member is adsorbed to the other side of the fold line forming member ( A folding line can be formed on the sheet member by folding the flexible mold.
In addition, a configuration in which a pair of fold line forming members are supported by separate support members, and the other fold line forming member is mechanically moved to a close contact position with respect to one fold line forming member or separated. It is possible to adopt.
(Example 4)
FIG. 117 is a side view of a plastic bottle as a structure with a folding line according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
118 is a sectional side view of the plastic bottle of Example 4. FIG.
FIG. 119 is an explanatory view of the plastic bottle of FIG. 117 compressed in the axial direction (half-folded state), FIG. 119A is a view showing the half-folded state, and FIG. 119B is a cover in the opening portion in the almost completely folded state. FIG.
117 and 118, the plastic bottle A has a bottom wall A0, a cylindrical wall A1, a conical wall A2, and an opening A3. As shown in FIGS. 117 and 118, the cylindrical wall A1 has a large number of mountain fold lines M (see the solid line in FIG. 117) whose outer surface is convex and a large number of valley fold lines V (see 1 in FIG. 117) which are concave. (See dotted line).
117 and 118, in the plastic bottle A of the fourth embodiment, the part P that is a part formed (enclosed) by the folding lines M and V is formed in a shape (square). At the node that is the intersection of the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V, a total of four fold lines of three mountain fold lines M and one valley fold line V intersect. The number of mountain fold lines M intersecting at the nodes = 3, the number of valley fold lines V = 1, and the difference is 2 (= 3-1).
When the cylindrical wall A1 of the plastic bottle A of Example 4 is compressed in the axial direction, it is folded along the folding lines M and V, and is folded into the state of FIG. 119B through the state of FIG. 119A. The folded plastic bottle tends to return to its original shape (elongated shape) due to elasticity, but when folded into the state shown in FIG. 119B, a lid (cap) C is placed on the opening A3 to put the plastic bottle A inside. When air is prevented from flowing in, the plastic bottle A is held in a folded state (the state shown in FIG. 122B). In this folded state, the space required to accommodate the cylindrical wall A1 can be reduced to 1/3 or less of the state shown in FIGS.
Therefore, the space required for storage until the cylindrical wall A1 of the used plastic bottle A is recycled can be reduced.
FIG. 120 is an explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the plastic bottle A, and shows a state in which a mold (mold having a fold line forming surface) is opened.
FIG. 121 is an explanatory diagram of the method for manufacturing the PET bottle A, and shows a state in which the mold is closed and a tubular or bag-shaped blank (parison) is extended in the mold.
FIG. 122 is a view showing a state in which compressed air is blown into the raw pipe of FIG. 121 to be expanded.
In FIG. 120, a mold K includes a circular bottom mold K1, an intermediate mold K2a, K2a obtained by dividing a cylinder into two, and an upper first mold that clamps the upper ends of the intermediate molds K2a, K2a. K3a and an upper second mold K3b supported on the upper surface thereof. As shown in FIG. 120, the raw tube C is arranged in a state of covering the tip portion of the air supply pipe B, and the mold is clamped as shown in FIG. Next, as shown in FIG. 122, when air is blown out from the air supply pipe B, a plastic bottle A is manufactured. The shape of the mold cavity is transferred to the outer wall of the plastic bottle A by cooling the plastic bottle A of FIG. Therefore, a mountain fold line M or a valley fold line V can be formed on the outer wall of the plastic bottle A by forming a concave portion or a convex portion on the inner surface of the mold.
(Example 5)
FIG. 123 is an explanatory view of a plastic bottle as Example 5 of the structure with a fold line of the present invention, and shows a structure with a fold line (pet bottle) formed along a spiral.
In the description of the fifth embodiment, components corresponding to those of the fourth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
The fifth embodiment is different from the fourth embodiment in the following points, but is configured in the same manner as the fourth embodiment in other points.
In FIG. 123, the plastic bottle A of the fifth embodiment is different from the fourth embodiment in the shape of a part P that is a part formed (enclosed) by the folding lines M and V. That is, the shape of the part P of the fifth embodiment is a trapezoid as in the fourth embodiment, but the height of the trapezoid is lower than that of the fourth embodiment. The folding lines M and V of the fifth embodiment have folding lines formed along a spiral.
As in the fifth embodiment, the cylindrical wall (structure with a cylindrical fold line) A1 having a fold line along the spiral is folded when compressed in the axial direction while twisting, and the outer shape becomes small, while twisting. When pulled in the axial direction, the outer shape expands and expands.
(Example 6)
FIG. 124 is an explanatory view of a plastic bottle as Example 6 of the structure with a folding line of the present invention, and shows a structure with a folding line (pet bottle) having a cylindrical wall formed along a spiral.
In the description of the sixth embodiment, components corresponding to those of the fifth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
The sixth embodiment is different from the fifth embodiment in the following points, but is configured in the same manner as the fifth embodiment in other points.
In FIG. 124, the plastic bottle A of the sixth embodiment is different from the fourth embodiment in the shape of the part P that is a part formed (enclosed) by the folding lines M and V. That is, the shape of the part P of the sixth embodiment is a trapezoid as in the fifth embodiment, but the height of the trapezoid is higher than that of the fourth embodiment. Further, the folding lines M and V of the sixth embodiment have folding lines formed along the spiral as in the fifth embodiment, but the inclination of the spiral is larger than that of the first embodiment. The inclination angle is about 45 °.
The cylindrical wall (structure with a cylindrical fold line) A1 having a fold line along a spiral with a large inclination angle as in the sixth embodiment is folded when compressed in the axial direction while twisting, and the outer shape becomes smaller. Is the same as that of the fifth embodiment, but requires a slightly larger force than the fifth embodiment when folding. And once folded, since the cylindrical wall A1 of a plastic bottle deforms plastically, the cylindrical wall A1 does not automatically return to its original shape due to elasticity. For this reason, when the plastic bottle is used, if it is compressed and folded in the axial direction while twisting, the folded state can be maintained without covering the opening A3.
(Example 7)
FIG. 125 is a side view of a coffee can as a structure with a folding line according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention.
126 is a side sectional view of the coffee can of Example 7. FIG.
FIG. 127 is an explanatory view of the coffee can of FIG. 126 compressed in the axial direction (half-folded state), FIG. 127A is a side view of the half-folded state, and FIG. 127B is a side view of the almost completely folded state. .
125 and 126, the coffee can A has a bottom wall portion A0, a cylindrical wall A1 and an upper wall portion A2 made of aluminum or steel, and the cylindrical portion of the plastic bottle shown in FIGS. It has the same shape. 125 and 126, the cylindrical wall A1 has a large number of mountain fold lines M (see the solid line in FIG. 125) whose outer surface is convex and a large number of valley fold lines V (see 1 in FIG. 125) that are concave. (See dotted line).
In the coffee can A of the seventh embodiment, a part P that is a part formed (enclosed) by the folding lines M and V is formed in a trapezoidal shape (rectangular shape). At the node that is the intersection of the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V, a total of four fold lines of three mountain fold lines M and one valley fold line V intersect. The number of mountain fold lines M intersecting at the nodes = 3, the number of valley fold lines V = 1, and the difference is 2 (= 3-1).
When the cylindrical wall A1 of the coffee can A of Example 7 is compressed in the axial direction, it is folded along the folding lines M and V, and is plastically deformed into the folded state of FIG. 127B through the state of FIG. 127A.
If a thin can such as a coffee can has a pattern as shown in FIG. 33 on the outer periphery of the central portion in the axial direction, if the coffee can is twisted at the time of disposal, the fold line extends from the pattern as a base point. Folded.
Therefore, the space required for storage until the cylindrical shape A1 of the used coffee can A is recycled can be reduced.
128 is an explanatory view of the method for manufacturing the coffee can A, and is an explanatory view of an inner mold (mold having a fold line forming surface) disposed on the inner surface of the cylindrical member. FIG. FIG. 128B is a plan sectional view in which a pair of inner second molds are inserted between the pair of inner first molds in FIG. 128A. 128C is a cross-sectional plan view of the inner first and second molds shown in FIG. 128B with the cam rod inserted in the center thereof. FIG. 128D is a rotation of the cam rod shown in FIG. 128C to move the inner second mold outward. It is a figure which shows the state which pushed the inner side 1st and 2nd metal mold | die outward by pushing out.
FIG. 129 is an explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the coffee can A, and FIG. 129A is a state before the outer mold K2 is clamped with the inner mold (mold having a folding line forming surface) set on the inner surface of the cylindrical member. FIG. 129B is a diagram showing a state where the mold is clamped from the state of FIG. 129A.
The inner mold K1 shown in FIGS. 128 and 129 includes a pair of inner first molds K1a and K1a disposed to face each other, and a pair of inner second molds K1b and K1b disposed therebetween. And a cam rod K1c inserted between the inner first and second molds K1a, K1a, K1b, K1b. On the outer surface of the inner first and second molds K1a, K1a, K1b, K1b, uneven surfaces forming the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V of the coffee can A shown in FIGS. 125 and 126 (FIG. (Not shown) is formed. The outer mold K2 has four outer divided molds K2a configured by dividing the cylindrical mold into four equal parts, and the inner surface of each outer divided mold K2a has the above-described FIGS. 125 and 126. The uneven surface (not shown) which forms the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V of the coffee can A shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 128C, when the inner mold K1 is set inside an aluminum cylindrical member that is a material for manufacturing the coffee can A, and the cam rod K1c is rotated by 90 ° in this state, the inner first and second molds K1a, K1a, K1b, and K1b are pushed outward to the state shown in FIG. 128D.
In this state, the outer mold K2 of FIG. 129A is clamped to the state of FIG. 129B, whereby the coffee can A having the folding lines M and V shown in FIGS. 125 and 126 can be manufactured.
The inner first and second molds K1a, K1a, K1b, and K1b of the inner mold K1 have air vent holes (not shown) for discharging the air in the recesses formed on the outer surfaces thereof. The coffee can A can be easily formed by forming between the concave portion on the outer side surface and the inner side surface.
(Example 8)
FIG. 130 is an explanatory view of a coffee can as an eighth embodiment of the structure with a fold line of the present invention, and shows a structure with a fold line (coffee can) having a cylindrical wall formed along a spiral.
In the description of the eighth embodiment, components corresponding to those of the seventh embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
Example 8 is different from Example 7 in the following points, but is configured in the same manner as Example 7 in other points.
In FIG. 130, in the coffee can A of the eighth embodiment, a part P, which is a part formed (enclosed) by fold lines M and V, is formed along a spiral having an inclination angle of 45 °.
As in the eighth embodiment, the cylindrical wall (structure with a cylindrical fold line) A1 having a fold line along a spiral having an inclination angle of 20 ° to 30 ° or more is folded when compressed in the axial direction while twisting. Since the outer shape becomes small and the cylindrical wall A1 of the coffee can A is plastically deformed once folded, the cylindrical wall A1 does not automatically return to its original shape. For this reason, when the coffee can A is used, it can be kept in a small folded state by being compressed and folded in the axial direction while twisting.
FIG. 131 is an explanatory diagram of another embodiment of the method for manufacturing the coffee can A.
In FIG. 131, the inner mold K1 set inside the cylindrical wall A1 having the bottom wall A0 is fixed to the upper end of the liquid container V, and the cylindrical wall A1 is accommodated in the liquid container V. Fill with liquid. A tube T is connected to the upper end of the liquid container V, and the liquid is also filled inside the tube T.
In this state, when an impact pressure is applied to the liquid in the tube T by the piston P, a fold line corresponding to the unevenness on the surface of the inner mold K1 is formed on the cylindrical wall A1.
Example 9
132 is an explanatory view of a small container as a structure with a folding line according to the ninth embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 132A is a perspective view of a lid of the small container, and FIG. 132B is a perspective view of the small container in an extended state.
133 is an explanatory view of the small container of Example 9, FIG. 133A is a perspective view of the small container in a folded state, FIG. 133B is a sectional view taken along line 133B-133B of FIG. 133A, and FIG. 133C is a small figure of FIG. It is sectional drawing of the state which covered the container.
132 and 133, the small container B (see FIG. 132B) has a circular bottom plate 6, an upper end plate 7, and a foldable pseudo cylindrical wall 8. The outer shape of the upper end plate 7 is circular, and a hexagonal opening 7a is formed at the center.
As shown in FIG. 132B, the pseudo-cylindrical wall 8 is formed with a large number of mountain fold lines M whose outer surface is convex and a large number of valley fold lines V which are concave.
132B and 133, the pseudo-cylindrical wall 8 of the small container B of the ninth embodiment has a plurality of parts P1 and P2 that are parts formed (enclosed) by the folding lines M and V. The part P1 has a triangular shape and one side thereof is foldably connected to the bottom plate 6, and the part P2 has a triangular shape and one side thereof is foldably connected to the upper end plate 7. Mountain fold lines M, M,... Are formed at a connection portion between the bottom plate 6 and one side of each of the six parts P1, and the mountain fold lines M, M,. Connected to the endless.
Mountain fold lines M, M,... Are formed at a connection portion between the upper end plate 7 and one side of each of the six parts P2, and the mountain fold lines M, M,. Is connected endlessly.
The mountain fold lines M, M,... Connected endlessly form a closed and continuous polygon along a plane perpendicular to the axis of the pseudo cylindrical wall 8.
When the pseudo cylindrical wall 8 of the small container B of the ninth embodiment is compressed in the axial direction while twisting, the pseudo cylindrical wall 8 is folded along the fold lines M and V to be in the state shown in FIGS. 133A and 133B.
A lid 9 (see FIGS. 132A and 133C) for opening and closing the hexagonal opening 7a at the upper end of the small container B includes a circular upper surface plate 9a, a short cylindrical wall 9b provided on the outer periphery of the upper surface plate 9a, and a cylinder. A pair of projecting portions 9c, 9c extending downward from the lower end of the wall 9b, a lower end locking portion 9d projecting inwardly provided at the lower end of the projecting portions 9c, 9c, and a cylindrical wall 9b above the projecting portions 9c, 9c And an upper locking portion 9e that protrudes small on the inner surface.
When the small container B is not used, when the cylindrical wall 9b of the lid 9 is fitted to the upper end plate 7 of the small container B with the small container B folded, as shown in FIG. 9 d locks the lower surface of the bottom plate 6, and the locking portions 9 e and 9 e lock the lower surface of the upper end plate 7. In this state, the volume of the small container B and the lid 9 is small, so that the storage space is small.
When the small container B is used, when the cylindrical wall 9b of the lid 9 is fitted to the upper end plate 7 of the small container B with the small container B extended (see FIG. 132B), the locking portions 9e and 9e are The upper end plate 7 is locked to the lower surface. In this state, the lid 9 is held at the upper end of the small container B in a state where the opening 7a of the extended small container B is closed. Therefore, it is possible to protect the internal container that blocks the object stored in the small container B from the outside air.
FIG. 134 is an explanatory view of the manufacturing method of the small container B, and shows a state in which a mold (mold having a fold line forming surface) is closed.
In FIG. 134, the mold 11 is divided into upper molds 11a and 11b and a lower mold 11c. The upper molds 11a and 11b are molds divided along dividing lines L1 and L2 formed along the mountain fold lines M and M arranged at positions facing each other in FIG. 132B.
After the resin is injected into the cavity 12 formed in the mold 11 and cured to form the small container B, the upper molds 11a and 11b are opened. Thereafter, when the small container B formed on the lower mold 11c is pulled upward while being twisted, the formed small container B can be easily taken out from the lower mold 11C.
(Example 10)
FIG. 135 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view of a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
136 is a view showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG.
FIG. 137 is a view showing a state where the paper pack of FIG. 136 is further folded.
FIG. 138 is a developed view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 135 to 137.
FIG. 138 is a developed view of a paper pack that is folded in two stages by a folding line that satisfies the folding condition, and a one-dot chain line in the vertical direction is a mountain folding line in the state of FIG. The left and right side edges of FIG. 138 are bonded to form a cylindrical shape, and then folded along horizontal and vertical mountain fold lines M and valley fold lines V, so that the paper pack of FIG. ) Can be configured.
135 can be folded from the state of FIG. 136 to the state of FIG. 137 by folding along the oblique mountain fold line M and valley fold line V.
(Example 11)
FIG. 139 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to an eleventh embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view of a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
FIG. 140 is a diagram showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG. 139.
FIG. 141 is a view showing a state in which the paper pack of FIG. 140 is further folded.
FIG. 142 is a development view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 139 to 141.
FIG. 142 is a development view of a paper pack that is folded in four stages by folding lines that satisfy the folding condition, and is different from the development view of FIG. 138 that is folded in two stages. 142 is a mountain fold line in the state of FIG. 139. 142 is bonded to the left and right side edges to form a cylindrical shape, and then folded along horizontal and vertical mountain fold lines M and valley fold lines V, so that the paper pack of FIG. ) Can be configured. Other configurations and operations are the same as those in the tenth embodiment.
(Example 12)
FIG. 143 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to a twelfth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
FIG. 144 is a diagram showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG. 143.
FIG. 145 is a view showing a state where the paper pack of FIG. 144 is further folded.
FIG. 146 is a development view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 143 to 145.
FIG. 146 is a developed view of a paper pack that is folded in four stages by folding lines that satisfy the folding condition, and vertical mountain folding lines M are formed so as to be alternately inclined. After the left and right side edges of FIG. 146 are bonded to form a cylindrical shape, the paper pack of FIG. 143 (paper pack in use) is configured by folding along the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V. be able to. Other configurations and operations are the same as those of the eleventh embodiment.
(Example 13)
FIG. 147 is an explanatory diagram of a paper pack as a fold lined structure according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a use state in which the paper pack is extended.
148 is a diagram showing a state in the middle of folding the paper pack of FIG. 147. FIG.
FIG. 149 is a view showing a state where the paper pack of FIG. 148 is further folded.
FIG. 150 is a developed view of the paper pack shown in FIGS. 147 to 149.
FIG. 150 is a developed view of a paper pack that is folded in four stages by folding lines that satisfy the folding condition, and vertical mountain folding lines M are formed to be inclined in the same direction. The paper pack of FIG. 147 (paper pack in use) is formed by bonding the left and right side edges of FIG. 150 to form a cylindrical shape and then folding along the mountain fold line M and valley fold line V. be able to. As can be seen from FIG. 147, since the paper pack is twisted in a certain direction from the upper end to the lower end, the paper pack can be easily expanded or folded by changing the direction in which the paper pack is twisted. Other configurations and operations are the same as those of the twelfth embodiment.
(Example 14)
FIG. 151 is an explanatory diagram of a pump as a structure with a folding line according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention.
In FIG. 151, the pump chamber A is configured similarly to the plastic bottle A of the fifth embodiment, and the opening at the upper end is opened and closed by a cap C. The upper end of the fluid tube T is connected to the lower end of the pump chamber A. The fluid tube T has a suction tube T1 and a discharge tube T2. The suction tube T1 is provided with a suction valve V1, and the discharge tube T2 is provided with a discharge valve V2. When the pump chamber A is contracted with the cap C closed, V1 is closed and V2 is opened, and the fluid in the pump chamber A is discharged from the discharge tube T2. When the pump chamber A is expanded, V1 is opened and V2 is closed, and fluid flows into the pump chamber A from the suction tube T1.
The pump of the fourth embodiment can be used for kerosene refueling, bicycle inflation, and the like.
(Example 15)
FIGS. 152A and 152B are explanatory views of a trash box as a structure with folding lines according to the fifteenth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 152A is a side view and FIG. 152B is a side sectional view.
In FIG. 152, the trash box A is formed of a cylinder with a folding line made of the paper or resin, and has a bottom wall portion A0, a cylindrical wall A1, and an upper wall portion A2. An opening A2a for introducing garbage is formed in the upper wall portion A2. A cylindrical wall A1 of the trash box A is formed of a plurality of trapezoidal parts P that are inclined obliquely and formed by a mountain fold line M and a valley fold line V. Since the part P is formed along an inclined spiral of about 45 °, the extended trash box A can maintain the state (shape).
(Example 16)
FIG. 153 is an explanatory diagram of a pencil stand as a structure with folding lines according to the sixteenth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 153A is a side view and FIG. 153B is a side sectional view.
In FIG. 153, the writing brush A is formed of a cylindrical body with a folding line made of the paper or resin, and has a bottom wall portion A0, a cylindrical wall A1, and an upper wall portion A2. An opening A2a for inserting a writing instrument such as a pencil is formed in the upper wall portion A2. The cylindrical wall A1 of the writing brush A is formed of a plurality of trapezoidal parts P inclined at an angle formed by a mountain fold line M and a valley fold line V. Since the part P is formed along an inclined spiral of about 45 °, the brush holder A in an extended state can maintain its shape.
(Example 17)
FIG. 154 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a structure with a folding line of Embodiment 17 of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 155 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 156 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
In FIG. 154, Guess G is accommodated in the paper box C. The guess G is manufactured by folding along the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V of the development shown in FIG. In the guess G of the seventeenth embodiment, two rows of rising walls G1 are formed, and the rising walls G1 are formed as partition walls. The storage object support surface G2 formed between the rising walls G1 is a surface that supports storage objects such as wharves and cookies, and is inclined in this embodiment 17.
Since the guess G is made of one sheet of paper, the time required for the work of setting can be shortened compared to the case where the guess composed of a plurality of sheets of paper is set in the paper box C. .
(Example 18)
FIG. 157 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure of the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view of the gusset taken out from the paper box.
FIG. 158 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
In the guess G of FIGS. 157 and 158, rising walls G1 are also formed on both sides of the guess G of the seventeenth embodiment. Since the rising walls G1 on both sides of the gusset G are supported by the side walls of the paper box C when accommodated in the paper box C (not shown), the position of the gusset G in the paper box C is stabilized, and The rigidity of the accommodation support surface G2 is reinforced.
(Example 19)
FIG. 159 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure of the nineteenth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 160 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 161 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
In FIG. 159, Guess G is accommodated in the paper box C. The storage object support surface G2 formed between the rising walls G1 of the guess G is a surface that supports storage objects such as a bun or a cookie, and the nineteenth embodiment is horizontal (parallel to the bottom surface of the paper box C). Is formed. The nineteenth embodiment is provided with a rising wall G3 extending in a direction perpendicular to the rising wall G1. The storage object support surface G2 is formed so as to be surrounded by the rising walls G1 and G2.
Since the guess G of the nineteenth embodiment is made of a single sheet of paper, the time required for the setting work can be reduced as compared with the case where a guess composed of a plurality of sheets of paper is set in the paper box C. It can be shortened.
(Example 20)
FIG. 162 is an explanatory view of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure according to a twentieth embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 163 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 164 is a developed view of the guess of FIG. 163.
In FIG. 163, Guess G is accommodated in the paper box C. The rising walls G1 and G3 of the guess G are formed so as to extend in directions perpendicular to each other, and a storage object support surface G2 is formed between the rising walls G1 and G3. The storage object support surface G2 is a surface that supports storage objects such as wharves and cookies, and this Example 20 is formed horizontally (parallel to the bottom surface of the paper box C).
Since the guess G of the twentieth embodiment is also made of a single sheet of paper, the time required for the setting work can be reduced as compared with the case where a guess composed of a plurality of sheets of paper is set in the paper box C. It can be shortened.
(Example 21)
FIG. 165 is an explanatory diagram of a gusset (box internal partition member) as a fold lined structure according to the twenty-first embodiment of the present invention, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the gusset is housed in a paper box.
FIG. 166 is a perspective view of the guess of FIG.
FIG. 167 is a developed view of the guess of FIG.
In FIG. 165, Guess G is accommodated in the paper box C. The rising walls G1 and G3 of the guess G are formed so as to extend in directions perpendicular to each other, and a storage object support surface G2 is formed between the rising walls G1 and G3. The storage object support surface G2 is a surface that supports storage objects such as wharves and cookies, and this Example 21 is formed horizontally (parallel to the bottom surface of the paper box C).
The guess G of Example 21 is formed by bending a square sheet along a mountain fold line M and a valley fold line V formed in a diagonal direction. Since the twenty-first embodiment is also made of a single sheet of paper, the time required for the setting operation can be shortened compared to the case where a guess made up of a plurality of sheets of paper is set in the paper box C. it can.
(Example 22)
FIG. 168 is an explanatory view of the folding passage cover, FIG. 168A is a perspective view in a half-folded state, and FIG. 168B is a perspective view in a completely folded state.
FIG. 169 is a development view of a foldable passage cover as a fold lined structure according to the twenty-second embodiment of the present invention.
The foldable passage cover 16 shown in FIG. 168 is a member that is arranged and used so as to cover the upper side and both sides of the passage through which a person passes. It is a passage through which a person passes, such as a passage between the tip of an airport terminal bridge and an aircraft entrance, and is preferably used in a place where the distance between structures at both ends of the passage is not fixed.
The foldable passage cover 16 is a member obtained by forming a fold line on an elastic flexible sheet-like member and can be folded at a fold line portion. In the half-folded state, the foldable passage cover 16 has the shape of FIG. 168 and is disposed so as to cover the upper and left and right sides of the passage along the passage, and both end portions in the passage direction are fixed to the structure.
In the developed view of the foldable passage cover 16 shown in FIG. 169, the foldable passage cover 16 includes a large number of mountain fold lines M having convex outer sides and a number of valley folds having concave when used in a half-folded state. A line V is formed.
At the node that is the intersection of the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V, a total of four fold lines of three mountain fold lines M and one valley fold line V intersect. The number of mountain fold lines M intersecting at each node = 3, the number of valley fold lines V = 1, and the difference is 2 (= 3-1). That is, the fold line pattern of the foldable passage cover 16 according to the twenty-second embodiment is a 1-node 4-fold line.
In FIG. 169, the foldable passage cover 16 of the twenty-second embodiment has a plurality of parts P1, P2, and P3 that are parts formed (enclosed) by the fold lines M and V. Part P1 is a triangle, part P2 is an isosceles trapezoid, and part P3 is a trapezoid.
The folding passage cover 16 is folded into a state where the outer shape is reduced as shown in FIG.
(Example 23)
170A and 170B are explanatory views of a folding path cover as a structure with a folding line according to the twenty-third embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 170A is a perspective view in a half-folded state, and FIG. 170B is a perspective view in a completely folded state.
FIG. 171 is a developed view of the folding passage cover of FIG.
In the description of the twenty-third embodiment, components corresponding to those of the twenty-second embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
The twenty-third embodiment is different from the twenty-second embodiment in the following points, but is configured in the same manner as the twenty-second embodiment in other points.
170, a folding passage cover 16 shown in FIG. 170 is a passage through which people pass, such as a passage portion of a connection portion between vehicles of a railway vehicle, a passage between an end of an airport terminal bridge and an aircraft entrance. And it is used suitably in the place where the space | interval of the structure of the both ends of the channel | path is not fixed.
The foldable passage cover 16 shown in FIG. 171 has an outer shape excluding the fan-shaped center portion in the developed view. The foldable passage cover 16 is formed with a number of mountain fold lines M that are convex on the outer surface and a number of valley fold lines V that are concave when used in a half-folded state. is there. In addition, the folding conditions are satisfied at each node.
In FIG. 171, the foldable passage cover 16 of the twenty-third embodiment has a plurality of parts P1, P2, P3, and P4 that are parts formed (enclosed) by the fold lines M and V. The part P1 is a triangle, and the parts P2 to P4 are all quadrilaterals.
The folding-type passage cover 16 according to the twenty-third embodiment is folded into a state where the outer shape is reduced as shown in FIG. 170B when stored or transported, as in the twenty-second embodiment.
(Example 24)
FIG. 172 is an explanatory diagram of a lamp shade as a structure with folding lines according to a twenty-fourth embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 172A is a development view of a sheet-like member that is a material for manufacturing the lamp shade, and FIG. FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a lamp shade that is formed by joining the left and right sides of a shaped member to produce a pseudocone in a half-folded state.
The lamp shade 17 showing the half-folded state shown in FIG. 172B is a member used as a lamp umbrella in an extended state, and is made of a sheet-like resin.
In the developed view of the lamp shade 17 shown in FIG. 172A, the transparent resin sheet for manufacturing the lamp shade 17 of FIG. 172B has a shape excluding the center portion of the sector shape. An adhesive margin 17a for bonding is provided on one of both sides of the resin sheet that are joined to each other. A fold line is formed on the unfolded resin sheet by the same member as the fold line forming mold shown in Example 1 or Example 3, and then the adhesive margin 17a has elasticity when cured. An adhesive is applied to adhere to the other of the both sides. At this time, a foldable pseudo-conical wall can be manufactured by the transparent resin sheet.
The foldable pseudo-cylindrical wall of the transparent resin sheet is formed with a large number of mountain fold lines M that are convex on the outer surface and a large number of valley fold lines V that are concave when in the half-folded state.
At the node that is the intersection of the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V, a total of six fold lines of the four mountain fold lines M and the two valley fold lines V intersect. The number of mountain fold lines M intersecting at each node = 4, the number of valley fold lines V = 2, and the difference is 2 (= 4-2). That is, the fold line pattern of the foldable pseudo-conical wall of the twenty-fourth embodiment is a 1-node 6 fold line.
In FIG. 172, the foldable pseudo-conical wall of the embodiment 24 has a plurality of parts P1a, P1b, P2a, P2b,... Which are parts formed (enclosed) by the fold lines M and V. . The shapes of the parts P1a, P2a,... Are similar triangles with different sizes, and the shapes of the parts P2a, P2b,.
The lamp shade 17 is configured by pasting transparent cellophane paper or normal colored paper with a favorite color such as red, blue, yellow, etc. on each of the parts P1a, P1b, P2a,. The lamp shade 17 is folded into a small outer shape when stored or transported, and is extended into a pseudo cone having a large outer shape when used.
(Example 25)
FIG. 173 is an explanatory view of a Christmas card as a fold lined structure of Example 25 of the present invention. FIG. 173A is a plan view of the folded Christmas card, and FIG. 173B is a plan view of the opened FIG. 173A. FIG. 173C is a view as seen from diagonally above the arrow 173C in FIG. 173B.
In FIG. 173, the Christmas card C has a tree bonding portion C1 to which the Christmas tree T is bonded and a tree pressing portion C2 for pressing the Christmas tree. The Christmas tree T is formed by a conical wall with a folding line made of a colored sheet that satisfies the folding conditions. As shown in FIG. 173A, when the Christmas card C is folded, the Christmas tree T is held in a folded state.
When the Christmas card C is opened as shown in FIG. 173, the Christmas tree T expands due to elasticity, and has a three-dimensional shape shown in FIG. 173C when viewed obliquely from above. Therefore, it is possible to make the person who received the Christmas card C feel unusual and fun.
(Example 26)
FIG. 174 is an explanatory view of a cap as a fold lined structure of Embodiment 26 of the present invention, FIG. 174A is a perspective view of the cap, FIG. 174B is a sectional view taken along the line 174B-174B of FIG. It is the figure seen from the arrow 174C of 174B.
FIG. 175 is an explanatory view of the cap of Example 26, FIG. 175A is a plan view of the cap folded, and FIG. 175B is a view as seen from the arrow 175B of FIG. 175A.
In FIGS. 174 and 175, the cap C (see FIG. 174) has a donut-shaped collar 13 and a crown 14 foldably provided on the upper surface of the central portion of the collar 13. The crown 14 has a hexagonal upper surface portion 14a and a side surface portion (pseudo-conical wall) 14b formed by twisting a hexagonal pyramid.
As shown in FIG. 174B, the side surface portion (pseudo-conical wall) 14b is formed with a large number of mountain fold lines M that are convex on the outer surface and a large number of valley fold lines V that are concave.
At the node that is the intersection of the mountain fold line M and the valley fold line V, a total of four fold lines of three mountain fold lines M and one valley fold line V intersect. The number of mountain fold lines M intersecting at each node = 3, the number of valley fold lines V = 1, and the difference is 2 (= 3-1). That is, the fold line pattern of the side surface portion (pseudo-conical wall) 14b of Example 26 is a 1-node 4-fold line.
In FIGS. 174 and 175, the side head portion 14 b of the hat C of the twenty-sixth embodiment has a plurality of parts P <b> 1 and P <b> 2 that are portions formed (enclosed) by the folding lines M and V. The part P1 is a triangle and one side thereof is foldably connected to the collar 13, and the part P2 is a triangle and one side thereof is foldably connected to the upper surface portion 14a. A mountain fold line M, M,... Is formed at a connection portion between the collar 13 and one side of each of the six parts P1, and the mountain fold lines M, M,. Connected to the endless.
Mountain fold lines M, M,... Are formed at a connection portion between the upper surface member 14a and one side of each of the six parts P2, and the mountain fold lines M, M,. Is connected endlessly.
Each of the endlessly connected fold lines M, M,... Is perpendicular to the axis of the side surface (pseudo-conical wall) 14b when the side surface (pseudo-conical wall) 14b is extended and folded. A closed polygon is formed in a flat plane.
When the side head portion 14b of the cap C of Example 26 is compressed in the axial direction while twisting, the side head portion 14b is folded along the fold lines M and V to be in the state of FIGS. 175A and 175B.
The angle formed by the mountain fold line M formed at the connecting portion between the collar 13 and one side of the part P1 and the valley fold line V is set to an angle larger than 45 °. For this reason, even if the side head 14b is small in rigidity, when the side head 14b is extended, it is easy to hold the side head 14b in an extended state due to the rigidity.
When the cap C is not used, as shown in FIG. 175B, if the cap C is in a folded state, the space required for housing the cap C can be reduced.
(Example 27)
FIG. 176 is an explanatory view of a cap as a structure with folding lines according to a twenty-seventh embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 176A is a perspective view of the cap, FIG. 176B is a sectional view taken along the line 176B-176B of FIG. It is the figure seen from arrow 176C of 176B.
FIG. 177 is an explanatory diagram of the cap of Example 27, FIG. 177A is a plan view of the cap folded, and FIG. 177B is a view seen from the arrow 177B of FIG. 177A.
In the description of the twenty-seventh embodiment, components corresponding to those of the twenty-sixth embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
The twenty-seventh embodiment is different from the twenty-sixth embodiment in the following points, but is configured in the same manner as the twenty-sixth embodiment in other points.
In FIG. 176A, a plurality of isosceles trapezoidal parts P1 to P5 are formed on the temporal region (pseudo-conical wall) 14b by a large number of 1-node 4-fold lines. Each fold line is formed by joining and sewing the ends of the fabric. Mountain folds and valley folds of the fold line are determined by the joining state of the end portions of the fabric. When the end portions protrude outward, a mountain fold line M is formed, and when the end portions protrude inward, a valley fold line is formed. V is formed. The isosceles trapezoidal parts P1 to P5 are sequentially reduced in size from the part P1 arranged at the bottom to the part P5 arranged at the top.
Each of the parts P1 of the isosceles trapezoid is connected so that one bottom side can be folded on the collar 13, and one of the bottom sides of the part P5 is connected so as to be folded on the upper surface part 14a. A mountain fold line M and a valley fold line V are formed so as to be alternately connected to a connecting portion between the collar 13 and one side of each of the six parts P1, and the three peaks connected alternately. The fold line M and the three valley fold lines V are connected endlessly so as to form a hexagon.
Three mountain fold lines M and three valley fold lines V are alternately connected to a connection portion between the upper surface member 14a and one side of each of the six parts P5, and a total of six fold lines are Endlessly connected to form a hexagon.
Similar to the isosceles trapezoidal parts P1 and P2, six parts P2 to P4 are respectively arranged in the circumferential direction, and the bases of the isosceles trapezoids alternately form a mountain fold line and a valley fold line. It is connected endlessly in the circumferential direction.
That is, the three mountain fold lines M and the three valley fold lines V that are alternately and endlessly connected are in the state where the side head (pseudo-conical wall) 14b is extended and folded. A closed polygon is formed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the temporal portion (pseudo-conical wall) 14b.
When the side head 14b of the cap C of Example 27 is compressed in the axial direction, it is folded along the fold lines M and V to the state shown in FIGS. 177A and 177B.
When the cap C is not used, as shown in FIG. 177, if the cap C is in a folded state, the space required for housing the cap C can be reduced.
(Example 28)
FIG. 178 is a perspective view of a winding type cap as a structure with a folding line of the embodiment 28 of the present invention.
FIG. 179 is a perspective view of the winding type cap of FIG. 178 in the middle of folding.
FIG. 180 is a perspective view of a wind-up type cap that is further folded from the state of FIG. 179.
In FIG. 178, the wind-up type cap H is composed of a heel part A, a temporal part B, and a top part C. As shown in FIGS. 179 and 180, a mountain fold line M and a valley fold line V are provided. Can be rolled up while folding along.
181 is an explanatory view of the method for manufacturing the winding type cap shown in FIGS. 178 to 180. FIG. 181A is a development view of FIG. 178 heel A, FIG. 181B is a development view of the temporal region B, and FIG. FIG. 3 is a development view of the crown C.
As shown in FIG. 181A, an inner radius RAi (“i” means in) is drawn on a sector shape (outer radius RAo: “o” means out) with a central angle Θ1, and the outer circumference is equally divided into N (even numbers). A1, A2, A3,... Are defined, and N equiangular spirals (angle φ = 5 to 10 ° with respect to the radial direction) from these points toward the center in the counterclockwise direction are drawn. If the intersection points are B1, B2, B3,..., The line segments B1B2, B2B3, B3B4,. The fan shape is cut by these line segments, and this is defined as a buttock A. When winding and storing, the spiral is alternately turned into a mountain fold and a valley fold line. In FIG. 181A, Θ1 = 300 ° and N = 12. When both ends of this curved strip-shaped element are joined, a frustoconical shape is formed, and since Θ1 <360 °, a tapered ridge A is obtained.
Similarly, the temporal portion B is manufactured from a curved strip-shaped element cut out from a sector shape. However, as shown in FIG. 181B, an extremely small apex angle Θ2 is used as compared with the central angle Θ1 of the buttock. The outer peripheral part of this curved strip-shaped element is represented by points C1, C2, C3, C4,. Here, these points are on concentric circles, and the radius is RBo. From these points, draw N spirals or inclined straight lines at an angle φ = 5 to 10 ° in the same manner as above, determine points D1, D2, D3, D4,... Determine the inner circumference of the element. When both ends of a curved strip-shaped element are joined together, a frustoconical shell close to a cylinder is obtained because the Θ2 value is small. The arc length B1B2 = B2B3 = B3B4,... And the arc length C1C2 = C2C3 = C3C4,... Part B is joined or stitched.
Next, the top portion C is similarly made of a sector film having an apex angle Θ3 close to 360 ° or a circular film having Θ3 = 360 °. FIG. 181C shows a case where Θ3 = 360 °, and the center angle Θ3 is equally divided into N (= 12) to determine points E1, E2, E3, E4,. The arc length E1E2 = E2E3 = E3E4,... Of the outer periphery of the crown C is taken to be equal to that of the inner periphery of the temporal region B (D1D2 = D2D3 = D3D4 = D4D5,...) Join to the inner periphery. That is, when these three elements are joined, a hat shown in FIG. 178 is obtained. When twelve fold lines are alternately mountain-folded and valley-folded and wound around the central axis, the result is as shown in FIG.
FIG. 182 is an explanatory view of another manufacturing method of the winding type cap shown in FIGS. 178 to 181.
In FIG. 182, twelve sub-elements obtained by dividing three elements into even numbers (the sector elements shown in FIG. 182 in which a, b, and c in FIGS. 181A, 181B, and 181C are stacked) are manufactured. The side A1B1C1D1E1 and the side A1B1C1D1E1 are joined or stitched so that the points A1 and A1, B1 and B1, C1 and C1, D1 and D1, and E1 and E1 coincide with each other. As a result, the take-up and storage type hat shown in FIGS. 178 to 180 is also manufactured.
(Example 29)
FIG. 183 is a perspective view of a winding tent as a structure with a folding line according to the twenty-ninth embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 184 is a perspective view of the winding type tent of FIG. 183 in the middle of folding.
FIG. 185 is a perspective view of the tent in a further folded state from the state of FIG.
In FIG. 183, the winding type tent H has a mountain fold line M and a valley fold line V formed along an equiangular spiral (Bernoulli spiral). The part can be wound while being folded along the fold lines M and V. The tent H has a dome shape in the extended state, and ring-shaped flexible tubes H1 and H2 extending in the circumferential direction are fixed to the outer peripheral portion and the radial center portion of the outer surface of the tent H, respectively. The tent H is maintained in the extended state of FIG. 183 by inflating it by supplying air to the flexible tubes H1 and H2.
FIG. 186 is an explanatory view of a method for manufacturing the winding tent shown in FIGS. 183 to 185. FIG. 186A is a drawing showing a dome shape having a parabolic curved surface in an expanded state, divided in the circumferential direction. FIG. 186B is a diagram showing a conical wall formed when the end portion AB of the part shown in FIG. 186A is connected to the CD.
FIG. 187 is an explanatory view of the method for manufacturing the winding tent shown in FIGS. 183 to 185. FIG. 187 shows the winding tent that has a radius r1 in the extended state and the coordinates of the center position of the dome shape. Is set to r = 0, j = 1, 2,..., 10 and is divided into 10 by a circle whose radius is a coordinate rj (rj = r1 × (11−j) / 10) at a position equally divided into 10 in the radial direction. It is a figure which shows the shape of the part (conical wall) (j) formed in this.
FIG. 188 is a diagram showing the part number (j), the shape and length Lj of the bus bar, and the inclination θj of FIG. 187.
FIG. 189 shows divided parts (J: J = 1, 2,...) When the developed views of the parts (1), (2),..., (10) shown in FIGS. , 10) is an explanatory diagram of the shape, FIG. 189A shows that each part (j) is composed of 16 divided parts (J), and FIG. 189B shows the divided parts (J) connected in the radial direction. FIG.
As shown in FIG. 186A, consider a curved strip ABCD having a curvature having a width L at the outer peripheral portion on a sector shape (peripheral radius R *) having a central angle Θ. When the left and right ends AB and CD of this strip are joined, a truncated cone shape as shown in FIG. 186B is obtained. If the radius of the bottom surface of this truncated cone is R ′ and the apex angle of the conical shell obtained by extending this truncated cone is 2θ, the outer circumference of the bottom of the truncated cone and the outer circumference of the strip are placed equally.
2πR ′ = R * · Θ (59)
Get. Since sin θ = R ′ / R * from FIG. 186B, Θ is given by the following equation (60).
Θ = 2πsinθ (60)
A thin film-like rotating shell obtained by rotating a curve passing through a gentle origin such as a parabola as shown in FIG. . The upper end radius of the container-like rotary shell obtained by this rotation is r1. This rotating shell is divided into n by a plane perpendicular to the Z-axis, and this rotating shell is approximated by n frustoconical elements using the relationship shown in FIG. The intersecting line between the split surface and the shell forms a circle. Let the radius of this circle be r2, r3,. Further, n truncated cone elements are sequentially named (1), (2), (3),..., And when these are opened and expanded, angles corresponding to the Θ values in FIG. Let Θ3 be ...
Since the inner diameter of the element (1) is equal to the outer diameter of the element (2), and the inner diameter of the element (2) is equal to the outer diameter of the element (3), the following equation (61) is established for the i-th element and the j + 1-th element.
2πrjΘj = 2πrj + 1Θj + 1 (61)
Now, assuming that the previous rotating shell is a paraboloid, Z = C (r / r0) ¥ t2 ¥ t, n = 10, and the cutting radius is r2 = 0.9r1, r3 = 0.8r1, r4 Consider the simple case given by = 0.7r1,. The cross-sectional shape after division when C = 0.8, cut along the Z-X plane, and approximates each element in a truncated cone shape as shown above is as shown in FIG. The length Lj (corresponding to L in FIG. 186) of each element when the n truncated cone elements (1), (2), (3),. In addition, since the angle θj (θ in FIG. 186B) formed by these elements with respect to the Z-axis can be obtained, the Θj value of each element can be calculated using Equation (60). The width of element (1) is W1 and the outer peripheral length is 2πr1. The ratio of width to length is set as κ1 as an aspect ratio (κ1 = W1 / 2πr1). When this strip element is drawn on a circle with a radius Ro, the apex angle Θ1 becomes the width W1 = κ1 · Θ1 · Ro = (W1 / 2πr1) · Θ1 · Ro = W1 {Θ1 / (2πr1)} Ro. That is, the dimensionless width W1 / Ro when expressed on the radius Ro circle is given by W1Θ1 / (2πr1). Other elements are generally given by the following equation (62), with αj∠Wj / (2πrj).
Lj / Ro = αjΘj (62)
When the outer peripheral radius of the sector element j is (Rj) o and the inner peripheral radius is (Rj) i,
Lj = (Rj) o- (Rj) i (63)
(Rj) iΘj = (Rj + 1) oΘj + 1. That is, in FIG. 189A, (R1) iΘ1 = (R2) oΘ2. Using this relationship and equations (59) to (63), Θj, Lj, Wj, and (Rj) i, (Rj) o values can be calculated in the order of elements (1), (2),. A developed view of each element (j) obtained using these values is shown in FIG. 189A.
The numerical values in FIG. 188 are as follows.
Figure 0003824540
Figure 0003824540
Next, the developed view of each element in FIG. 189A is divided into 2N equal parts (N: integer). At this time, a dividing line is drawn on the development view at an angle that forms an angle θ with the radial direction so as to form a spiral fold line. FIG. 189A shows each development view divided into 16 equal parts. The divided small elements are stacked in the radial direction to create a new sector element. Stacked sector elements are shown in FIG. 189B, which represents a curved shaped sector element. When 16 curved fan-shaped elements are joined and the joining lines are alternately made into ridges and valley fold lines, a parabolic shell having a spiral fold line (see FIG. 183) is obtained. FIGS. 184 and 185 show windings around the central axis passing through the apex of the parabolic shell of FIG. 183.
(Example 30)
FIG. 190 is a perspective view of a take-up tent as a structure with a folding line according to a thirty-third embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 191 is a perspective view of the winding-type tent of FIG. 190 in the middle of folding.
FIG. 192 is a perspective view of the tent in a further folded state from the state of FIG.
In FIG. 190, a winding tent H has a mountain fold line M and a valley fold line V formed along an equiangular spiral (Bernoulli spiral), and a fan-shaped tent H The part can be wound while being folded along the fold lines M and V. The tent H has a dome shape in the extended state, and ring-shaped flexible tubes H1 and H2 extending in the circumferential direction are fixed to the outer peripheral portion and the radial center portion of the outer surface of the tent H, respectively. The tent H is held in the extended state of FIG. 190 by supplying air to the flexible tubes H1 and H2 and inflating.
In Example 30, when the film thickness constituting the shell is large, the winding may be tight in the central portion. To avoid this, when dividing FIG. Is appropriately divided into equal parts.
That is, after dividing into eight equal parts, this was further divided into two parts with a central angle ratio of 0.475: 0.525, and eight sets of curved fan-shaped elements (16 elements) were joined alternately. The curved surface is shown in FIG. Here, when the left side of the element having a small central angle is valley-folded and the right side is mountain-folded, the element is wound while being shifted downward around the central axis. This is shown in FIGS. 191 and 192. This winding method has an advantage of relaxing the above-described degree of buckling.
These models can be used to form the parabolic surface of a parabolic antenna, in addition to a large tent that can be wound / deployed.
Industrial applicability
As mentioned above, although the Example of this invention was explained in full detail, this invention is not limited to the said Example, A various change is performed within the range of the summary of this invention described in the claim. It is possible. Modified embodiments of the present invention are illustrated below.
(1) In the first and second embodiments, the fold line forming mold has a pair of foldable fold line forming members (flexible metal), and the sheet-like member is sandwiched between the pair of fold line forming members. In this configuration, the pair of fold line forming members are folded at the same time to form a fold line on the sheet-like member. However, the foldable fold line forming members (flexible molds) are not a pair but may be only one sheet. . When the number of fold line forming members is one, the sheet-like member may be folded on the one surface side. As a method of adsorbing the sheet-like member, for example, it is possible to adsorb the sheet-like member on one surface side by opening a vent hole in the part of the fold line forming member and lowering the other surface side Become.
It is also possible to form a fold line by folding the fold line forming member with the sheet-like member sandwiched between a fold line forming member using magnetized material parts and a flexible magnetic rubber sheet. It becomes.
(2) As can be understood from the research results of the inventor and the description of each example, the present invention enables the use of fold lines and parts of various shapes by the use of a new foldable fold line. It is possible to obtain a foldable structure with a simple fold line. Therefore, the present invention can constitute a space structure that can be expanded and contracted in various shapes.

Claims (19)

下記の構成要件(H01)〜(H03)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H03)前記複数の多角形のパーツが三角形および台形のパーツを含み、前記三角形のパーツは、そのパーツを形成する折り線の全てが他のパーツとの接続線となるパーツを有し、且つ、前記折り線を伸ばした状態では平板状である前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01) to (H03);
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H03) The plurality of polygonal parts include triangular and trapezoidal parts, and the triangular parts have parts in which all of the fold lines forming the parts are connection lines with other parts; and The structure with a fold line which is flat when the fold line is extended.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H04)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H04)前記複数の多角形のパーツが平行な辺を含まない四角形である不等辺四角形のパーツを含み、前記折り線を伸ばした状態では平板状である前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a fold line, characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), (H04),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H04) The structure with fold lines, wherein the plurality of polygonal parts include unequal-sided quadrangle parts that do not include parallel sides and are flat when the fold line is extended.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H05)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H05)前記複数の多角形のパーツが直角三角形以外のパーツのみを有し、且つ、前記複数の折り線が直線に沿って接続された直線状接続折り線が形成され、前記直線状接続折り線の両側に配置されたパーツが前記直線状接続折り線に対して線対称でないパーツを有する前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), and (H05):
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H05) The plurality of polygonal parts include only parts other than right triangles, and a linear connection fold line is formed in which the plurality of fold lines are connected along a straight line, and the linear connection fold is formed. The said structure with a fold line which has the parts arrange | positioned at the both sides of a line with the line | wire not symmetrical with respect to the said linear connection folding line.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H06)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H06)螺旋に沿って形成されている前記複数の折り線を有し、前記折り線を伸ばした状態では平板状の前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a folding line, characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), (H06):
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H06) The structure with a fold line that has the plurality of fold lines formed along a spiral and is flat when the fold lines are extended.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H07)〜(H011)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H07)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線、第2山折り線および第3山折り線と、前記第1山折り線および第2山折り線の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線とは反対側に配置された前記第1谷折り線とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H08)前記節点を原点とし、前記第3山折り線の延長方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線又は第2山折り線のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線となす角をγとした場合に、α=γである前記折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H09)複数の前記節点が中心点から半径方向に延びる放射線および前記中心点を中心とする円弧に沿って配置された前記複数の折り線、
(H010)複数の前記節点を通る前記放射線に対して、前記放射線上の節点で交わる前記第1山折り線と前記第2山折り線とがそれぞれなす角度が同じ値であり、且つ、前記放射線に直交する直線に対して前記第3山折り線と前記第1谷折り線とがそれぞれなす角度が同じ値であるという鏡面則を満足する前記複数の折り線、
(H011)前記中心点をOとし、前記中心点Oから放射状に伸びて中心角θ´をなす2本の放射線のうちの一方の放射線を第1放射線OB、他方の放射線を第2放射線OEとした場合、前記第1放射線OB上に配置された第1の節点Bと、前記第2放射線OE上に配置され且つ前記第1の節点Bよりも前記中心点Oまでの距離が短い第2の節点Gとを結ぶ折り線BGとを有し、前記折り線BGは∠OBG=φ、∠BGE=pとした場合に、p=φ+θ´の関係を満足するように形成された前記複数の折り線。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), (H07) to (H011),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H07) The first mountain fold line, the second mountain fold line, and the third mountain fold line that extend radially from one node, and the third mountain fold line and the third mountain fold line are arranged between the first mountain fold line and the third mountain fold line. The plurality of fold lines having a one-node four-fold line formed by the first valley fold line disposed on the side opposite to the mountain fold line;
(H08) The node is the origin, the X axis is taken in the direction of extension of the third mountain fold line, and one of the first mountain fold line or the second mountain fold line is the X axis. A plurality of fold lines having a fold line satisfying the fold condition where α = γ, where α is a corner and γ is an angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line;
(H09) Radiation in which a plurality of the nodes extend radially from a center point, and the plurality of fold lines arranged along an arc centered on the center point,
(H010) The angles formed by the first mountain fold line and the second mountain fold line that intersect at a node on the radiation with respect to the radiation passing through a plurality of the nodes are the same value, and the radiation The plurality of fold lines satisfying the mirror surface rule that the angles formed by the third fold line and the first valley fold line with respect to a straight line orthogonal to
(H011) The center point is O, one of the two radiations extending radially from the center point O and forming a center angle θ ′ is the first radiation OB, and the other radiation is the second radiation OE. In this case, the first node B arranged on the first radiation OB and the second node arranged on the second radiation OE and shorter than the first node B to the center point O A plurality of fold lines formed so as to satisfy the relationship of p = φ + θ ′ when 折 り OBG = φ and ∠BGE = p. line.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H012)〜(H014)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H012)前記折り線を伸ばした状態では筒壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形がさらに縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(H013)前記筒壁の軸に垂直な面内で順次接続してループを形成する折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H014)台形、2等辺三角形および直角三角形以外の多角形のパーツのみを有する前記各パーツ。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), (H012) to (H014),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H012) In the state where the fold line is extended, a cylindrical wall is formed, and in a state where the fold line is bent according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, a cylindrical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed. The structure with a fold line that forms a cylindrical wall having a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along a fold line and a valley fold line,
(H013) The plurality of fold lines having fold lines that are sequentially connected in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical wall to form a loop;
(H014) Each of the above parts having only polygonal parts other than trapezoid, isosceles triangle and right triangle.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H012),(H015),(H016)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H012)前記折り線を伸ばした状態では筒壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形がさらに縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(H015)前記筒壁の軸に垂直な面内で順次接続してループを形成する折り線を有しない前記複数の折り線、
(H016)2等辺三角形以外の多角形のパーツを有する前記各パーツ。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), (H012), (H015), (H016),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H012) In the state where the fold line is extended, a cylindrical wall is formed, and in a state where the fold line is bent according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, a cylindrical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed. The structure with a fold line that forms a cylindrical wall having a thickness having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along a fold line and a valley fold line,
(H015) the plurality of fold lines not having fold lines that are sequentially connected in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the cylindrical wall to form a loop;
(H016) Each of the parts having a polygonal part other than an isosceles triangle.
下記の構成要件(H017),(H018)を備えたことを特徴とする請求項7記載の折り線付構造物、
(H017)等脚台形のパーツを有する前記各パーツ、
(H018)隣接する等脚台形のパーツの底辺および頂辺が直線に沿って交互に接続して連続する展開図を有する前記筒壁において、前記筒壁の前記折り線を伸ばした状態で、前記直線は前記筒壁の中心軸に対して螺旋を形成する前記筒壁。
The structure with a folding line according to claim 7, comprising the following constituent elements (H017) and (H018):
(H017) Each of the parts having an isosceles trapezoidal part,
(H018) In the cylindrical wall having a developed view in which the bottom and top sides of adjacent isosceles trapezoidal parts are alternately connected along a straight line, and the fold line of the cylindrical wall is extended, The cylinder wall forms a spiral with respect to the central axis of the cylinder wall.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H07),(H08),(H019)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H07)1つの節点から放射状に延びる第1山折り線、第2山折り線および第3山折り線と、前記第1山折り線および第2山折り線の間に配置され且つ前記第3山折り線とは反対側に配置された前記第1谷折り線とにより形成される1節点4折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H08)前記節点を原点とし、前記第3山折り線の延長方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線又は第2山折り線のうちの一方の山折り線が前記X軸となす角をα、他方の山折り線が前記第1谷折り線となす角をγとした場合に、α=γである前記折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H019)前記折り線を伸ばした状態では錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形がさらに縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る錐壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a folding line, characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), (H07), (H08), (H019),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H07) The first mountain fold line, the second mountain fold line, and the third mountain fold line that extend radially from one node, and the third mountain fold line and the third mountain fold line are arranged between the first mountain fold line and the third mountain fold line. The plurality of fold lines having a one-node four-fold line formed by the first valley fold line disposed on the side opposite to the mountain fold line;
(H08) The node is the origin, the X axis is taken in the direction of extension of the third mountain fold line, and one of the first mountain fold line or the second mountain fold line is the X axis. A plurality of fold lines having a fold line satisfying the fold condition where α = γ, where α is a corner and γ is an angle between the other mountain fold line and the first valley fold line;
(H019) A conical wall is formed in the state where the fold line is extended, and a conical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed in a state where the fold line is bent according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line of the fold line. The said structure with a fold line which forms the cone wall with the thickness which has the unevenness | corrugation into which the external shape reduced further in the state folded completely along the fold line and the valley fold line.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H019)〜(H021)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H019)前記折り線を伸ばした状態では錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形がさらに縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る錐壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物、
(H020)1つの節点から放射状に伸びる第1山折り線、第2山折り線、第3山折り線および第4山折り線と、前記第1山折り線および第2山折り線の間に形成され且つ前記第3山折り線および第4山折り線とは反対側に配置された第1谷折り線と、前記第3山折り線および第4山折り線の間に配置され且つ前記第1山折り線および第2山折り線とは反対側に配置された第2谷折り線とを有し、前記第1山折り線および第4山折り線が隣接し且つ第2山折り線および第3山折り線が隣接して配置された1節点6折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H021)前記節点を原点とし、前記第1谷折り線の延長戦方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線および第2山折り線が前記第1谷折り線となす角をそれぞれαおよびβとし、前記第3山折り線および第4山折り線が前記第2谷折り線となす角をそれぞれγおよびδとし、X軸と第2谷折り線とのなす角をθとした場合に、β−α=δ−γ+θである折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折り線。
A structure with a folding line, comprising the following constituent elements (H01), (H02), (H019) to (H021),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in close contact with each other,
(H019) A conical wall is formed in the state where the fold line is extended, and a conical wall having irregularities whose outer shape is reduced is formed in a state where the fold line is bent according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line of the fold line. The fold lined structure for forming a thick cone wall having an unevenness whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along a fold line and a valley fold line;
(H020) Between the first mountain fold line, the second mountain fold line, the third mountain fold line and the fourth mountain fold line extending radially from one node, and between the first mountain fold line and the second mountain fold line A first valley fold line formed and disposed on the opposite side of the third mountain fold line and the fourth mountain fold line; and disposed between the third mountain fold line and the fourth mountain fold line and the first fold line. And a second valley fold line disposed on the opposite side of the first mountain fold line and the second mountain fold line, the first mountain fold line and the fourth mountain fold line are adjacent to each other, and the second mountain fold line and The plurality of fold lines having a one-node 6 fold line adjacent to a third mountain fold line;
(H021) The node is the origin, the X-axis is in the extension war direction of the first valley fold line, and the angle between the first mountain fold line and the second mountain fold line with the first valley fold line is α And β, the angles formed by the third fold line and the fourth fold line with the second valley fold line are γ and δ, respectively, and the angle formed between the X axis and the second valley fold line is θ. The plurality of fold lines having fold lines satisfying a fold condition of β−α = δ−γ + θ.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H02),(H020´),(H021´),(H022)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H02)前記山折り線及び谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成され、前記1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折線、
(H020´)1つの節点から放射状に伸びる第1山折り線、第2山折り線、第3山折り線および第4山折り線と、前記第1山折り線および第2山折り線の間に形成された第1谷折り線と、前記第2山折り線および第3山折り線の間に配置された第2谷折り線とを有し、前記第4山折り線は前記第1山折り線および第3山折り線の間であって前記第2山折り線とは反対側に配置された1節点6折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H021´)前記節点を原点とし,前記第4山折り線の延長方向にX軸をとり、前記第1山折り線および第2山折り線が前記第1谷折り線となす角をそれぞれθ1およびθ2とし、前記第2山折り線および第3山折り線が前記第2谷折り線となす角をそれぞれθ3およびθ4とし、前記X軸と第1山折り線とのなす角をα*とし、前記X軸と第3山折り線とのなす角をβ*とした場合に、α*=θ2+θ4、β*=θ1+03である折り畳み条件を満足する折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H022)前記折り線を伸ばした状態では筒壁または錐壁を形成し、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する筒壁または錐壁を形成し、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折り畳んだ状態では外形がさらに縮小した凹凸を有する厚みの有る筒壁または錐壁を形成する前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H02), (H020 ′), (H021 ′), (H022),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H02) A plurality of nodes which are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines intersecting at one node and the number of valley fold lines is 2 The plurality of fold lines having a fold line that satisfies a fold condition that is a condition in which each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at the one node can be folded in a close contact state,
(H020 ′) Between the first mountain fold line, the second mountain fold line, the third mountain fold line, and the fourth mountain fold line extending radially from one node, and between the first mountain fold line and the second mountain fold line And a second valley fold line disposed between the second mountain fold line and the third mountain fold line, wherein the fourth mountain fold line is the first mountain fold line. The plurality of fold lines having a one-node 6 fold line disposed between the fold line and the third mountain fold line and opposite to the second mountain fold line;
(H021 ′) The angle between the first node fold line and the first valley fold line is θ1 with the node as the origin, the X axis in the extending direction of the fourth fold line, and the first valley fold line. And θ2, angles formed by the second mountain fold line and the third mountain fold line with the second valley fold line are θ3 and θ4, respectively, and an angle formed between the X axis and the first mountain fold line is α *. A plurality of fold lines having fold lines satisfying a fold condition of α * = θ2 + θ4, β * = θ1 + 03, where β * is an angle formed between the X axis and the third fold line;
(H022) A cylindrical wall or a cone wall that forms a cylindrical wall or a cone wall in the state where the fold line is extended, and has a concavity and convexity whose outer shape is reduced in a state folded according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line of the fold line The structure with a fold line which forms a cylindrical wall or a cone wall having a thickness having a concavity and convexity whose outer shape is further reduced in a state of being completely folded along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line.
下記の構成要件(H023)を備えたことを特徴とする請求項6ないし11記載の折り線付構造物、
(H023)前記筒壁または錐壁が、紙、布、樹脂および金属の中のいずれかの材料によって形成される前記折り線付構造物。
The structure with a fold line according to claim 6, comprising the following constituent elements (H023):
(H023) The structure with a fold line in which the cylindrical wall or the cone wall is formed of any one of paper, cloth, resin, and metal.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H024)〜(H026)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H024)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満たさない折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H025)前記折り線を伸ばした状態ではシート状であり、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って折った状態では、前記折り線付構造物の一面側に向かって立ち上がる複数の立ち上がり壁と、前記立ち上がり壁により分割され且つ被収容物の下面を支持する収容物支持面とによって、凹凸を有する板状となる前記折り線付構造物、
(H026)前記立ち上がり壁を形成する壁形成パーツと、前記収容物支持面を形成する支持面形成パーツとを有し、前記各支持面形成パーツは同一平面上に配置された前記複数の多角形のパーツ。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following constituent elements (H01), (H024) to (H026),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H024) Folding is a condition in which a plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at one node can be folded in close contact. The plurality of fold lines having fold lines not satisfying the conditions;
(H025) In a state where the fold line is extended, it is a sheet shape, and in a state where the fold line is folded along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, a plurality of rising walls rising toward one surface side of the structure with a fold line; The folded structure with a fold line formed by the container support surface divided by the rising wall and supporting the lower surface of the object to be stored,
(H026) The plurality of polygons having a wall forming part that forms the rising wall and a support surface forming part that forms the container support surface, wherein the support surface forming parts are arranged on the same plane. Parts.
下記の構成要件(H01),(H024),(H025),(H026′)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H024)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる複数の折線を含む各パーツが密着状態で折り畳むことができる条件である折り畳み条件を満たさない折り線を有する前記複数の折り線、
(H025)前記折り線を伸ばした状態ではシート状であり、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って折った状態では、前記折り線付構造物の一面側に向かって立ち上がる複数の立ち上がり壁と、前記立ち上がり壁により分割され且つ被収容物の下面を支持する収容物支持面とによって、凹凸を有する板状となる前記折り線付構造物、
(H026′)前記立ち上がり壁を形成する壁形成パーツと、前記収容物支持面を形成する支持面形成パーツとを有し、前記壁形成パーツどうしの間に切除部を有しない前記複数の多角形のパーツ。
A structure with a fold line, characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H01), (H024), (H025), (H026 ′),
(H01) A linear fold line that has a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(H024) Folding is a condition in which a plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and each part including a plurality of fold lines that intersect at one node can be folded in close contact. The plurality of fold lines having fold lines not satisfying the conditions;
(H025) In a state where the fold line is extended, it is a sheet shape, and in a state where the fold line is folded along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, a plurality of rising walls rising toward one surface side of the structure with a fold line; The folded structure with a fold line formed by the container support surface divided by the rising wall and supporting the lower surface of the object to be stored,
(H026 ′) The plurality of polygons having a wall forming part that forms the rising wall and a support surface forming part that forms the accommodation support surface, and no cut portion is provided between the wall forming parts. Parts.
下記の構成要件(H029)〜(H031)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H029)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続するパーツ接続部とを有し前記パーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる山折り線と谷折りとなる谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H030)収束する1点から延びる螺旋に沿って形成された前記山折り線および谷折り線が交互に隣り合って配置された前記折り線付構造物、
(H031)前記折り線が伸びた状態では平板状であり、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り畳んだ状態では、前記収束する一点に対して巻き取られた状態で折り畳まれる前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a fold line, characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H029) to (H031);
(H029) A structure with a fold line having a plurality of polygonal parts and a part connection part for connecting the outer sides of each part to each other and provided with a fold line that can be folded along the part connection part. The fold line has a fold line structure having a mountain fold line and a valley fold line that are valley-folded when viewed from one surface side of the structure with fold line,
(H030) The structure with fold lines in which the mountain fold lines and valley fold lines formed along a spiral extending from one point of convergence are alternately arranged adjacent to each other;
(H031) When the fold line is extended, the fold line is flat, and when folded according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line of the fold line, the fold line is folded while being wound around the convergent point. The structure with a fold line.
下記の構成要件(H029),(H030),(H032)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(H029)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続するパーツ接続部とを有し前記パーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる山折り線と谷折りとなる谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(H030)収束する1点から延びる螺旋に沿って形成された前記山折り線および谷折り線が交互に隣り合って配置された前記折り線付構造物、
(H032)前記折り線が伸びた状態では錐壁状またはドーム状であって、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り畳んだ状態では、前記収束する一点に対して巻き取られた状態で折り畳まれる前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a fold line, characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (H029), (H030), (H032),
(H029) A structure with a fold line having a plurality of polygonal parts and a part connection part for connecting the outer sides of each part to each other and provided with a fold line that can be folded along the part connection part. The fold line has a fold line structure having a mountain fold line and a valley fold line that are valley-folded when viewed from one surface side of the structure with fold line,
(H030) The structure with fold lines in which the mountain fold lines and valley fold lines formed along a spiral extending from one point of convergence are alternately arranged adjacent to each other;
(H032) In the state where the fold line is extended, it is a conical wall shape or a dome shape, and in the state where the fold line is folded according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, the fold line is wound around the converging point. The structure with a fold line that is folded in a folded state.
下記の構成要件(E01)〜(E04)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線付構造物、
(E01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折りとなる1以上の谷折り線とを有する前記折り線付構造物、
(E02)前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され、1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線、
(E03)螺旋に沿った折り線が形成されたシート状部材により構成された前記折り線付構造物、
(E04)前記折り線を延ばした状態では円形シート状であり、前記折り線の山折り線および谷折り線に応じて折り曲げた状態では外形が縮小した凹凸を有する円板状であり、前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って完全に折りたたんだ状態では外形がさらに縮小した凹凸を有する厚みのある形状となる前記折り線付構造物。
A structure with a fold line characterized by comprising the following structural requirements (E01) to (E04);
(E01) A linear fold line that includes a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A structure with fold lines provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines in which the one surface side is mountain-folded when viewed from one side of the structure with fold lines, and one or more valley fold lines in which valley folds are formed. A structure with a fold line,
(E02) A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval so that the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2. The plurality of fold lines formed in
(E03) The structure with a fold line constituted by a sheet-like member formed with a fold line along a spiral;
(E04) In the state where the fold line is extended, it is a circular sheet shape, and in a state where the fold line is bent according to the mountain fold line and the valley fold line, the fold line is a disk shape having unevenness whose outer shape is reduced. The said structure with a fold line used as the shape with the thickness which has the unevenness | corrugation which further reduced the external shape in the state folded completely along the fold line and the valley fold line.
下記の構成要件(F01)、(F02)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線形成用型、
(F01)複数の多角形パーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた一対の折り線形成部材であって、前記折り線は折り線形成型の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折り線となる1以上の谷折り線を有し、前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され且つ1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線を有する一対の折り線形成部材、
(F02)前記一対の折り線形成部材を重ね合わせ状態と開いた状態との間で移動可能に支持または連結する折り線形成型連結部材。
A fold line forming mold comprising the following structural requirements (F01) and (F02):
(F01) A linear fold line that includes a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part is provided. A pair of fold line forming members, wherein the fold line includes a plurality of mountain fold lines and one or more valley fold lines that form valley fold lines when viewed from one surface side of the fold linear molding. A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at predetermined intervals, and the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2 A pair of fold line forming members having the plurality of fold lines formed on
(F02) A folded linearly formed connecting member that supports or connects the pair of folding line forming members so as to be movable between an overlapped state and an open state.
下記の構成要件(G01),(G02)を備えたことを特徴とする折り線形成方法、
(G01)複数の多角形のパーツと、前記各パーツの外側辺を互いに接続する直線状のパーツ接続部とを有し前記直線状のパーツ接続部に沿って折り畳み可能な直線状の折り線が設けられた折り線付構造物であって、前記折り線は折り線付構造物の一面側から見て前記一面側が山折りとなる複数の山折り線と谷折り線となる1以上の谷折り線とを有し、前記山折り線および谷折り線の交点である複数の節点が所定の間隔で配置され且つ1つの節点で交わる山折り線の数と谷折り線の数との差が2となるように形成された前記複数の折り線を有する一対の平板状折り線形成部材の間に、折り畳み可能な一体構造のシート状部材を挟むシート状部材挟持工程、
(G02)前記シート状部材を挟んだ前記一対の折り線形成部材を前記山折り線および谷折り線に沿って同時に折り畳んで前記シート状部材に折り線を形成する折り線形成工程。
A folding line forming method comprising the following constituent requirements (G01) and (G02):
(G01) A linear fold line that includes a plurality of polygonal parts and a linear part connecting part that connects the outer sides of each part to each other and is foldable along the linear part connecting part. A fold line-attached structure provided, wherein the fold line is a plurality of mountain fold lines and one or more valley fold lines where the one surface side is a mountain fold when viewed from one side of the fold line structure. A plurality of nodes that are intersections of the mountain fold line and the valley fold line are arranged at a predetermined interval, and the difference between the number of mountain fold lines and the number of valley fold lines that intersect at one node is 2 A sheet-like member sandwiching step of sandwiching a foldable integral sheet-like member between a pair of flat plate-like fold line forming members having the plurality of fold lines formed to be
(G02) A fold line forming step of forming the fold line on the sheet-like member by simultaneously folding the pair of fold-line forming members sandwiching the sheet-like member along the mountain fold line and the valley fold line.
JP2001578869A 2000-04-20 2000-10-20 Structure with fold line, fold line forming mold, and fold line forming method Expired - Fee Related JP3824540B2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000119827 2000-04-20
JP2000119827 2000-04-20
PCT/JP2000/007348 WO2001081821A1 (en) 2000-04-20 2000-10-20 Structure with folding lines, folding line forming mold, and folding line forming method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JPWO2001081821A1 JPWO2001081821A1 (en) 2004-01-08
JP3824540B2 true JP3824540B2 (en) 2006-09-20

Family

ID=18630746

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2001578869A Expired - Fee Related JP3824540B2 (en) 2000-04-20 2000-10-20 Structure with fold line, fold line forming mold, and fold line forming method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP3824540B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2001081821A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012041648A (en) * 2010-08-18 2012-03-01 Miyake Design Jimusho:Kk Garment
CN111232372A (en) * 2020-01-20 2020-06-05 鹿啄泉矿泉水有限公司 Compressible drinking water barrel and liquid container
US11814214B2 (en) * 2017-05-03 2023-11-14 Difold Inc. Collapsible article comprising combinations and multiplications of foldable sections
EP4573976A1 (en) * 2023-12-20 2025-06-25 Tobias Herken Safety cup with net-like, multi-directional weakening structure

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
ITBZ20000041A1 (en) * 2000-09-25 2002-03-25 Merler Ferruccio & C S A S Kg STORAGE CONTAINERS AND PACKAGING
ITRM20010771A1 (en) * 2001-12-28 2002-03-28 Daniela Bianchi FOLDING RIGID CONTAINER.
DE102004047268B4 (en) 2003-09-26 2022-10-20 Konrad Franke Open and completely closed folding containers - without compression, without crumples
FR2873353A1 (en) * 2004-07-22 2006-01-27 Steve Gustave Object e.g. container, folding device, has sections that are composed of rhombuses, triangles and trapeziums which change their size for forming object section having conical shape
JP2006256264A (en) * 2005-03-18 2006-09-28 Shoji Tougeda Functional craft
US7730925B1 (en) 2007-05-09 2010-06-08 Pereira Carlos E Collapsable screen and design method
EP2272761A1 (en) * 2009-06-18 2011-01-12 Astrium Limited Extendable structure
DE202013004500U1 (en) * 2013-05-15 2013-06-05 Panther Packaging Gmbh & Co. Kg One-piece cut for individual packaging and displays
JP6317097B2 (en) * 2013-12-06 2018-04-25 ザ コカ・コーラ カンパニーThe Coca‐Cola Company Plastic bottle
WO2015167979A1 (en) * 2014-04-28 2015-11-05 Hansen Mads Jeppe Polymeric component
CN106542168A (en) * 2017-01-24 2017-03-29 邬惠林 It is a kind of to fold water bottle
USD871221S1 (en) 2018-01-18 2019-12-31 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Container
JP6440876B2 (en) * 2018-01-31 2018-12-19 ザ コカ・コーラ カンパニーThe Coca‐Cola Company Plastic bottle
JP7446051B2 (en) * 2018-03-30 2024-03-08 大日本印刷株式会社 plastic bottle
JP7462379B2 (en) * 2018-03-30 2024-04-05 大日本印刷株式会社 Plastic Bottles
US11136159B2 (en) * 2018-07-19 2021-10-05 Graham Packaging Company, L.P. Container with vacuum resistant ribs
TR201900928A2 (en) * 2019-01-22 2019-02-21 Kartonstand Ambalaj Tasarim Uygulama Imalat Reklamcilik Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sirketi SELF-FOLDING 3D ADVERTISING OBJECT AND FOLDING METHOD IN THE PRODUCT FORM
JP7204040B2 (en) * 2020-02-10 2023-01-13 三菱電機株式会社 Cushioning material, packaging cushioning device and manufacturing method thereof
EP4152199A4 (en) * 2020-05-25 2024-07-10 Kyushu University, National University Corporation BENDING LINE DESIGN METHOD, DESIGN DEVICE AND PROGRAM
CN112524471B (en) * 2020-11-12 2022-03-22 汕头大学 A periodic structure with a gap
JP2023092919A (en) * 2021-12-22 2023-07-04 ピジョン株式会社 Pleat dome
CN114900070B (en) * 2022-04-06 2025-05-16 浙江理工大学 An origami variable stiffness magnetic suspension-piezoelectric coupling energy harvesting device

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5764415U (en) * 1980-10-04 1982-04-16
JPS59143900U (en) * 1983-03-16 1984-09-26 三菱電機株式会社 Deployment structure
JPS59188837U (en) * 1983-06-01 1984-12-14 東京印刷紙器株式会社 telescopic box
JP3013702B2 (en) * 1994-06-20 2000-02-28 株式会社大林組 Panel for solar cell
JP2980243B2 (en) * 1997-12-03 1999-11-22 西松建設株式会社 Cylindrical deployment structure

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012041648A (en) * 2010-08-18 2012-03-01 Miyake Design Jimusho:Kk Garment
US11814214B2 (en) * 2017-05-03 2023-11-14 Difold Inc. Collapsible article comprising combinations and multiplications of foldable sections
CN111232372A (en) * 2020-01-20 2020-06-05 鹿啄泉矿泉水有限公司 Compressible drinking water barrel and liquid container
EP4573976A1 (en) * 2023-12-20 2025-06-25 Tobias Herken Safety cup with net-like, multi-directional weakening structure

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2001081821A9 (en) 2003-03-20
JPWO2001081821A1 (en) 2004-01-08
WO2001081821A1 (en) 2001-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP3824540B2 (en) Structure with fold line, fold line forming mold, and fold line forming method
Lu et al. Origami with rotational symmetry: a review on their mechanics and design
Lang et al. Single degree-of-freedom rigidly foldable cut origami flashers
US3788934A (en) Three-dimensional folded structure with curved surfaces
JP4253145B2 (en) Tubular folding structure
Dureisseix An overview of mechanisms and patterns with origami
US5234727A (en) Curved pleated sheet structures
US8777825B1 (en) Methods for designing boxes and other types of containers
JPH11342948A (en) Plastic bottle
US6295785B1 (en) Geodesic dome and method of constructing same
JP2017020620A (en) Foldable structure
Chen et al. Square deployable frames for space applications. Part 1: Theory
CN116461724A (en) A combined expandable structure of cable net antenna and solar panel for spacecraft
Shuangqing et al. A flat-foldable equiangular spiral folding pattern inspired by sunflowers for deployable structures
US4901483A (en) Spiral helix tensegrity dome
Rosenfeld et al. A prototype “clicking” scissor-link deployable structure
ES2924281T3 (en) Collapsible article comprising a plurality of collapsibly interconnected collapsible sections
US11814214B2 (en) Collapsible article comprising combinations and multiplications of foldable sections
WO2013187177A1 (en) Assembly structures and sheet set for forming same
CN106759918A (en) A kind of deployable structure with rigid panel
JP2017114199A (en) Folded structure allowing sheet foldable and protective cover made of folded structure allowing sheet foldable
Tarnai Geodesic domes and fullerenes
Beatini Translational method for designing folded plate structures
US3304669A (en) Containers and space-enclosing structures
JP6564579B2 (en) Folding container

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20060620

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20060627

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

Ref document number: 3824540

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20090707

Year of fee payment: 3

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20100707

Year of fee payment: 4

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20110707

Year of fee payment: 5

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20120707

Year of fee payment: 6

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20130707

Year of fee payment: 7

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

LAPS Cancellation because of no payment of annual fees